Mathematical Methods Handbook

Curves, surfaces and manifolds

Differential geometry of curves and surfaces, and smooth manifolds.

In this chapter 17

Tick a unit to add it to your PDF basket.

  1. Curves and surfaces
  2. Smooth manifolds

Curves and surfaces

6

Theorem

Curves and the Frenet-Serret formulas

Adapted

Attaches to a space curve of nonvanishing curvature an orthonormal moving frame (t,n,b)(\mathbf{t}, \mathbf{n}, \mathbf{b}), derives the three Frenet-Serret formulas that express its rate of turning through the curvature κ\kappa and the torsion τ\tau alone, and states the fundamental theorem that κ\kappa and τ\tau determine the curve up to a rigid motion, with the uniqueness half proved here.

Prerequisites: Partial derivatives and the chain rule, Vector algebra and index notation, Line integrals and conservative fields, Existence and uniqueness of solutions

Definition(Arc length, the Frenet trihedron, curvature and torsion)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §1-5, pp. 17–20 and Remark 2, pp. 22–23; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §10.3, Eq. (10.12), p. 341 and pp. 342–343

Let I⊆RI \subseteq \mathbb{R} be an open interval. A regular parametrized curve is a map r:I→R3\mathbf{r} : I \to \mathbb{R}^3 with continuous derivatives of every order and r′(u)≠0\mathbf{r}'(u) \ne \mathbf{0} for all uu.

  • Its arc length measured from u0∈Iu_0 \in I is s(u)=∫u0u∣r′(u~)∣ du~s(u) = \int_{u_0}^{u} \lvert \mathbf{r}'(\tilde u)\rvert\, d\tilde u (line integrals). Since s′(u)=∣r′(u)∣>0s'(u) = \lvert\mathbf{r}'(u)\rvert > 0, the function ss has a smooth inverse u(s)u(s), and γ(s)=r(u(s))\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s) = \mathbf{r}(u(s)) traces the same set with ∣γ′(s)∣=1\lvert \boldsymbol{\gamma}'(s)\rvert = 1. We call γ\boldsymbol{\gamma} the unit-speed (or arc-length) parametrization, and write x˙=d/ds\dot{\phantom{x}} = d/ds.
  • The unit tangent is t(s)=γ˙(s)\mathbf{t}(s) = \dot{\boldsymbol{\gamma}}(s). Differentiating t⋅t=1\mathbf{t}\cdot\mathbf{t} = 1 gives t˙⋅t=0\dot{\mathbf{t}}\cdot\mathbf{t} = 0, so t˙⊥t\dot{\mathbf{t}} \perp \mathbf{t}. The curvature is κ(s)=∣t˙(s)∣=∣γ¨(s)∣  ≥  0,\kappa(s) = \lvert \dot{\mathbf{t}}(s)\rvert = \lvert \ddot{\boldsymbol{\gamma}}(s)\rvert \;\ge\; 0 , and ρ=1/κ\rho = 1/\kappa is the radius of curvature.
  • Standing hypothesis. From here on κ(s)>0\kappa(s) > 0 for every s∈Is \in I. (A point with γ¨=0\ddot{\boldsymbol{\gamma}} = \mathbf{0} is what do Carmo calls a singular point of order 11; the frame below is not defined there.) The principal normal is then the unit vector n(s)\mathbf{n}(s) fixed by t˙(s)=κ(s) n(s),\dot{\mathbf{t}}(s) = \kappa(s)\,\mathbf{n}(s), and the binormal is b(s)=t(s)×n(s)\mathbf{b}(s) = \mathbf{t}(s)\times\mathbf{n}(s). The ordered triple (t,n,b)(\mathbf{t}, \mathbf{n}, \mathbf{b}) is an orthonormal right-handed basis of R3\mathbb{R}^3 at each ss, the Frenet trihedron.
  • The plane through γ(s)\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s) spanned by t\mathbf{t} and n\mathbf{n} is the osculating plane; the plane spanned by n\mathbf{n} and b\mathbf{b} is the normal plane, and the one spanned by t\mathbf{t} and b\mathbf{b} the rectifying plane.
  • The torsion τ(s)\tau(s) is the number defined by b˙(s)=−τ(s) n(s),\dot{\mathbf{b}}(s) = -\tau(s)\,\mathbf{n}(s) , which the statement below shows to be well defined. Where τ≠0\tau \ne 0, σ=1/τ\sigma = 1/\tau is the radius of torsion.

Sign convention. We follow Riley, Hobson and Bence, who set db^/ds=−τn^d\hat b/ds = -\tau\hat n. do Carmo defines torsion by b′=τnb' = \tau n, with no minus sign, and warns in the same paragraph that authors differ; his τ\tau is therefore the negative of ours. Every formula below is written in our convention, and the two places where the difference shows (the third Frenet formula and the sign in the arbitrary-parameter formula for τ\tau) are flagged again in the remark.

Theorem(The Frenet-Serret formulas and the fundamental theorem)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §1-5, pp. 19–20, where the binormal and normal derivatives and the Frenet formulas are obtained, and the fundamental theorem stated on p. 20; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §10.3, Eqs. (10.13)–(10.16), pp. 342–343

Let γ:I→R3\boldsymbol{\gamma} : I \to \mathbb{R}^3 be a unit-speed curve with κ(s)>0\kappa(s) > 0 throughout, and let (t,n,b)(\mathbf{t}, \mathbf{n}, \mathbf{b}) be its Frenet trihedron.

  1. (Torsion is well defined.) b˙(s)\dot{\mathbf{b}}(s) is a scalar multiple of n(s)\mathbf{n}(s), so there is exactly one function τ\tau with b˙=−τn\dot{\mathbf{b}} = -\tau\mathbf{n}, and τ=−n⋅b˙\tau = -\mathbf{n}\cdot\dot{\mathbf{b}} is smooth.
  2. (Frenet-Serret formulas.) t˙=κ n,n˙=−κ t+τ b,b˙=−τ n.\dot{\mathbf{t}} = \kappa\,\mathbf{n}, \qquad \dot{\mathbf{n}} = -\kappa\,\mathbf{t} + \tau\,\mathbf{b}, \qquad \dot{\mathbf{b}} = -\tau\,\mathbf{n} . Equivalently, the matrix of the map (t,n,b)↦(t˙,n˙,b˙)(\mathbf{t},\mathbf{n},\mathbf{b}) \mapsto (\dot{\mathbf{t}},\dot{\mathbf{n}},\dot{\mathbf{b}}) in the frame itself is skew-symmetric with entries κ\kappa and τ\tau only.
  3. (Plane curves.) If κ>0\kappa > 0 throughout, then τ≡0\tau \equiv 0 on II if and only if γ(I)\boldsymbol{\gamma}(I) lies in a plane.
  4. (do Carmo's fundamental theorem for curves.) Let κ(s)>0\kappa(s) > 0 and τ(s)\tau(s) be smooth on II. Then there is a unit-speed curve γ:I→R3\boldsymbol{\gamma} : I \to \mathbb{R}^3 whose arc length is ss, whose curvature is κ\kappa and whose torsion is τ\tau. Any other curve γˉ\bar{\boldsymbol{\gamma}} with the same κ\kappa and τ\tau differs from it by a rigid motion: there are an orthogonal linear map RR of R3\mathbb{R}^3 with det⁡R=+1\det R = +1 and a vector c\mathbf{c} with γˉ=R∘γ+c\bar{\boldsymbol{\gamma}} = R\circ\boldsymbol{\gamma} + \mathbf{c}.

do Carmo states part 4 with his own sign for τ\tau. The statement is unaffected by the convention, because the data τ\tau ranges over all smooth real-valued functions either way: a curve realizing (κ,τ)(\kappa, \tau) in his convention realizes (κ,−τ)(\kappa, -\tau) in ours.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Each of the three frame vectors has constant length 11, so each derivative is orthogonal to the vector itself; that alone forces the matrix of derivatives in the frame to be skew-symmetric, leaving only three independent entries. Two of them are named κ\kappa and τ\tau by definition. The third, the t\mathbf{t}-component of b˙\dot{\mathbf{b}}, is not a new quantity: differentiating b⋅t=0\mathbf{b}\cdot\mathbf{t} = 0 and using t˙=κn\dot{\mathbf{t}} = \kappa\mathbf{n} makes it vanish. So the local geometry is controlled by exactly two scalar functions. The uniqueness half of the fundamental theorem then follows by a stability argument: move one curve by a rigid motion until the two frames agree at a single point, and watch the total squared discrepancy ∣t−tˉ∣2+∣n−nˉ∣2+∣b−bˉ∣2\lvert\mathbf{t}-\bar{\mathbf{t}}\rvert^2 + \lvert\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}}\rvert^2 + \lvert\mathbf{b}-\bar{\mathbf{b}}\rvert^2; the Frenet formulas make its derivative cancel identically, so it stays at its initial value 00.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §1-5, pp. 19–20 and pp. 21–22 (uniqueness)

Part 1. b\mathbf{b} is a unit vector, so differentiating b⋅b=1\mathbf{b}\cdot\mathbf{b} = 1 gives b˙⋅b=0\dot{\mathbf{b}}\cdot\mathbf{b} = 0: the derivative has no b\mathbf{b}-component. For the t\mathbf{t}-component, differentiate b=t×n\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{t}\times\mathbf{n} by the product rule for the cross product,

b˙=t˙×n+t×n˙=κ (n×n)+t×n˙=t×n˙,\dot{\mathbf{b}} = \dot{\mathbf{t}}\times\mathbf{n} + \mathbf{t}\times\dot{\mathbf{n}} = \kappa\,(\mathbf{n}\times\mathbf{n}) + \mathbf{t}\times\dot{\mathbf{n}} = \mathbf{t}\times\dot{\mathbf{n}},

where t˙=κn\dot{\mathbf{t}} = \kappa\mathbf{n} was used (this is where the hypothesis κ>0\kappa > 0 enters, since it is what makes n\mathbf{n} and hence b\mathbf{b} exist). A cross product with t\mathbf{t} is orthogonal to t\mathbf{t}, so b˙⋅t=0\dot{\mathbf{b}}\cdot\mathbf{t} = 0. Having no b\mathbf{b}- and no t\mathbf{t}-component in an orthonormal basis, b˙\dot{\mathbf{b}} is a multiple of n\mathbf{n}. Writing that multiple as −τ-\tau defines τ\tau uniquely, and τ=−n⋅b˙\tau = -\mathbf{n}\cdot\dot{\mathbf{b}} is smooth because n\mathbf{n} and b\mathbf{b} are.

Part 2. The first and third formulas are the definitions of κ\kappa and τ\tau. For the middle one, use n=b×t\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{t} (valid because the frame is right-handed and orthonormal) and differentiate:

n˙=b˙×t+b×t˙=(−τn)×t+b×(κn)=τ (t×n)+κ (b×n)=τ b−κ t,\dot{\mathbf{n}} = \dot{\mathbf{b}}\times\mathbf{t} + \mathbf{b}\times\dot{\mathbf{t}} = (-\tau\mathbf{n})\times\mathbf{t} + \mathbf{b}\times(\kappa\mathbf{n}) = \tau\,(\mathbf{t}\times\mathbf{n}) + \kappa\,(\mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{n}) = \tau\,\mathbf{b} - \kappa\,\mathbf{t},

using t×n=b\mathbf{t}\times\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{b} and b×n=−t\mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{n} = -\mathbf{t}. So no third scalar appears.

Part 3. Suppose γ(I)\boldsymbol{\gamma}(I) lies in a plane with unit normal m\mathbf{m}. Then (γ−γ(s0))⋅m≡0(\boldsymbol{\gamma}-\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s_0))\cdot\mathbf{m} \equiv 0; differentiating twice gives t⋅m=0\mathbf{t}\cdot\mathbf{m} = 0 and κ n⋅m=0\kappa\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{m} = 0, so, since κ>0\kappa > 0, both t\mathbf{t} and n\mathbf{n} are orthogonal to m\mathbf{m}, whence b=±m\mathbf{b} = \pm\mathbf{m} is constant and τ=0\tau = 0.

Conversely let τ≡0\tau \equiv 0. Then b˙=0\dot{\mathbf{b}} = \mathbf{0}, so b≡b0\mathbf{b} \equiv \mathbf{b}_0 is a fixed unit vector, and

dds[(γ(s)−γ(s0))⋅b0]=t(s)⋅b0=0.\frac{d}{ds}\bigl[(\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s)-\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s_0))\cdot\mathbf{b}_0\bigr] = \mathbf{t}(s)\cdot\mathbf{b}_0 = 0 .

The bracket vanishes at s=s0s = s_0, so it vanishes identically: the curve lies in the plane through γ(s0)\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s_0) normal to b0\mathbf{b}_0.

Part 4, existence. Fix s0∈Is_0 \in I. Regard the nine components of (t,n,b)(\mathbf{t},\mathbf{n},\mathbf{b}) as unknowns in the linear system of ordinary differential equations given by the three Frenet formulas, with the coefficients κ(s)\kappa(s) and τ(s)\tau(s) as given data and with an arbitrary right-handed orthonormal triple as initial value at s0s_0. The coefficients are smooth, so the system has a unique solution on all of II (existence and uniqueness for ODEs; the system is linear, so the solution does not escape in finite time). The skew-symmetry of the coefficient matrix makes the six inner products t⋅t,t⋅n,…\mathbf{t}\cdot\mathbf{t}, \mathbf{t}\cdot\mathbf{n}, \dots constant, so the solution stays orthonormal, and γ(s)=∫s0st\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s) = \int_{s_0}^{s}\mathbf{t} is then a unit-speed curve with the prescribed curvature and torsion. do Carmo states this part and defers its proof to the appendix of his Chapter 4; we record it as his statement.

Part 4, uniqueness. Arc length, curvature and torsion are built from inner and cross products of derivatives, and a rigid motion x↦Rx+c\mathbf{x}\mapsto R\mathbf{x}+\mathbf{c} with det⁡R=+1\det R = +1 leaves all of these unchanged; so we may move γˉ\bar{\boldsymbol{\gamma}} by such a motion and assume γˉ(s0)=γ(s0)\bar{\boldsymbol{\gamma}}(s_0) = \boldsymbol{\gamma}(s_0) and tˉ(s0)=t(s0)\bar{\mathbf{t}}(s_0) = \mathbf{t}(s_0), nˉ(s0)=n(s0)\bar{\mathbf{n}}(s_0) = \mathbf{n}(s_0), bˉ(s0)=b(s0)\bar{\mathbf{b}}(s_0) = \mathbf{b}(s_0) (the motion taking one right-handed orthonormal frame to another has positive determinant, which is why no reflection is needed). Put

D(s)=∣t−tˉ∣2+∣n−nˉ∣2+∣b−bˉ∣2.D(s) = \lvert\mathbf{t}-\bar{\mathbf{t}}\rvert^2 + \lvert\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}}\rvert^2 + \lvert\mathbf{b}-\bar{\mathbf{b}}\rvert^2 .

Both frames obey the Frenet formulas with the same κ\kappa and τ\tau, by hypothesis. Hence

12D˙=(t−tˉ)⋅(t˙−tˉ˙)+(n−nˉ)⋅(n˙−nˉ˙)+(b−bˉ)⋅(b˙−bˉ˙).\tfrac12 \dot D = (\mathbf{t}-\bar{\mathbf{t}})\cdot(\dot{\mathbf{t}}-\dot{\bar{\mathbf{t}}}) + (\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}})\cdot(\dot{\mathbf{n}}-\dot{\bar{\mathbf{n}}}) + (\mathbf{b}-\bar{\mathbf{b}})\cdot(\dot{\mathbf{b}}-\dot{\bar{\mathbf{b}}}) .

Substituting the three formulas, the first term is κ (t−tˉ)⋅(n−nˉ)\kappa\,(\mathbf{t}-\bar{\mathbf{t}})\cdot(\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}}); the third is −τ (b−bˉ)⋅(n−nˉ)-\tau\,(\mathbf{b}-\bar{\mathbf{b}})\cdot(\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}}); the second is −κ (n−nˉ)⋅(t−tˉ)+τ (n−nˉ)⋅(b−bˉ)-\kappa\,(\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}})\cdot(\mathbf{t}-\bar{\mathbf{t}}) + \tau\,(\mathbf{n}-\bar{\mathbf{n}})\cdot(\mathbf{b}-\bar{\mathbf{b}}). The four terms cancel in pairs, so D˙≡0\dot D \equiv 0. Since D(s0)=0D(s_0) = 0 and D≥0D \ge 0, we get D≡0D \equiv 0, that is t≡tˉ\mathbf{t} \equiv \bar{\mathbf{t}} (and likewise for n,b\mathbf{n}, \mathbf{b}). Finally dds(γ−γˉ)=t−tˉ=0\frac{d}{ds}(\boldsymbol{\gamma}-\bar{\boldsymbol{\gamma}}) = \mathbf{t}-\bar{\mathbf{t}} = \mathbf{0}, and the difference vanishes at s0s_0, so γ≡γˉ\boldsymbol{\gamma} \equiv \bar{\boldsymbol{\gamma}}. □\square

Remark(Where each hypothesis is used)Original
  • κ>0\kappa > 0 everywhere. This is the hypothesis that does all the work. It is what makes n=t˙/κ\mathbf{n} = \dot{\mathbf{t}}/\kappa, and with it b\mathbf{b} and the osculating plane, exist at all; it is used again in Part 3 to pass from κ n⋅m=0\kappa\,\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{m}=0 to n⋅m=0\mathbf{n}\cdot\mathbf{m}=0. Without it the frame can jump. do Carmo's Exercise 10 (p. 26) builds a smooth curve, two half-branches of z=e−1/t2z = e^{-1/t^2} glued in perpendicular planes at t=0t=0, which is regular and has κ(0)=0\kappa(0) = 0 (his part (b) asks one to show that kk is nonzero except at t=0t = 0 and t=±2/3t = \pm\sqrt{2/3}, so the vanishing is not confined to the join), yet whose osculating planes have different limits from the two sides; there τ\tau can be set to 00 although the curve is not planar, so Part 3 genuinely needs κ>0\kappa>0.
  • Unit speed. Only here do ∣γ¨∣\lvert\ddot{\boldsymbol{\gamma}}\rvert and κ\kappa coincide, and only here is t˙⊥t\dot{\mathbf{t}}\perp\mathbf{t} automatic. For a general parameter one must either reparametrize or use the formulas of the method below; ∣r′′(u)∣\lvert\mathbf{r}''(u)\rvert is not the curvature, because it also contains the change of speed.
  • Regularity r′≠0\mathbf{r}' \ne \mathbf{0}. This is what makes s(u)s(u) strictly increasing and so invertible; a curve with a cusp, such as u↦(u2,u3)u \mapsto (u^2, u^3) at u=0u = 0, has no unit-speed reparametrization through that point.
  • Right-handedness. n=b×t\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{t} in Part 2 and the "no reflection needed" step in the uniqueness proof both use that (t,n,b)(\mathbf{t},\mathbf{n},\mathbf{b}) is positively oriented. A reflection of R3\mathbb{R}^3 preserves κ\kappa but reverses the sign of τ\tau, which is why the fundamental theorem asks for det⁡R=+1\det R = +1.
  • Convention. In do Carmo's sign convention the third formula reads b′=τnb' = \tau n and the middle one n′=−kt−τbn' = -kt - \tau b; his arbitrary-parameter formula (his Exercise 12c) carries a minus sign that ours does not. Mixing the two conventions inside one calculation flips the handedness of the answer.
Method(Curvature and torsion from an arbitrary parameter)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §1-5, Exercise 12, pp. 26–27; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §10.3, Eq. (10.12), p. 341

Given r(u)\mathbf{r}(u) regular, with r′,r′′,r′′′\mathbf{r}', \mathbf{r}'', \mathbf{r}''' the derivatives with respect to uu:

  1. Speed and arc length. v(u)=∣r′(u)∣v(u) = \lvert\mathbf{r}'(u)\rvert, and s=∫u0uvs = \int_{u_0}^{u} v. Never reparametrize unless the integral is elementary; steps 2–4 do not need it.
  2. Curvature. κ=∣r′×r′′∣∣r′∣3.\kappa = \frac{\lvert \mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}''\rvert}{\lvert\mathbf{r}'\rvert^{3}} .
  3. Torsion (requires r′×r′′≠0\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'' \ne \mathbf{0}, i.e. κ≠0\kappa \ne 0): τ=(r′×r′′)⋅r′′′∣r′×r′′∣2.\tau = \frac{(\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'')\cdot\mathbf{r}'''}{\lvert\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}''\rvert^{2}} . In do Carmo's convention the right-hand side carries a minus sign.
  4. Frame. t=r′/v\mathbf{t} = \mathbf{r}'/v, b=(r′×r′′)/∣r′×r′′∣\mathbf{b} = (\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'')/\lvert\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}''\rvert, n=b×t\mathbf{n} = \mathbf{b}\times\mathbf{t}.
  5. Check. κ\kappa must come out ≥0\ge 0; a negative value means an arithmetic slip. For a plane curve step 3 must give τ=0\tau = 0.

Why steps 2 and 3 are right: write r′=v t\mathbf{r}' = v\,\mathbf{t} and differentiate with the chain rule d/du=v d/dsd/du = v\,d/ds, giving r′′=v′t+κv2n\mathbf{r}'' = v'\mathbf{t} + \kappa v^2\mathbf{n} and then r′′′=(v′′−κ2v3)t+(3κvv′+κ′v2)n+κτv3b\mathbf{r}''' = (v''-\kappa^2v^3)\mathbf{t} + (3\kappa v v' + \kappa' v^2)\mathbf{n} + \kappa\tau v^3\mathbf{b}. Hence r′×r′′=κv3 b\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'' = \kappa v^3\,\mathbf{b}, which gives step 2 on taking lengths, and (r′×r′′)⋅r′′′=κ2τv6=τ∣r′×r′′∣2(\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'')\cdot\mathbf{r}''' = \kappa^2\tau v^6 = \tau\lvert\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}''\rvert^2, which gives step 3.

Example(A conical spiral)Original

Take the curve that winds up the cone z2=x2+y2z^2 = x^2+y^2 with exponentially growing radius,

r(u)=(eucos⁡u,  eusin⁡u,  eu),u∈R.\mathbf{r}(u) = \bigl(e^{u}\cos u,\; e^{u}\sin u,\; e^{u}\bigr), \qquad u \in \mathbb{R}.

Step 1: derivatives. Writing C=cos⁡uC = \cos u, S=sin⁡uS = \sin u and factoring out eue^u each time,

r′=eu(C−S,  S+C,  1),r′′=eu(−2S,  2C,  1),r′′′=eu(−2S−2C,  2C−2S,  1).\mathbf{r}' = e^{u}(C-S,\; S+C,\; 1), \quad \mathbf{r}'' = e^{u}(-2S,\; 2C,\; 1), \quad \mathbf{r}''' = e^{u}(-2S-2C,\; 2C-2S,\; 1).

Step 2: speed and arc length. ∣r′∣2=e2u[(C−S)2+(S+C)2+1]=e2u(1+1+1)=3e2u\lvert\mathbf{r}'\rvert^2 = e^{2u}\bigl[(C-S)^2+(S+C)^2+1\bigr] = e^{2u}(1+1+1) = 3e^{2u} because (C−S)2+(C+S)2=2C2+2S2=2(C-S)^2+(C+S)^2 = 2C^2+2S^2 = 2. So v(u)=3 euv(u) = \sqrt{3}\,e^{u}, and the arc length from u=0u=0 to u=1u=1 is

s=∫013 eu du=3 (e−1)=2.97615…s = \int_0^1 \sqrt{3}\,e^{u}\,du = \sqrt{3}\,(e-1) = 2.97615\ldots

Step 3: the cross product. Expanding the determinant and taking the common factor e2ue^{2u} out of both rows,

r′×r′′=e2u( S−C,    −(C+S),    2 ),\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'' = e^{2u}\bigl(\,S-C,\;\; -(C+S),\;\; 2\,\bigr),

because the third entry is (C−S)(2C)−(S+C)(−2S)=2C2−2SC+2S2+2SC=2(C-S)(2C) - (S+C)(-2S) = 2C^2 - 2SC + 2S^2 + 2SC = 2. Its squared length is

∣r′×r′′∣2=e4u[(S−C)2+(C+S)2+4]=e4u[(1−2SC)+(1+2SC)+4]=6 e4u,\lvert\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}''\rvert^2 = e^{4u}\bigl[(S-C)^2 + (C+S)^2 + 4\bigr] = e^{4u}\bigl[(1-2SC)+(1+2SC)+4\bigr] = 6\,e^{4u},

so ∣r′×r′′∣=6 e2u\lvert\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}''\rvert = \sqrt{6}\,e^{2u}. As a cross-check, the Lagrange identity ∣a×b∣2=∣a∣2∣b∣2−(a⋅b)2\lvert\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b}\rvert^2 = \lvert\mathbf{a}\rvert^2\lvert\mathbf{b}\rvert^2 - (\mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{b})^2 (vector algebra) with ∣r′′∣2=e2u(4S2+4C2+1)=5e2u\lvert\mathbf{r}''\rvert^2 = e^{2u}(4S^2+4C^2+1) = 5e^{2u} and r′⋅r′′=e2u[−2S(C−S)+2C(S+C)+1]=3e2u\mathbf{r}'\cdot\mathbf{r}'' = e^{2u}\bigl[-2S(C-S)+2C(S+C)+1\bigr] = 3e^{2u} gives 3e2u⋅5e2u−(3e2u)2=6e4u3e^{2u}\cdot 5e^{2u} - (3e^{2u})^2 = 6e^{4u}, the same answer.

Step 4: curvature. ∣r′∣3=(3 eu)3=33 e3u\lvert\mathbf{r}'\rvert^3 = (\sqrt3\,e^{u})^3 = 3\sqrt{3}\,e^{3u}, so

κ(u)=6 e2u33 e3u=23 e−u.\kappa(u) = \frac{\sqrt{6}\,e^{2u}}{3\sqrt{3}\,e^{3u}} = \frac{\sqrt{2}}{3}\,e^{-u}.

Step 5: torsion. Pairing r′×r′′=e2u(S−C, −(C+S), 2)\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'' = e^{2u}\bigl(S-C,\,-(C+S),\,2\bigr) with r′′′=eu(−2(S+C), 2(C−S), 1)\mathbf{r}''' = e^{u}\bigl(-2(S+C),\,2(C-S),\,1\bigr),

(r′×r′′)⋅r′′′=e3u[−2(S−C)(S+C)−2(C+S)(C−S)+2]=e3u[−2(S2−C2)−2(C2−S2)+2]=2 e3u,(\mathbf{r}'\times\mathbf{r}'')\cdot\mathbf{r}''' = e^{3u}\bigl[-2(S-C)(S+C) - 2(C+S)(C-S) + 2\bigr] = e^{3u}\bigl[-2(S^2-C^2) - 2(C^2-S^2) + 2\bigr] = 2\,e^{3u},

the two quadratic terms cancelling exactly. Hence

τ(u)=2e3u6e4u=13 e−u.\tau(u) = \frac{2e^{3u}}{6e^{4u}} = \frac{1}{3}\,e^{-u}.

Step 6: the numbers. At u=0u = 0 the curve passes through (1,0,1)(1,0,1) with

κ(0)=23=0.4714045…,τ(0)=13=0.3333…,κτ=2 (constant).\kappa(0) = \frac{\sqrt2}{3} = 0.4714045\ldots, \qquad \tau(0) = \frac13 = 0.3333\ldots, \qquad \frac{\kappa}{\tau} = \sqrt2 \text{ (constant)}.

The ratio κ/τ\kappa/\tau being constant says the curve is a generalized helix: its tangent makes a fixed angle with the cone's axis, here arccos⁡(1/3)=54.7356∘\arccos\bigl(1/\sqrt3\bigr) = 54.7356^\circ, since t⋅z^=1/3\mathbf{t}\cdot\hat{\mathbf{z}} = 1/\sqrt3. Both κ\kappa and τ\tau decay like e−ue^{-u}: the spiral straightens as it opens out, exactly as the self-similarity of the cone demands.

Application(Kinematics, track design and elastic rods)Original

Acceleration. For a particle at r(t)\mathbf{r}(t) with speed v=ds/dtv = ds/dt, the chain rule and the first Frenet formula give

a=ddt (v t)=v˙ t+κv2 n=v˙ t+v2ρ n.\mathbf{a} = \frac{d}{dt}\,(v\,\mathbf{t}) = \dot v\,\mathbf{t} + \kappa v^2\,\mathbf{n} = \dot v\,\mathbf{t} + \frac{v^2}{\rho}\,\mathbf{n}.

The tangential part changes the speed, the normal part is the centripetal acceleration, and the binormal part is zero whatever the path: an acceleration can never point out of the osculating plane. This decomposition is how banking angles, gg-loads on a roller coaster and the lateral force on a vehicle in a bend are computed.

Transition curves. Because the lateral force is mv2κmv^2\kappa, a track joining a straight (κ=0\kappa=0) directly to a circular arc (κ=1/R\kappa = 1/R) subjects a passenger to a jump in force. Railways and highways therefore insert a clothoid, the plane curve with κ\kappa proportional to ss, so that at constant speed the lateral force ramps up linearly and the jerk stays bounded. That such a curve exists and is unique up to a rigid motion is precisely the plane case of the fundamental theorem.

Charged particles. A particle of charge qq and mass mm moving with speed vv in a uniform field B\mathbf{B} follows a circular helix, the unique curve with constant κ\kappa and constant τ\tau. Write α\alpha for the pitch angle between v\mathbf{v} and B\mathbf{B} and ω=qB/m\omega = qB/m for the gyrofrequency. The orbit is (acos⁡ωt, asin⁡ωt, vcos⁡α t)\bigl(a\cos\omega t,\, a\sin\omega t,\, v\cos\alpha\,t\bigr) with gyroradius a=vsin⁡α/ω=mvsin⁡α/(qB)a = v\sin\alpha/\omega = mv\sin\alpha/(qB), and the formulas of the method give the constants

κ=aω2v2=ωsin⁡αv=qBsin⁡αmv,τ=ωcos⁡αv=qBcos⁡αmv.\kappa = \frac{a\omega^2}{v^2} = \frac{\omega\sin\alpha}{v} = \frac{qB\sin\alpha}{mv}, \qquad \tau = \frac{\omega\cos\alpha}{v} = \frac{qB\cos\alpha}{mv} .

So the radius of curvature is not the gyroradius: ρ=1/κ=a/sin⁡2α\rho = 1/\kappa = a/\sin^2\alpha, the two agreeing only for a purely perpendicular orbit, α=π/2\alpha = \pi/2. (At α=60∘\alpha = 60^\circ with v=ω=1v = \omega = 1: a=0.8660a = 0.8660, 1/a=1.15471/a = 1.1547, but κ=0.8660\kappa = 0.8660.) Magnetic-mirror and tokamak confinement arguments are usually phrased in exactly these two constants.

Rods and polymers. In Kirchhoff's theory of a thin elastic rod, the strain of the centreline is measured by κ\kappa and τ\tau relative to their unstressed values, and the elastic energy is a quadratic form in them. The same two functions are the standard coarse-grained description of double-stranded DNA, where bending stiffness couples to κ\kappa and the supercoiling that packs the molecule into a cell couples to τ\tau.

Definition

Regular surfaces and the first fundamental form

Adapted

Defines a regular surface in R3\mathbb{R}^3 by charts, proves that the tangent vectors at a point fill a two-dimensional plane spanned by xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v, and introduces the first fundamental form Ip(w)=∣w∣2I_p(w) = \lvert w\rvert^2 with coefficients E,F,GE, F, G, from which lengths of curves, angles between them and areas of regions are computed without further reference to the ambient space.

Prerequisites: Surface integrals and flux, Partial derivatives and the chain rule, Implicit and inverse function theorems

Definition(Regular surface, tangent plane, first fundamental form)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §2-2, Def. 1, pp. 54–55, §2-4, pp. 86–87 and p. 89, and §2-5, Def. 1, pp. 94–95; Lee (2013), Ch. 13, pp. 327–329

Regular surface. A set S⊆R3S \subseteq \mathbb{R}^3 is a regular surface if for every p∈Sp \in S there are an open set V⊆R3V \subseteq \mathbb{R}^3 containing pp, an open set U⊆R2U \subseteq \mathbb{R}^2, and a map x:U→V∩S\mathbf{x} : U \to V \cap S onto V∩SV \cap S such that

  1. x\mathbf{x} is smooth: writing x(u,v)=(x(u,v),y(u,v),z(u,v))\mathbf{x}(u,v) = (x(u,v), y(u,v), z(u,v)), all partial derivatives of all orders of the three components exist and are continuous on UU;
  2. x\mathbf{x} is a homeomorphism onto V∩SV \cap S, that is, x−1:V∩S→U\mathbf{x}^{-1} : V\cap S \to U exists and is continuous;
  3. (regularity) for every q∈Uq \in U the differential dxq:R2→R3d\mathbf{x}_q : \mathbb{R}^2 \to \mathbb{R}^3 is injective.

Such an x\mathbf{x} is a parametrization (or local coordinate system) at pp, and V∩SV \cap S a coordinate neighbourhood. Writing xu=∂x/∂u\mathbf{x}_u = \partial\mathbf{x}/\partial u and xv=∂x/∂v\mathbf{x}_v = \partial\mathbf{x}/\partial v, the matrix of dxqd\mathbf{x}_q has columns xu(q)\mathbf{x}_u(q) and xv(q)\mathbf{x}_v(q), so condition 3 says exactly that these two vectors are linearly independent, equivalently xu×xv≠0\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v \ne \mathbf{0}.

do Carmo requires derivatives of all orders in condition 1, remarking (p. 90) that in practice one rarely needs more than four, and that the blanket C∞C^\infty hypothesis is adopted only to avoid tracking the minimum smoothness case by case. We keep his convention.

Tangent plane. A tangent vector to SS at pp is a vector α′(0)\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(0) for some smooth curve α:(−ε,ε)→S\boldsymbol{\alpha} : (-\varepsilon,\varepsilon) \to S with α(0)=p\boldsymbol{\alpha}(0) = p. By the statement below these vectors form a two-dimensional subspace TpS⊂R3T_p S \subset \mathbb{R}^3, the tangent plane, and {xu(q),xv(q)}\{\mathbf{x}_u(q), \mathbf{x}_v(q)\}, with q=x−1(p)q = \mathbf{x}^{-1}(p), is a basis of it, the basis associated with x\mathbf{x}. A parametrization also singles out one of the two unit vectors orthogonal to TpST_pS,

N=xu×xv∣xu×xv∣.N = \frac{\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v}{\lvert\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v\rvert}.

First fundamental form. Since TpS⊂R3T_pS \subset \mathbb{R}^3, the Euclidean inner product of R3\mathbb{R}^3 restricts to an inner product ⟨ ⋅ ,⋅ ⟩p\langle\,\cdot\,,\cdot\,\rangle_p on TpST_pS. The first fundamental form of SS at pp is the associated quadratic form

Ip:TpS→R,Ip(w)=⟨w,w⟩p=∣w∣2  ≥  0.I_p : T_pS \to \mathbb{R}, \qquad I_p(w) = \langle w, w\rangle_p = \lvert w\rvert^2 \;\ge\; 0 .

In the basis associated with a parametrization its coefficients are the three functions

E=⟨xu,xu⟩,F=⟨xu,xv⟩,G=⟨xv,xv⟩,E = \langle \mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle, \qquad F = \langle \mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle, \qquad G = \langle \mathbf{x}_v, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle ,

smooth on UU, and for w=a xu+b xvw = a\,\mathbf{x}_u + b\,\mathbf{x}_v,

Ip(w)=Ea2+2Fab+Gb2.I_p(w) = E a^2 + 2F ab + G b^2 .

Classically one writes the line element

ds2=E du2+2F du dv+G dv2,ds^2 = E\,du^2 + 2F\,du\,dv + G\,dv^2 ,

meaning the statement about arc length below. In index notation the same object is the symmetric matrix (gij)=(EFFG)(g_{ij}) = \begin{pmatrix} E & F \\ F & G\end{pmatrix} with ds2=gij dxidxjds^2 = g_{ij}\,dx^i dx^j; Lee calls it the Riemannian metric induced on SS by the inclusion into R3\mathbb{R}^3. The sibling unit The metric tensor develops the index form; Riemannian manifolds drops the ambient space altogether.

A parametrization with F≡0F \equiv 0 is orthogonal; one with E=GE = G and F=0F = 0 is isothermal.

Regions. A domain of SS is a connected open subset whose boundary is the image of a circle under a differentiable homeomorphism that is regular except at finitely many points; a region is a domain together with its boundary, and it is bounded if it lies in some ball of R3\mathbb{R}^3.

Definition(What the first fundamental form measures)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §2-4, Prop. 1, p. 86, §2-5, Eq. (2), pp. 97–98, and §2-5, Def. 2, p. 100

Let SS be a regular surface, x:U→S\mathbf{x} : U \to S a parametrization, q∈Uq \in U and p=x(q)p = \mathbf{x}(q).

  1. (Tangent plane.) The set of tangent vectors to SS at pp is exactly the two-dimensional subspace dxq(R2)=span⁡{xu(q),xv(q)}d\mathbf{x}_q(\mathbb{R}^2) = \operatorname{span}\{\mathbf{x}_u(q), \mathbf{x}_v(q)\}. In particular it does not depend on the parametrization. If α(t)=x(u(t),v(t))\boldsymbol{\alpha}(t) = \mathbf{x}(u(t), v(t)), then α′(0)=u′(0) xu+v′(0) xv\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(0) = u'(0)\,\mathbf{x}_u + v'(0)\,\mathbf{x}_v: the coordinates of a tangent vector in the associated basis are the derivatives of the parameter curve.
  2. (Lengths.) For a smooth curve α(t)=x(u(t),v(t))\boldsymbol{\alpha}(t) = \mathbf{x}(u(t), v(t)) on SS, the arc length from 00 to tt is s(t)=∫0tI(α′(t~)) dt~=∫0tE(u′)2+2Fu′v′+G(v′)2  dt~.s(t) = \int_0^t \sqrt{I\bigl(\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(\tilde t)\bigr)}\, d\tilde t = \int_0^t \sqrt{E (u')^2 + 2F u'v' + G (v')^2}\; d\tilde t .
  3. (Angles.) Two curves on SS meeting at t=t0t = t_0 cross at the angle θ\theta with cos⁡θ=⟨α′(t0),β′(t0)⟩∣α′(t0)∣ ∣β′(t0)∣.\cos\theta = \frac{\langle \boldsymbol{\alpha}'(t_0), \boldsymbol{\beta}'(t_0)\rangle}{\lvert\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(t_0)\rvert\,\lvert\boldsymbol{\beta}'(t_0)\rvert}. For the two coordinate curves of x\mathbf{x} this reads cos⁡φ=F/EG\cos\varphi = F/\sqrt{EG}; hence the coordinate curves are orthogonal at every point if and only if F≡0F \equiv 0.
  4. (Areas.) ∣xu×xv∣=EG−F2\lvert\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v\rvert = \sqrt{EG - F^2}, and this is strictly positive on UU. If R⊂SR \subset S is a bounded region contained in the coordinate neighbourhood of x\mathbf{x} and Q=x−1(R)Q = \mathbf{x}^{-1}(R) is compact, then A(R)=∬QEG−F2  du dvA(R) = \iint_Q \sqrt{EG - F^2}\; du\, dv is independent of the parametrization and is called the area of RR.

Everything in 2–4 is computed from EE, FF, GG alone. This is the sense in which the first fundamental form carries the metric geometry of SS: a traveller confined to the surface, able to measure only lengths of paths, angles and areas, has access to exactly these three functions.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Condition 3 in the definition of a regular surface is the whole point. It says the parameter plane is mapped onto the surface without collapsing a direction, and so the two coordinate velocity vectors xu,xv\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v are independent. Every curve on SS through pp can be read in the chart as a curve in UU, and the chain rule writes its velocity as a combination of xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v; conversely every such combination is realized by a straight line in UU. That gives the tangent plane in one short argument, with both inclusions. Once the tangent plane is known to be a plane sitting inside R3\mathbb{R}^3, it inherits the ambient dot product, and expanding that dot product in the basis {xu,xv}\{\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v\} produces the three numbers E,F,GE, F, G and nothing else. Lengths, angles and areas are all built from dot products of tangent vectors, so all three reduce to EE, FF, GG.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §2-4, Prop. 1 and its proof, pp. 86–87, with §2-5, pp. 95, 97–98 and p. 100

Part 1. Two inclusions.

Every tangent vector lies in dxq(R2)d\mathbf{x}_q(\mathbb{R}^2). Let w=α′(0)w = \boldsymbol{\alpha}'(0) with α:(−ε,ε)→x(U)\boldsymbol{\alpha} : (-\varepsilon,\varepsilon) \to \mathbf{x}(U) smooth and α(0)=p\boldsymbol{\alpha}(0) = p. Because x\mathbf{x} is a homeomorphism onto its image (condition 2), β=x−1∘α\boldsymbol{\beta} = \mathbf{x}^{-1}\circ\boldsymbol{\alpha} is a well-defined curve in UU, and it is smooth: by condition 3, dxqd\mathbf{x}_q is injective, so some 2×22\times 2 minor of the Jacobian is invertible, and the inverse function theorem (inverse function theorem) applied to x\mathbf{x} followed by the corresponding coordinate projection produces a smooth local inverse that agrees with x−1\mathbf{x}^{-1} on SS. Writing β(t)=(u(t),v(t))\boldsymbol{\beta}(t) = (u(t), v(t)) and differentiating α=x∘β\boldsymbol{\alpha} = \mathbf{x}\circ\boldsymbol{\beta} by the chain rule (chain rule),

w=α′(0)=u′(0) xu(q)+v′(0) xv(q)=dxq(β′(0)),w = \boldsymbol{\alpha}'(0) = u'(0)\,\mathbf{x}_u(q) + v'(0)\,\mathbf{x}_v(q) = d\mathbf{x}_q\bigl(\boldsymbol{\beta}'(0)\bigr),

which is the coordinate statement at the end of Part 1 as well.

Every element of dxq(R2)d\mathbf{x}_q(\mathbb{R}^2) is tangent. Given z∈R2\mathbf{z} \in \mathbb{R}^2, the segment γ(t)=q+tz\boldsymbol{\gamma}(t) = q + t\mathbf{z} stays in the open set UU for ∣t∣\lvert t\rvert small, and α=x∘γ\boldsymbol{\alpha} = \mathbf{x}\circ\boldsymbol{\gamma} is a smooth curve on SS through pp with α′(0)=dxq(z)\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(0) = d\mathbf{x}_q(\mathbf{z}).

So the set of tangent vectors equals dxq(R2)d\mathbf{x}_q(\mathbb{R}^2), which by condition 3 is a two-dimensional subspace. The left-hand description makes no mention of x\mathbf{x}, so the plane is independent of the chart.

Part 2. By Part 1, α′(t)=u′xu+v′xv\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(t) = u'\mathbf{x}_u + v'\mathbf{x}_v. Expanding the inner product bilinearly,

∣α′∣2=⟨u′xu+v′xv,  u′xu+v′xv⟩=E(u′)2+2Fu′v′+G(v′)2=I(α′),\lvert\boldsymbol{\alpha}'\rvert^2 = \langle u'\mathbf{x}_u + v'\mathbf{x}_v,\; u'\mathbf{x}_u + v'\mathbf{x}_v\rangle = E(u')^2 + 2Fu'v' + G(v')^2 = I(\boldsymbol{\alpha}'),

the cross terms combining because the inner product is symmetric. Arc length is ∫∣α′∣\int\lvert\boldsymbol{\alpha}'\rvert (line integrals), which is the claimed formula.

Part 3. The angle formula is the definition of the angle between two vectors of R3\mathbb{R}^3, applied to two tangent vectors. For the coordinate curves t↦x(t,v0)t \mapsto \mathbf{x}(t, v_0) and t↦x(u0,t)t\mapsto \mathbf{x}(u_0, t) the velocities are xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v, with lengths E\sqrt E and G\sqrt G, so cos⁡φ=F/EG\cos\varphi = F/\sqrt{EG}. This vanishes exactly when F=0F = 0, and EG>0\sqrt{EG} > 0 because xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v are nonzero.

Part 4. The identity ∣a×b∣2+⟨a,b⟩2=∣a∣2∣b∣2\lvert\mathbf{a}\times\mathbf{b}\rvert^2 + \langle\mathbf{a},\mathbf{b}\rangle^2 = \lvert\mathbf{a}\rvert^2\lvert\mathbf{b}\rvert^2 (vector algebra) with a=xu\mathbf{a} = \mathbf{x}_u, b=xv\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{x}_v gives ∣xu×xv∣2=EG−F2\lvert\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v\rvert^2 = EG - F^2, and the left side is nonzero by condition 3, so EG−F2>0EG - F^2 > 0. Independence of the parametrization is the statement already proved in surface integrals and flux: if xˉ\bar{\mathbf{x}} is a second parametrization covering RR and h=x−1∘xˉh = \mathbf{x}^{-1}\circ\bar{\mathbf{x}} is the change of parameters, then ∣xˉuˉ×xˉvˉ∣=∣xu×xv∣ ∣det⁡Dh∣\lvert\bar{\mathbf{x}}_{\bar u}\times\bar{\mathbf{x}}_{\bar v}\rvert = \lvert\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v\rvert\,\lvert\det Dh\rvert, and the change-of-variables theorem for double integrals absorbs the Jacobian factor. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Condition 3 (regularity). Used three times: to make TpST_pS two-dimensional at all; to get the smooth local inverse in Part 1 through the inverse function theorem; and to guarantee EG−F2>0EG - F^2 > 0, without which the area integrand could vanish and the matrix (gij)(g_{ij}) fail to be positive definite. The cone x(u,v)=(vcos⁡u,vsin⁡u,v)\mathbf{x}(u,v) = (v\cos u, v\sin u, v) fails it at v=0v = 0: there xu=0\mathbf{x}_u = \mathbf{0}, EG−F2=0EG - F^2 = 0, and the vertex has no tangent plane.
  • Condition 2 (homeomorphism). This is what rules out a parameter plane folded so that it touches itself. The map x(u,v)=(sin⁡u , sin⁡2u , v)\mathbf{x}(u,v) = (\sin u\,,\, \sin 2u\,,\, v) on (0,2π)×R(0, 2\pi)\times\mathbb{R} is smooth and satisfies condition 3, but its image is a self-crossing cylinder whose "tangent plane" at a crossing point is not well defined; the inverse is not continuous there.
  • Smoothness beyond C1C^1. The tangent plane, E,F,GE, F, G and all of Parts 1–4 need only C1C^1. do Carmo gives the graph of z=(x2+y2)23z = \sqrt[3]{(x^2+y^2)^2} as a set that has a tangent plane at the origin yet is not a regular surface in his sense, because zxxz_{xx} does not exist there (do Carmo (2016), §2-4, Example 3, p. 90). The higher derivatives are needed only from the second fundamental form onwards.
  • RR inside one chart. Part 4 assumes the region lies in a single coordinate neighbourhood. That is a restriction on the formula, not on the notion of area: most surfaces have a chart covering everything except a set of curves, which contributes nothing to the integral, as in the example below.
  • The ambient inner product. IpI_p is defined by restricting the dot product of R3\mathbb{R}^3. Nothing in Parts 2–4 uses the ambient space again, which is the observation that Gauss's Theorema Egregium turns into a theorem.
Method(Computing with EE, FF, GG)Original

Given a parametrization x(u,v)\mathbf{x}(u,v) of a surface:

  1. Differentiate: xu\mathbf{x}_u, xv\mathbf{x}_v.
  2. Form E=xu⋅xuE = \mathbf{x}_u\cdot\mathbf{x}_u, F=xu⋅xvF = \mathbf{x}_u\cdot\mathbf{x}_v, G=xv⋅xvG = \mathbf{x}_v\cdot\mathbf{x}_v. Check EG−F2>0EG - F^2 > 0 on the whole parameter domain; where it fails, the parametrization is singular and the chart must be changed.
  3. For a curve given in the chart by t↦(u(t),v(t))t\mapsto (u(t), v(t)), its length is ∫Eu˙2+2Fu˙v˙+Gv˙2 dt\int \sqrt{E\dot u^2 + 2F\dot u\dot v + G\dot v^2}\,dt.
  4. For the angle between two chart directions (a1,b1)(a_1,b_1) and (a2,b2)(a_2,b_2), use the polarized form ⟨w1,w2⟩=Ea1a2+F(a1b2+a2b1)+Gb1b2\langle w_1, w_2\rangle = Ea_1a_2 + F(a_1b_2+a_2b_1) + Gb_1b_2 in cos⁡θ=⟨w1,w2⟩/(∣w1∣∣w2∣)\cos\theta = \langle w_1,w_2\rangle/(\lvert w_1\rvert\lvert w_2\rvert).
  5. For the area of RR, integrate EG−F2\sqrt{EG-F^2} over x−1(R)\mathbf{x}^{-1}(R).
  6. Shortcut for a graph. If SS is z=h(x,y)z = h(x,y) with x(x,y)=(x,y,h)\mathbf{x}(x,y) = (x, y, h), then xx=(1,0,hx)\mathbf{x}_x = (1,0,h_x), xy=(0,1,hy)\mathbf{x}_y = (0,1,h_y) and E=1+hx2,F=hxhy,G=1+hy2,EG−F2=1+hx2+hy2.E = 1 + h_x^2, \quad F = h_xh_y, \quad G = 1 + h_y^2, \quad EG - F^2 = 1 + h_x^2 + h_y^2 .
  7. Sanity checks. E>0E > 0 and G>0G > 0 always; F=0F = 0 means the chart is orthogonal; setting all the surface's parameters to a flat case should return ds2=du2+dv2ds^2 = du^2 + dv^2.
Example(The paraboloid z=12(x2+y2)z = \tfrac12(x^2+y^2))Original

Parametrize the paraboloid by polar coordinates in the base plane,

x(r,θ)=(rcos⁡θ,  rsin⁡θ,  12r2),r>0,    0<θ<2π.\mathbf{x}(r, \theta) = \Bigl(r\cos\theta,\; r\sin\theta,\; \tfrac12 r^2\Bigr), \qquad r > 0, \;\; 0 < \theta < 2\pi .

This chart misses only the vertex and one meridian, a set of zero area.

Step 1: the coefficients.

xr=(cos⁡θ,  sin⁡θ,  r),xθ=(−rsin⁡θ,  rcos⁡θ,  0),\mathbf{x}_r = (\cos\theta,\; \sin\theta,\; r), \qquad \mathbf{x}_\theta = (-r\sin\theta,\; r\cos\theta,\; 0),

so

E=cos⁡2θ+sin⁡2θ+r2=1+r2,F=−rcos⁡θsin⁡θ+rsin⁡θcos⁡θ+0=0,G=r2sin⁡2θ+r2cos⁡2θ=r2.E = \cos^2\theta + \sin^2\theta + r^2 = 1 + r^2, \qquad F = -r\cos\theta\sin\theta + r\sin\theta\cos\theta + 0 = 0, \qquad G = r^2\sin^2\theta + r^2\cos^2\theta = r^2 .

Hence EG−F2=r2(1+r2)>0EG - F^2 = r^2(1+r^2) > 0 for r>0r > 0: the chart is regular and orthogonal, and

ds2=(1+r2) dr2+r2 dθ2.ds^2 = (1+r^2)\,dr^2 + r^2\,d\theta^2 .

(Check: setting the height to zero would replace EE by 11 and give the Euclidean polar line element dr2+r2dθ2dr^2 + r^2d\theta^2, as it must.)

Step 2: a length. Take the spiral that climbs the bowl with r=θr = \theta, from θ=0\theta = 0 to θ=1\theta = 1. Here r˙=1\dot r = 1 and θ˙=1\dot\theta = 1, so

L=∫01(1+θ2)⋅1+θ2⋅1  dθ=∫011+2θ2  dθ.L = \int_0^1 \sqrt{(1+\theta^2)\cdot 1 + \theta^2\cdot 1}\; d\theta = \int_0^1\sqrt{1+2\theta^2}\;d\theta .

With ∫1+2θ2 dθ=θ21+2θ2+122arcsinh⁡(2 θ)\int\sqrt{1+2\theta^2}\,d\theta = \tfrac{\theta}{2}\sqrt{1+2\theta^2} + \tfrac{1}{2\sqrt2}\operatorname{arcsinh}(\sqrt2\,\theta),

L=32+24arcsinh⁡2=0.8660254+0.4052486=1.2712739.L = \frac{\sqrt3}{2} + \frac{\sqrt2}{4}\operatorname{arcsinh}\sqrt2 = 0.8660254 + 0.4052486 = 1.2712739 .

For comparison, the same spiral drawn flat in the base plane has length ∫011+θ2 dθ=1.1477936\int_0^1\sqrt{1+\theta^2}\,d\theta = 1.1477936; climbing the bowl costs about 10.8%10.8\% extra.

Step 3: an angle. At the point r=1r = 1, θ=0\theta = 0 (that is, (1,0,12)(1,0,\tfrac12)), the spiral's chart direction is (r˙,θ˙)=(1,1)(\dot r, \dot\theta) = (1,1) and the meridian θ=const\theta = \text{const} has direction (1,0)(1,0). Since F=0F = 0, the polarized form gives ⟨w1,w2⟩=E⋅1⋅1=2\langle w_1, w_2\rangle = E\cdot 1\cdot 1 = 2, while ∣w1∣=E+G=3\lvert w_1\rvert = \sqrt{E + G} = \sqrt3 and ∣w2∣=E=2\lvert w_2\rvert = \sqrt E = \sqrt2. So

cos⁡θcross=232=23=0.8164966,θcross=35.2644∘.\cos\theta_{\text{cross}} = \frac{2}{\sqrt3\sqrt2} = \sqrt{\tfrac23} = 0.8164966, \qquad \theta_{\text{cross}} = 35.2644^\circ .

Step 4: an area. The part of the paraboloid lying over the disc x2+y2≤3x^2 + y^2 \le 3 is R=x(Q)R = \mathbf{x}(Q) with Q=(0,3 ]×(0,2π)Q = (0,\sqrt3\,]\times(0,2\pi), and

A(R)=∫02π ⁣ ⁣∫03r2(1+r2)  dr dθ=2π∫03r1+r2  dr=2π[(1+r2)3/23]03=2π3(43/2−1).A(R) = \int_0^{2\pi}\!\!\int_0^{\sqrt3} \sqrt{r^2(1+r^2)}\; dr\, d\theta = 2\pi\int_0^{\sqrt3} r\sqrt{1+r^2}\; dr = 2\pi\left[\frac{(1+r^2)^{3/2}}{3}\right]_0^{\sqrt3} = \frac{2\pi}{3}\bigl(4^{3/2} - 1\bigr) .

Since 43/2=84^{3/2} = 8,

 A(R)=14π3=14.66077 \boxed{\,A(R) = \frac{14\pi}{3} = 14.66077\,}

against 3π=9.424783\pi = 9.42478 for the flat disc underneath it. The same answer follows from the graph shortcut: h=12(x2+y2)h = \tfrac12(x^2+y^2) gives 1+hx2+hy2=1+x2+y2\sqrt{1+h_x^2+h_y^2} = \sqrt{1+x^2+y^2}, and ∬x2+y2≤31+x2+y2 dx dy\iint_{x^2+y^2\le 3}\sqrt{1+x^2+y^2}\,dx\,dy is the same integral in disguise.

Application(Induced metrics in physics)Original

The metric is the data. Almost every surface calculation in physics is run on E,F,GE, F, G rather than on the embedding. On the sphere of radius aa, x(ϑ,φ)=a(sin⁡ϑcos⁡φ,sin⁡ϑsin⁡φ,cos⁡ϑ)\mathbf{x}(\vartheta,\varphi) = a(\sin\vartheta\cos\varphi, \sin\vartheta\sin\varphi, \cos\vartheta) gives E=a2E = a^2, F=0F = 0, G=a2sin⁡2ϑG = a^2\sin^2\vartheta, so ds2=a2(dϑ2+sin⁡2ϑ dφ2)ds^2 = a^2(d\vartheta^2 + \sin^2\vartheta\, d\varphi^2) and EG−F2=a2sin⁡ϑ\sqrt{EG-F^2} = a^2\sin\vartheta. That factor sin⁡ϑ\sin\vartheta is the dΩd\Omega of every spherical-harmonic expansion, every radiation pattern and every solid-angle integral; it comes from the first fundamental form and nothing else.

Membranes and shells. In continuum mechanics the strain of a thin sheet is defined as half the change in its first fundamental form between the reference and the deformed configuration, ϵij=12(gij−gij(0))\epsilon_{ij} = \tfrac12(g_{ij} - g_{ij}^{(0)}). Stretching energy is a quadratic form in that difference. A deformation that leaves E,F,GE, F, G unchanged costs no stretching energy at all, which is why paper bends freely but tears rather than stretches.

General relativity. The induced metric on a spacelike hypersurface is exactly this construction one dimension up: restrict the ambient metric to the tangent space at each point. It is the "first fundamental form" of the 3+13{+}1 initial-value formulation, paired there with a second fundamental form that plays the role of its time derivative.

Surface integrals and transport. The flux and area integrals of surface integrals and flux all carry the factor EG−F2\sqrt{EG-F^2}. In heat and mass transfer over a curved interface, or in computing the radiating area of a corrugated fin, getting this factor right is the whole calculation: the paraboloid above has 55%55\% more area than its shadow.

Definition

The second fundamental form and curvature

Adapted

Introduces the Gauss map NN, which sends each point of an oriented surface to its unit normal, proves that its differential dNpdN_p is a self-adjoint operator on the tangent plane, defines the second fundamental form IIp(v)=−⟨dNp(v),v⟩\mathrm{II}_p(v) = -\langle dN_p(v), v\rangle and identifies its values on unit vectors as normal curvatures, so that the eigenvalues of −dNp-dN_p are the principal curvatures and their product and mean are the Gaussian curvature KK and the mean curvature HH, with the coordinate formulas in E,F,G,e,f,gE,F,G,e,f,g.

Prerequisites: Regular surfaces and the first fundamental form, Curves and the Frenet-Serret formulas, Spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices

Definition(Gauss map, second fundamental form, principal, Gaussian and mean curvature)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §3-2, Example 2, p. 140, Defs. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8, pp. 141–149, and Def. 9, p. 150 (asymptotic direction), with §3-3, pp. 156–157

Let SS be a regular surface (regular surfaces and the first fundamental form).

  • Orientation and Gauss map. SS is oriented by a smooth choice of unit normal N:S→S2⊂R3N : S \to S^2 \subset \mathbb{R}^3; the map NN is the Gauss map. In a parametrization x(u,v)\mathbf{x}(u,v) compatible with the orientation, N=(xu×xv)/∣xu×xv∣N = (\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v)/\lvert\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v\rvert. Since TN(p)S2T_{N(p)}S^2 and TpST_pS are both the plane orthogonal to N(p)N(p), the differential is an operator on one plane, dNp:TpS→TpS.dN_p : T_pS \to T_pS . Its negative −dNp-dN_p is the shape operator (Weingarten map).
  • Second fundamental form. IIp(v)=−⟨dNp(v),v⟩\mathrm{II}_p(v) = -\langle dN_p(v), v\rangle for v∈TpSv \in T_pS. Its coefficients in the basis {xu,xv}\{\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v\} are e=⟨N,xuu⟩=−⟨Nu,xu⟩,f=⟨N,xuv⟩=−⟨Nv,xu⟩=−⟨Nu,xv⟩,g=⟨N,xvv⟩=−⟨Nv,xv⟩,e = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uu}\rangle = -\langle N_u, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle, \qquad f = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle = -\langle N_v, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle = -\langle N_u, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle, \qquad g = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{vv}\rangle = -\langle N_v, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle , so that II(axu+bxv)=ea2+2fab+gb2\mathrm{II}(a\mathbf{x}_u + b\mathbf{x}_v) = e a^2 + 2f ab + g b^2.
  • Normal curvature. Let C⊂SC \subset S be a regular curve through pp, with curvature kk and principal normal n\mathbf{n} at pp (Frenet-Serret), and let cos⁡θ=⟨n,N⟩\cos\theta = \langle \mathbf{n}, N\rangle. The normal curvature of CC at pp is kn=kcos⁡θk_n = k\cos\theta: the signed length of the projection of knk\mathbf{n} onto NN.
  • Principal curvatures and directions. Write k1k_1 for the largest and k2k_2 for the smallest value that IIp\mathrm{II}_p takes on the unit circle of TpST_pS; these are the principal curvatures at pp. The unit vectors at which they are attained are the principal directions. A curve whose tangent is a principal direction at each of its points is a line of curvature.
  • Gaussian and mean curvature. K=det⁡(dNp)=k1k2,H=−12tr⁡(dNp)=k1+k22.K = \det(dN_p) = k_1k_2, \qquad H = -\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(dN_p) = \tfrac{k_1+k_2}{2} .
  • Classification of points. pp is elliptic if K=det⁡(dNp)>0K = \det(dN_p) > 0, hyperbolic if K<0K < 0, parabolic if K=0K = 0 with dNp≠0dN_p \ne 0, and planar if dNp=0dN_p = 0. It is umbilical if k1=k2k_1 = k_2 (planar points included). A direction with kn=0k_n = 0 is asymptotic.
  • Sign convention. do Carmo defines II\mathrm{II} with the minus sign shown, and computes the unit sphere with the normal N(x,y,z)=(−x,−y,−z)N(x,y,z) = (-x,-y,-z) pointing to its centre (his Examples 2 and 7, pp. 140 and 145): then dNp=−iddN_p = -\mathrm{id} and every normal curvature equals +1+1. With the outward normal instead, dNp=+iddN_p = +\mathrm{id} and every normal curvature is −1-1. Reversing the orientation sends N↦−NN \mapsto -N, hence e,f,g↦−e,−f,−ge,f,g \mapsto -e,-f,-g and dNp↦−dNpdN_p \mapsto -dN_p: the unordered pair of principal curvatures becomes {−k1,−k2}\{-k_1,-k_2\}, so with the ordering k1≥k2k_1 \ge k_2 kept, k1↦−k2k_1 \mapsto -k_2 and k2↦−k1k_2 \mapsto -k_1. Consequently H↦−HH \mapsto -H, while KK is unchanged because the dimension is even.
Definition(Properties of the shape operator)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §3-2, Prop. 1, p. 142, Prop. 2 (Meusnier), pp. 143–144, Euler's formula, pp. 146–147, Def. 6, p. 148, Prop. 4, p. 149, and §3-3, Eqs. (4)–(6), pp. 157–158

Let SS be an oriented regular surface, p∈Sp \in S.

  1. (Self-adjointness.) dNp:TpS→TpSdN_p : T_pS \to T_pS is a self-adjoint linear map: ⟨dNp(w1),w2⟩=⟨w1,dNp(w2)⟩\langle dN_p(w_1), w_2\rangle = \langle w_1, dN_p(w_2)\rangle for all w1,w2∈TpSw_1, w_2 \in T_pS. Hence IIp\mathrm{II}_p is a quadratic form, TpST_pS has an orthonormal basis {e1,e2}\{e_1, e_2\} of eigenvectors of dNpdN_p, and the eigenvalues are real.
  2. (The second fundamental form is a normal curvature.) If v∈TpSv \in T_pS has ∣v∣=1\lvert v\rvert = 1 and CC is any regular curve on SS through pp with unit tangent vv there, then IIp(v)=kn\mathrm{II}_p(v) = k_n, the normal curvature of CC at pp. In particular (Meusnier) all curves on SS through pp with the same tangent line have the same normal curvature at pp.
  3. (Principal curvatures are the eigenvalues.) With {e1,e2}\{e_1,e_2\} as in 1 and dNp(ei)=−kieidN_p(e_i) = -k_ie_i, the numbers k1≥k2k_1 \ge k_2 are the largest and smallest values IIp\mathrm{II}_p takes on the unit circle, that is, the principal curvatures, and e1,e2e_1, e_2 are principal directions. For v=e1cos⁡ϑ+e2sin⁡ϑv = e_1\cos\vartheta + e_2\sin\vartheta, Euler's formula holds: kn(ϑ)=IIp(v)=k1cos⁡2ϑ+k2sin⁡2ϑ.k_n(\vartheta) = \mathrm{II}_p(v) = k_1\cos^2\vartheta + k_2\sin^2\vartheta .
  4. (Coordinate formulas.) In a parametrization compatible with the orientation, K=eg−f2EG−F2,H=eG−2fF+gE2 (EG−F2),k1,2=H±H2−K.K = \frac{eg - f^2}{EG - F^2}, \qquad H = \frac{eG - 2fF + gE}{2\,(EG - F^2)}, \qquad k_{1,2} = H \pm \sqrt{H^2 - K} . In particular H2≥KH^2 \ge K always, with equality exactly at umbilical points, and the functions k1≥k2k_1 \ge k_2 are continuous on SS and differentiable away from the umbilics.
  5. (All-umbilic surfaces.) If every point of a connected regular surface SS is umbilical, then SS is contained in a sphere or in a plane.
Idea of the proofOriginal

The Gauss map records how the tangent plane tips as one moves along the surface, so its derivative is the natural measure of curvature. Self-adjointness is the key structural fact and it comes from one line of calculus: the mixed second partial derivatives of x\mathbf{x} commute, and differentiating ⟨N,xu⟩=0\langle N, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle = 0 in vv and ⟨N,xv⟩=0\langle N, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle = 0 in uu turns both off-diagonal entries into −⟨N,xuv⟩-\langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle. Self-adjointness buys the spectral theorem, hence an orthonormal eigenbasis and real eigenvalues, and the eigenvalues of a quadratic form on a circle are its extreme values. Identifying IIp(v)\mathrm{II}_p(v) with a normal curvature is another single differentiation: along a curve on the surface the normal is perpendicular to the velocity, so differentiating that relation trades ⟨N′,γ′⟩\langle N', \boldsymbol{\gamma}'\rangle for −⟨N,γ′′⟩-\langle N, \boldsymbol{\gamma}''\rangle, and γ′′=kn\boldsymbol{\gamma}'' = k\mathbf{n}. The coordinate formulas are then nothing but linear algebra: the matrix of dNdN in the basis {xu,xv}\{\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_v\} is −I−1 II-\mathrm{I}^{-1}\,\mathrm{II}, and KK and HH are its determinant and its trace.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §3-2, proof of Prop. 1, pp. 142–143, with pp. 144, 146–147 and Prop. 4, pp. 149–150, and §3-3, pp. 156–158

Part 1. dNpdN_p is linear, so it suffices to check the symmetry on the basis {xu,xv}\{\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v\}. Along a curve α(t)=x(u(t),v(t))\boldsymbol{\alpha}(t) = \mathbf{x}(u(t), v(t)) with α(0)=p\boldsymbol{\alpha}(0) = p, the chain rule gives dNp(α′(0))=ddtN(u(t),v(t))∣0=Nuu′(0)+Nvv′(0)dN_p(\boldsymbol{\alpha}'(0)) = \frac{d}{dt}N(u(t),v(t))\big|_{0} = N_uu'(0) + N_vv'(0), and taking the coordinate curves,

dNp(xu)=Nu,dNp(xv)=Nv.dN_p(\mathbf{x}_u) = N_u, \qquad dN_p(\mathbf{x}_v) = N_v .

The diagonal entries pose no question, so only ⟨Nu,xv⟩=⟨xu,Nv⟩\langle N_u, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle = \langle \mathbf{x}_u, N_v\rangle must be shown. Differentiate the two identities ⟨N,xu⟩=0\langle N, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle = 0 and ⟨N,xv⟩=0\langle N, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle = 0 with respect to vv and uu respectively:

⟨Nv,xu⟩+⟨N,xuv⟩=0,⟨Nu,xv⟩+⟨N,xvu⟩=0.\langle N_v, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle + \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle = 0, \qquad \langle N_u, \mathbf{x}_v\rangle + \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{vu}\rangle = 0 .

By the equality of mixed partial derivatives (here the smoothness of x\mathbf{x} is used), xuv=xvu\mathbf{x}_{uv} = \mathbf{x}_{vu}, so both left-hand first terms equal −⟨N,xuv⟩-\langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle and are therefore equal to each other. A self-adjoint operator on a two-dimensional real inner-product space has real eigenvalues and an orthonormal eigenbasis (spectral theorem), and v↦⟨dNp(v),v⟩v \mapsto \langle dN_p(v), v\rangle is then a quadratic form.

Part 2. Let γ(s)\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s) be a unit-speed parametrization of CC with γ(0)=p\boldsymbol{\gamma}(0) = p, γ′(0)=v\boldsymbol{\gamma}'(0) = v, and write N(s)=N(γ(s))N(s) = N(\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s)). Since N(s)⊥Tγ(s)S∋γ′(s)N(s) \perp T_{\boldsymbol{\gamma}(s)}S \ni \boldsymbol{\gamma}'(s) we have ⟨N(s),γ′(s)⟩≡0\langle N(s), \boldsymbol{\gamma}'(s)\rangle \equiv 0; differentiating,

⟨N′(s),γ′(s)⟩=−⟨N(s),γ′′(s)⟩.\langle N'(s), \boldsymbol{\gamma}'(s)\rangle = -\langle N(s), \boldsymbol{\gamma}''(s)\rangle .

At s=0s = 0, N′(0)=dNp(v)N'(0) = dN_p(v) and γ′′(0)=k n\boldsymbol{\gamma}''(0) = k\,\mathbf{n} by the first Frenet formula, so

IIp(v)=−⟨dNp(v),v⟩=−⟨N′(0),γ′(0)⟩=⟨N,kn⟩=kcos⁡θ=kn.\mathrm{II}_p(v) = -\langle dN_p(v), v\rangle = -\langle N'(0), \boldsymbol{\gamma}'(0)\rangle = \langle N, k\mathbf{n}\rangle = k\cos\theta = k_n .

The left-hand side depends only on vv, not on which curve has that tangent; that is Meusnier's statement.

Part 3. By Part 1 write dNp(ei)=−kieidN_p(e_i) = -k_ie_i in an orthonormal eigenbasis, ordering k1≥k2k_1 \ge k_2. For a unit vector v=e1cos⁡ϑ+e2sin⁡ϑv = e_1\cos\vartheta + e_2\sin\vartheta, expanding bilinearly,

IIp(v)=−⟨dNp(v),v⟩=⟨k1e1cos⁡ϑ+k2e2sin⁡ϑ,  e1cos⁡ϑ+e2sin⁡ϑ⟩=k1cos⁡2ϑ+k2sin⁡2ϑ,\mathrm{II}_p(v) = -\langle dN_p(v), v\rangle = \langle k_1e_1\cos\vartheta + k_2e_2\sin\vartheta,\; e_1\cos\vartheta + e_2\sin\vartheta\rangle = k_1\cos^2\vartheta + k_2\sin^2\vartheta ,

which is Euler's formula. Writing it as k2+(k1−k2)cos⁡2ϑk_2 + (k_1-k_2)\cos^2\vartheta shows the values range over [k2,k1][k_2, k_1] with the endpoints attained at ϑ=π/2\vartheta = \pi/2 and ϑ=0\vartheta = 0; so k1,k2k_1, k_2 are the extreme normal curvatures and e1,e2e_1, e_2 the directions realizing them.

Part 4. Write the matrix of dNpdN_p in the basis {xu,xv}\{\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_v\} as (aij)(a_{ij}) via Nu=a11xu+a21xvN_u = a_{11}\mathbf{x}_u + a_{21}\mathbf{x}_v, Nv=a12xu+a22xvN_v = a_{12}\mathbf{x}_u + a_{22}\mathbf{x}_v (the Weingarten equations). Taking inner products with xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v and using the definitions of e,f,ge, f, g and of E,F,GE, F, G gives four scalar equations which in matrix form are

−(effg)=(a11a21a12a22)(EFFG).-\begin{pmatrix} e & f \\ f & g\end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} a_{11} & a_{21} \\ a_{12} & a_{22}\end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} E & F \\ F & G\end{pmatrix}.

Because EG−F2>0EG - F^2 > 0 the first-fundamental-form matrix is invertible, and taking determinants of both sides gives

eg−f2=det⁡(aij) (EG−F2)=K (EG−F2),eg - f^2 = \det(a_{ij})\,(EG - F^2) = K\,(EG-F^2),

which is the formula for KK. Inverting explicitly,

(a11a21a12a22)=−1EG−F2(effg)(G−F−FE),\begin{pmatrix} a_{11} & a_{21} \\ a_{12} & a_{22}\end{pmatrix} = \frac{-1}{EG-F^2}\begin{pmatrix} e & f \\ f & g\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} G & -F \\ -F & E\end{pmatrix},

whose diagonal entries are a11=(fF−eG)/(EG−F2)a_{11} = (fF - eG)/(EG-F^2) and a22=(fF−gE)/(EG−F2)a_{22} = (fF - gE)/(EG-F^2); hence

H=−12(a11+a22)=eG−2fF+gE2(EG−F2).H = -\tfrac12(a_{11}+a_{22}) = \frac{eG - 2fF + gE}{2(EG-F^2)} .

Finally −k1,−k2-k_1, -k_2 are the eigenvalues of (aij)(a_{ij}), so k1,k2k_1, k_2 are the roots of k2−(k1+k2)k+k1k2=k2−2Hk+K=0k^2 - (k_1+k_2)k + k_1k_2 = k^2 - 2Hk + K = 0, giving k=H±H2−Kk = H \pm\sqrt{H^2-K}. The discriminant is H2−K=14(k1−k2)2≥0H^2 - K = \tfrac14(k_1-k_2)^2 \ge 0, vanishing exactly when k1=k2k_1 = k_2.

Part 5. Work in a connected coordinate neighbourhood VV. Umbilicity at qq means dNq=λ(q) iddN_q = \lambda(q)\,\mathrm{id} for a scalar λ(q)\lambda(q), which is smooth because λ=−H\lambda = -H there. Applying this to the basis vectors, Nu=λxuN_u = \lambda\mathbf{x}_u and Nv=λxvN_v = \lambda\mathbf{x}_v. Differentiate the first in vv and the second in uu and subtract; the terms λxuv\lambda\mathbf{x}_{uv} cancel by equality of mixed partials, leaving

λv xu−λu xv=0.\lambda_v\,\mathbf{x}_u - \lambda_u\,\mathbf{x}_v = \mathbf{0}.

Since xu,xv\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v are independent, λu=λv=0\lambda_u = \lambda_v = 0, so λ\lambda is constant on the connected set VV. If λ=0\lambda = 0 then NN is a constant vector N0N_0 and ∂u⟨x,N0⟩=∂v⟨x,N0⟩=0\partial_u\langle\mathbf{x}, N_0\rangle = \partial_v\langle\mathbf{x}, N_0\rangle = 0, so ⟨x,N0⟩\langle \mathbf{x}, N_0\rangle is constant and VV lies in a plane. If λ≠0\lambda \ne 0, put y=x−λ−1N\mathbf{y} = \mathbf{x} - \lambda^{-1}N; then yu=xu−λ−1Nu=0\mathbf{y}_u = \mathbf{x}_u - \lambda^{-1}N_u = \mathbf{0} and likewise yv=0\mathbf{y}_v = \mathbf{0}, so y\mathbf{y} is a fixed point and ∣x−y∣=1/∣λ∣\lvert\mathbf{x} - \mathbf{y}\rvert = 1/\lvert\lambda\rvert: VV lies on a sphere. A connected SS is covered by finitely many such neighbourhoods along any path between two of its points, and overlapping neighbourhoods force the same plane or the same sphere throughout. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Orientability. Without a globally defined smooth NN there is no Gauss map, and e,f,ge, f, g, HH, k1k_1, k2k_2 have no global sign. KK survives: it is unchanged by N↦−NN \mapsto -N, so a Möbius band has a well-defined Gaussian curvature but no well-defined mean curvature.
  • Equality of mixed partials. Used twice, in Part 1 and again in Part 5. This is where the smoothness in the definition of a regular surface is spent; a C1C^1 surface has a tangent plane and a first fundamental form but no second fundamental form.
  • EG−F2>0EG - F^2 > 0. The inversion in Part 4 is impossible without it. At a singular point of a parametrization the formulas for KK and HH return 0/00/0; the surface may still be perfectly smooth there, as the pole of a sphere is in spherical coordinates, and a different chart must be used.
  • Connectedness in Part 5. Dropping it makes the conclusion false in the obvious way: the disjoint union of a plane and a sphere is all-umbilic and is neither.
  • Why −⟨dNp(v),v⟩-\langle dN_p(v),v\rangle and not ++. The sign is chosen so that a sphere carrying the normal that points to its centre has k1=k2=1/a>0k_1 = k_2 = 1/a > 0 and II\mathrm{II} positive (with the outward normal the same sphere gives k1=k2=−1/ak_1 = k_2 = -1/a, K=1/a2K = 1/a^2 and H=−1/aH = -1/a); it is a convention, and some texts take the opposite one. With the sign fixed, IIp(v)>0\mathrm{II}_p(v) > 0 means the surface bends towards NN along vv.
  • k1,k2k_1, k_2 at umbilics. Part 4 gives continuity of k1≥k2k_1 \ge k_2 everywhere, but H2−K\sqrt{H^2-K} is not differentiable where H2=KH^2 = K, so the principal curvatures can fail to be smooth at umbilical points even though KK and HH are smooth there.
Method(Computing KK and HH from a parametrization)Original
  1. Compute xu,xv\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v and then E,F,GE, F, G; check EG−F2>0EG - F^2 > 0.
  2. Compute N=(xu×xv)/EG−F2N = (\mathbf{x}_u\times\mathbf{x}_v)/\sqrt{EG-F^2}. Record which way it points; every sign below depends on it.
  3. Compute the second derivatives xuu,xuv,xvv\mathbf{x}_{uu}, \mathbf{x}_{uv}, \mathbf{x}_{vv} and then e=⟨N,xuu⟩e = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uu}\rangle, f=⟨N,xuv⟩f = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle, g=⟨N,xvv⟩g = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{vv}\rangle. The triple-product form e=det⁡[xu,xv,xuu]/EG−F2e = \det[\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v, \mathbf{x}_{uu}]/\sqrt{EG-F^2} and its analogues avoid writing NN out.
  4. K=(eg−f2)/(EG−F2)K = (eg-f^2)/(EG-F^2) and H=(eG−2fF+gE)/(2(EG−F2))H = (eG - 2fF + gE)/\bigl(2(EG-F^2)\bigr).
  5. k1,2=H±H2−Kk_{1,2} = H \pm\sqrt{H^2-K}. Check k1k2=Kk_1k_2 = K and k1+k2=2Hk_1+k_2 = 2H.
  6. If F=f=0F = f = 0 (an orthogonal chart whose coordinate curves are lines of curvature) the work collapses: the principal curvatures are e/Ee/E and g/Gg/G, with k1k_1 the larger of the two and k2k_2 the smaller, and K=eg/(EG)K = eg/(EG), H=12(e/E+g/G)H = \tfrac12(e/E + g/G). Which of e/Ee/E, g/Gg/G is k1k_1 depends on the surface and on the point, so compare them before labelling.
  7. Sanity checks. A plane must give e=f=g=0e=f=g=0; a sphere of radius aa with the normal pointing to its centre must give K=1/a2K = 1/a^2 and H=1/aH = 1/a (outward normal: K=1/a2K = 1/a^2 still, but H=−1/aH = -1/a); a cylinder of radius aa must give K=0K = 0 and ∣H∣=1/(2a)\lvert H\rvert = 1/(2a).
Example(The paraboloid z=12(x2+y2)z = \tfrac12(x^2+y^2) again)Original

Continue with the chart of the first fundamental form,

x(r,θ)=(rcos⁡θ,  rsin⁡θ,  12r2),E=1+r2,    F=0,    G=r2.\mathbf{x}(r,\theta) = \bigl(r\cos\theta,\; r\sin\theta,\; \tfrac12 r^2\bigr), \qquad E = 1+r^2,\;\; F = 0,\;\; G = r^2 .

Step 1: the normal. With xr=(cos⁡θ,sin⁡θ,r)\mathbf{x}_r = (\cos\theta, \sin\theta, r) and xθ=(−rsin⁡θ,rcos⁡θ,0)\mathbf{x}_\theta = (-r\sin\theta, r\cos\theta, 0),

xr×xθ=(−r2cos⁡θ,  −r2sin⁡θ,  r),∣xr×xθ∣=r1+r2=EG−F2,\mathbf{x}_r\times\mathbf{x}_\theta = \bigl(-r^2\cos\theta,\; -r^2\sin\theta,\; r\bigr), \qquad \lvert\mathbf{x}_r\times\mathbf{x}_\theta\rvert = r\sqrt{1+r^2} = \sqrt{EG-F^2},

so

N=11+r2(−rcos⁡θ,  −rsin⁡θ,  1).N = \frac{1}{\sqrt{1+r^2}}\bigl(-r\cos\theta,\; -r\sin\theta,\; 1\bigr).

Its zz-component is positive: NN points up out of the bowl, into the concave side.

Step 2: the second derivatives and e,f,ge,f,g.

xrr=(0,0,1),xrθ=(−sin⁡θ,cos⁡θ,0),xθθ=(−rcos⁡θ,−rsin⁡θ,0),\mathbf{x}_{rr} = (0,0,1), \qquad \mathbf{x}_{r\theta} = (-\sin\theta, \cos\theta, 0), \qquad \mathbf{x}_{\theta\theta} = (-r\cos\theta, -r\sin\theta, 0),

and therefore

e=⟨N,xrr⟩=11+r2,f=rcos⁡θsin⁡θ−rsin⁡θcos⁡θ1+r2=0,g=r2cos⁡2θ+r2sin⁡2θ1+r2=r21+r2.e = \langle N, \mathbf{x}_{rr}\rangle = \frac{1}{\sqrt{1+r^2}}, \qquad f = \frac{r\cos\theta\sin\theta - r\sin\theta\cos\theta}{\sqrt{1+r^2}} = 0, \qquad g = \frac{r^2\cos^2\theta + r^2\sin^2\theta}{\sqrt{1+r^2}} = \frac{r^2}{\sqrt{1+r^2}} .

Both FF and ff vanish, so the meridians and the horizontal circles are lines of curvature and step 6 of the method applies.

Step 3: the curvatures.

K=eg−f2EG−F2=r2/(1+r2)r2(1+r2)=1(1+r2)2,K = \frac{eg - f^2}{EG-F^2} = \frac{r^2/(1+r^2)}{r^2(1+r^2)} = \frac{1}{(1+r^2)^2},H=eG+gE2(EG−F2)=r21+r2+r2(1+r2)1+r22r2(1+r2)=2+r22 (1+r2)3/2.H = \frac{eG + gE}{2(EG-F^2)} = \frac{\dfrac{r^2}{\sqrt{1+r^2}} + \dfrac{r^2(1+r^2)}{\sqrt{1+r^2}}}{2r^2(1+r^2)} = \frac{2+r^2}{2\,(1+r^2)^{3/2}} .

Since F=f=0F = f = 0, the two coordinate directions are the principal ones, with normal curvatures e/E=(1+r2)−3/2e/E = (1+r^2)^{-3/2} along the meridian and g/G=(1+r2)−1/2g/G = (1+r^2)^{-1/2} along the horizontal circle. The second is the larger, so k1=(1+r2)−1/2k_1 = (1+r^2)^{-1/2} and k2=(1+r2)−3/2k_2 = (1+r^2)^{-3/2}.

Step 4: numbers at r=1r = 1, the point (1,0,12)(1, 0, \tfrac12):

K=14=0.25,H=32⋅23/2=328=0.5303301.K = \frac14 = 0.25, \qquad H = \frac{3}{2\cdot 2^{3/2}} = \frac{3\sqrt2}{8} = 0.5303301 .

Then H2−K=932−832=132H^2 - K = \tfrac{9}{32} - \tfrac{8}{32} = \tfrac1{32}, so

k1,2=328±142,k1=12=0.7071068,k2=122=0.3535534.k_{1,2} = \frac{3\sqrt2}{8} \pm \frac{1}{4\sqrt2}, \qquad k_1 = \frac{1}{\sqrt2} = 0.7071068, \qquad k_2 = \frac{1}{2\sqrt2} = 0.3535534 .

Check: k1k2=12⋅122=14=Kk_1k_2 = \dfrac{1}{\sqrt2}\cdot\dfrac{1}{2\sqrt2} = \dfrac{1}{4} = K and k1+k2=0.7071068+0.3535534=1.0606602=2Hk_1 + k_2 = 0.7071068 + 0.3535534 = 1.0606602 = 2H. These agree with the direct values k1=(1+r2)−1/2k_1 = (1+r^2)^{-1/2} and k2=(1+r2)−3/2k_2 = (1+r^2)^{-3/2} at r=1r=1. Both principal curvatures are positive, so K>0K > 0 and every point of the paraboloid is elliptic: near each of its points the surface stays on a single side of the tangent plane there, as a bowl should. Note also that k2=(1+r2)−3/2k_2 = (1+r^2)^{-3/2} is exactly the curvature of the generating parabola z=12r2z = \tfrac12 r^2 at rr, computed from the plane formula κ=∣z′′∣/(1+(z′)2)3/2\kappa = \lvert z''\rvert/(1+(z')^2)^{3/2}; it must be so, because the meridian is a normal section of the surface.

Step 5: limits. As r→0r \to 0, K→1K \to 1 and k1=k2→1k_1 = k_2 \to 1: the vertex is an umbilical point and the paraboloid osculates the unit sphere there. As r→∞r \to\infty, K∼r−4→0K \sim r^{-4} \to 0 and H∼12r−1→0H \sim \tfrac12 r^{-1} \to 0: far out, the bowl flattens.

Application(Surface tension, membranes and shells)Original

Young-Laplace. The pressure jump across an interface of surface tension σ\sigma is Δp=2σH=σ(k1+k2)\Delta p = 2\sigma H = \sigma(k_1 + k_2), with HH computed for the normal pointing from the low-pressure side into the high-pressure side, i.e. towards the centre of curvature. The factor comes from the first variation of area: for a graph z=u(x,y)z = u(x,y) the area functional is ∫(1+∣Du∣2)1/2dx\int(1+\lvert Du\rvert^2)^{1/2}dx, whose Euler–Lagrange equation Evans writes as div⁡(Du/(1+∣Du∣2)1/2)=0\operatorname{div}\bigl(Du/(1+\lvert Du\rvert^2)^{1/2}\bigr) = 0, the left side being n=2n = 2 times the mean curvature of the graph. For a spherical bubble of radius RR in air, k1=k2=1/Rk_1 = k_2 = 1/R and Δp=2σ/R\Delta p = 2\sigma/R for a single interface, doubled to 4σ/R4\sigma/R for a soap bubble with two. A cylindrical jet has k1=1/Rk_1 = 1/R, k2=0k_2 = 0 and Δp=σ/R\Delta p = \sigma/R; comparing the two is the start of the Rayleigh-Plateau analysis of why a jet breaks into drops.

Minimal surfaces. A soap film spanning a wire frame has no pressure difference across it, so H≡0H \equiv 0 everywhere: the two principal curvatures are equal and opposite and every point is a saddle with K=−k12≤0K = -k_1^2 \le 0. This is the geometric form of the statement that the film minimizes area: Gelfand and Fomin derive the Euler equation r(1+q2)−2spq+t(1+p2)=0r(1+q^2) - 2spq + t(1+p^2) = 0 for the least-area problem and read it off as H=0H = 0 using the same coordinate formula for HH proved above. It is also why no soap film has an elliptic point.

Lipid membranes. The Canham-Helfrich energy of a biological membrane is ∫[κb2(2H−c0)2+κˉK] dA\int \bigl[\tfrac{\kappa_b}{2}(2H - c_0)^2 + \bar\kappa K\bigr]\,dA, with κb\kappa_b a bending modulus and c0c_0 a spontaneous curvature. The Gauss-Bonnet theorem (Gauss-Bonnet) makes the KK term a topological constant, so shape equations for red blood cells and vesicles are driven entirely by HH.

Structural stiffness. A shell with K≠0K \ne 0 carries load in membrane stress rather than in bending, which is why a dome, an eggshell and a curved drinks can are strong far out of proportion to their thickness, while the same material rolled with K=0K = 0 buckles. The K=0K = 0 case is also the one in which the shell can be made from a flat sheet without stretching, a point taken up in Gauss's Theorema Egregium.

Theorem

Gauss's Theorema Egregium

Adapted

Proves Gauss's remarkable theorem that the Gaussian curvature KK, defined through the second fundamental form and so apparently dependent on how the surface sits in R3\mathbb{R}^3, is in fact computable from E,F,GE, F, G and their derivatives alone, and is therefore unchanged by any local isometry; the Gauss formula that does it is derived, and the consequences for flat maps of a curved surface are drawn.

Prerequisites: The second fundamental form and curvature, Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative, Regular surfaces and the first fundamental form

Definition(Local isometry; the Christoffel symbols of a parametrized surface)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-2, Defs. 1–2, pp. 221–222, Prop. 1, p. 223 and Def. 3, p. 229, together with §4-3, systems (1) and (2), pp. 235–236

Let S,SˉS, \bar S be regular surfaces.

  • A diffeomorphism φ:S→Sˉ\varphi : S \to \bar S is an isometry if ⟨dφp(v1),dφp(v2)⟩=⟨v1,v2⟩p\langle d\varphi_p(v_1), d\varphi_p(v_2)\rangle = \langle v_1, v_2\rangle_p for every p∈Sp\in S and all v1,v2∈TpSv_1, v_2 \in T_pS: it preserves the first fundamental form. It is a local isometry at pp if some neighbourhood of pp is mapped isometrically onto an open subset of Sˉ\bar S. The coordinate criterion is do Carmo's Proposition 1: if x:U→S\mathbf{x} : U \to S and xˉ:U→Sˉ\bar{\mathbf{x}} : U \to \bar S are parametrizations with the same parameter domain and E=EˉE = \bar E, F=FˉF = \bar F, G=GˉG = \bar G throughout UU, then φ=xˉ∘x−1\varphi = \bar{\mathbf{x}}\circ\mathbf{x}^{-1} is a local isometry. By contrast φ\varphi is conformal if ⟨dφp(v1),dφp(v2)⟩=λ2(p)⟨v1,v2⟩p\langle d\varphi_p(v_1), d\varphi_p(v_2)\rangle = \lambda^2(p)\langle v_1,v_2\rangle_p for a nowhere-zero function λ\lambda; conformal maps preserve angles but not lengths.
  • Let x\mathbf{x} be a parametrization compatible with the orientation NN. The triple {xu,xv,N}\{\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v, N\} is a basis of R3\mathbb{R}^3 at every point of the chart, the analogue for a surface of the Frenet trihedron. Expanding the derivatives of its members in it defines the Christoffel symbols Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} of SS in the parametrization x\mathbf{x}: xuu=Γ111xu+Γ112xv+e N,xuv=Γ121xu+Γ122xv+f N,xvv=Γ221xu+Γ222xv+g N,Nu=a11xu+a21xv,Nv=a12xu+a22xv.\begin{aligned} \mathbf{x}_{uu} &= \Gamma^1_{11}\mathbf{x}_u + \Gamma^2_{11}\mathbf{x}_v + e\,N, \\ \mathbf{x}_{uv} &= \Gamma^1_{12}\mathbf{x}_u + \Gamma^2_{12}\mathbf{x}_v + f\,N, \\ \mathbf{x}_{vv} &= \Gamma^1_{22}\mathbf{x}_u + \Gamma^2_{22}\mathbf{x}_v + g\,N, \\ N_u &= a_{11}\mathbf{x}_u + a_{21}\mathbf{x}_v, \qquad N_v = a_{12}\mathbf{x}_u + a_{22}\mathbf{x}_v . \end{aligned} Taking the inner product of each of the first three lines with NN kills the tangential terms and identifies the normal components as ee, ff and gg, the quantities introduced in the second fundamental form and curvature. Since xuv=xvu\mathbf{x}_{uv} = \mathbf{x}_{vu}, the symbols are symmetric in their lower indices, Γ12k=Γ21k\Gamma^k_{12} = \Gamma^k_{21}. The same objects appear index-first in Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative; here they are indexed by the surface coordinates u,vu, v with 1↔u1 \leftrightarrow u, 2↔v2 \leftrightarrow v.
Theorem(Theorema Egregium and the Gauss formula)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-3, system (2), p. 235, Eq. (5) and the Theorema Egregium, p. 237, and Exercises 1–2, p. 240

Let SS be an oriented regular surface and x:U→S\mathbf{x} : U \to S a parametrization.

  1. (The Christoffel symbols are intrinsic.) The six functions Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} satisfy the three pairs of linear equations Γ111E+Γ112F=12Eu,Γ111F+Γ112G=Fu−12Ev,Γ121E+Γ122F=12Ev,Γ121F+Γ122G=12Gu,Γ221E+Γ222F=Fv−12Gu,Γ221F+Γ222G=12Gv.\begin{aligned} \Gamma^1_{11}E + \Gamma^2_{11}F &= \tfrac12 E_u, &\qquad \Gamma^1_{11}F + \Gamma^2_{11}G &= F_u - \tfrac12 E_v, \\ \Gamma^1_{12}E + \Gamma^2_{12}F &= \tfrac12 E_v, &\qquad \Gamma^1_{12}F + \Gamma^2_{12}G &= \tfrac12 G_u, \\ \Gamma^1_{22}E + \Gamma^2_{22}F &= F_v - \tfrac12 G_u, &\qquad \Gamma^1_{22}F + \Gamma^2_{22}G &= \tfrac12 G_v . \end{aligned} Each pair has determinant EG−F2≠0EG - F^2 \ne 0, so the Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} are determined by E,F,GE, F, G and their first derivatives alone.
  2. (Gauss formula.) E K  =  (Γ112)v−(Γ122)u+Γ111Γ122+Γ112Γ222−Γ121Γ112−(Γ122)2.E\,K \;=\; (\Gamma^2_{11})_v - (\Gamma^2_{12})_u + \Gamma^1_{11}\Gamma^2_{12} + \Gamma^2_{11}\Gamma^2_{22} - \Gamma^1_{12}\Gamma^2_{11} - (\Gamma^2_{12})^2 . (do Carmo writes the same identity with both sides negated.)
  3. (Theorema Egregium.) The Gaussian curvature of a surface is invariant under local isometries: if φ:V⊆S→Sˉ\varphi : V \subseteq S \to \bar S is a local isometry, then Kˉ(φ(q))=K(q)\bar K(\varphi(q)) = K(q) for every q∈Vq \in V.
  4. (Orthogonal and isothermal charts.) If F≡0F \equiv 0, K=−12EG[(EvEG)v+(GuEG)u];K = -\frac{1}{2\sqrt{EG}}\left[\left(\frac{E_v}{\sqrt{EG}}\right)_v + \left(\frac{G_u}{\sqrt{EG}}\right)_u\right]; if moreover E=G=λ(u,v)E = G = \lambda(u,v), this collapses to K=−12λ Δlog⁡λK = -\dfrac{1}{2\lambda}\,\Delta\log\lambda with Δ=∂u2+∂v2\Delta = \partial_u^2 + \partial_v^2.
  5. (The converse fails.) Two surfaces can have equal Gaussian curvature at corresponding points without that correspondence being an isometry. do Carmo's Exercise 3 (p. 240), which he offers as evidence against any converse to the Gauss theorem, gives the pair x(u,v)=(ucos⁡v,usin⁡v,log⁡u)\mathbf{x}(u,v) = (u\cos v, u\sin v, \log u) and xˉ(u,v)=(ucos⁡v,usin⁡v,v)\bar{\mathbf{x}}(u,v) = (u\cos v, u\sin v, v) for u>0u > 0.
Idea of the proofOriginal

KK is built from e,f,ge, f, g, which are normal components and so involve the ambient space. The trick is to look not at KK itself but at an identity that e,f,ge, f, g are forced to satisfy. The three vectors xu,xv,N\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v, N form a frame, and writing the second derivatives of x\mathbf{x} in that frame produces tangential coefficients (the Christoffel symbols) and normal coefficients (e,f,ge, f, g). The tangential coefficients are not new data: inner products with xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v turn them into derivatives of EE, FF and GG. Now impose the one constraint that any smooth map must satisfy, (xuu)v=(xuv)u(\mathbf{x}_{uu})_v = (\mathbf{x}_{uv})_u, and read off the xv\mathbf{x}_v component. Everything on one side is made of Christoffel symbols; everything on the other turns out to be −EK-EK after the Weingarten coefficients are substituted. So EKEK is a formula in E,F,GE, F, G and their derivatives, and a map that preserves E,F,GE, F, G preserves it.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-3, pp. 235–238, with the Weingarten coefficients $a_{ij}$ of §3-3, p. 157

Part 1. Take the inner product of the first three expansions with xu\mathbf{x}_u and with xv\mathbf{x}_v; the NN terms drop out because N⊥xu,xvN \perp \mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v. That gives the six left-hand sides. For the right-hand sides, differentiate the definitions of E,F,GE, F, G:

Eu=2⟨xuu,xu⟩,Ev=2⟨xuv,xu⟩,Gu=2⟨xuv,xv⟩,Gv=2⟨xvv,xv⟩,E_u = 2\langle \mathbf{x}_{uu}, \mathbf{x}_u\rangle, \qquad E_v = 2\langle\mathbf{x}_{uv},\mathbf{x}_u\rangle, \qquad G_u = 2\langle\mathbf{x}_{uv},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle, \qquad G_v = 2\langle\mathbf{x}_{vv},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle,

and Fu=⟨xuu,xv⟩+⟨xu,xuv⟩=⟨xuu,xv⟩+12EvF_u = \langle\mathbf{x}_{uu},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle + \langle\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle = \langle\mathbf{x}_{uu},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle + \tfrac12 E_v, so ⟨xuu,xv⟩=Fu−12Ev\langle\mathbf{x}_{uu},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle = F_u - \tfrac12 E_v; similarly Fv=⟨xuv,xv⟩+⟨xu,xvv⟩F_v = \langle\mathbf{x}_{uv},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle + \langle\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_{vv}\rangle gives ⟨xvv,xu⟩=Fv−12Gu\langle\mathbf{x}_{vv},\mathbf{x}_u\rangle = F_v - \tfrac12 G_u. Substituting produces exactly the six equations stated. Each pair is a 2×22\times2 linear system in (Γij1,Γij2)(\Gamma^1_{ij}, \Gamma^2_{ij}) with coefficient matrix (EFFG)\begin{pmatrix}E&F\\F&G\end{pmatrix}, invertible because EG−F2>0EG-F^2 > 0 (regular surfaces). Hence each Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} is a rational expression in E,F,G,Eu,Ev,Fu,Fv,Gu,GvE, F, G, E_u, E_v, F_u, F_v, G_u, G_v.

Part 2. x\mathbf{x} is smooth, so the third mixed partial derivatives commute: (xuu)v=(xuv)u(\mathbf{x}_{uu})_v = (\mathbf{x}_{uv})_u. Differentiate the two expansions and keep only the xv\mathbf{x}_v component of each side. On the left,

(xuu)v=(Γ111)vxu+Γ111xuv+(Γ112)vxv+Γ112xvv+evN+eNv,(\mathbf{x}_{uu})_v = (\Gamma^1_{11})_v\mathbf{x}_u + \Gamma^1_{11}\mathbf{x}_{uv} + (\Gamma^2_{11})_v\mathbf{x}_v + \Gamma^2_{11}\mathbf{x}_{vv} + e_vN + eN_v,

and substituting the expansions of xuv\mathbf{x}_{uv}, xvv\mathbf{x}_{vv} and NvN_v gives the xv\mathbf{x}_v coefficient

Γ111Γ122+(Γ112)v+Γ112Γ222+e a22.\Gamma^1_{11}\Gamma^2_{12} + (\Gamma^2_{11})_v + \Gamma^2_{11}\Gamma^2_{22} + e\,a_{22}.

On the right,

(xuv)u=(Γ121)uxu+Γ121xuu+(Γ122)uxv+Γ122xuv+fuN+fNu,(\mathbf{x}_{uv})_u = (\Gamma^1_{12})_u\mathbf{x}_u + \Gamma^1_{12}\mathbf{x}_{uu} + (\Gamma^2_{12})_u\mathbf{x}_v + \Gamma^2_{12}\mathbf{x}_{uv} + f_uN + fN_u,

with xv\mathbf{x}_v coefficient

Γ121Γ112+(Γ122)u+(Γ122)2+f a21.\Gamma^1_{12}\Gamma^2_{11} + (\Gamma^2_{12})_u + (\Gamma^2_{12})^2 + f\,a_{21}.

Since xu,xv,N\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v, N are linearly independent, the two coefficients are equal. Rearranging,

(Γ112)v−(Γ122)u+Γ111Γ122+Γ112Γ222−Γ121Γ112−(Γ122)2=f a21−e a22.(\Gamma^2_{11})_v - (\Gamma^2_{12})_u + \Gamma^1_{11}\Gamma^2_{12} + \Gamma^2_{11}\Gamma^2_{22} - \Gamma^1_{12}\Gamma^2_{11} - (\Gamma^2_{12})^2 = f\,a_{21} - e\,a_{22}.

Now insert the Weingarten coefficients computed in the second fundamental form and curvature, namely a21=(eF−fE)/(EG−F2)a_{21} = (eF - fE)/(EG-F^2) and a22=(fF−gE)/(EG−F2)a_{22} = (fF - gE)/(EG-F^2) (do Carmo displays all four on p. 157; in the sibling unit they come from multiplying out the matrix identity for the aija_{ij}):

fa21−ea22=f(eF−fE)−e(fF−gE)EG−F2=efF−f2E−efF+egEEG−F2=E eg−f2EG−F2=E K,f a_{21} - e a_{22} = \frac{f(eF - fE) - e(fF - gE)}{EG-F^2} = \frac{efF - f^2E - efF + egE}{EG-F^2} = E\,\frac{eg - f^2}{EG - F^2} = E\,K ,

the two terms in efFefF cancelling. This is the Gauss formula.

Part 3. Let φ\varphi be a local isometry at q∈Vq \in V and let x:U→S\mathbf{x} : U \to S be a parametrization at qq with x(U)⊆V\mathbf{x}(U) \subseteq V. Then xˉ=φ∘x\bar{\mathbf{x}} = \varphi\circ\mathbf{x} is a parametrization of Sˉ\bar S at φ(q)\varphi(q) with the same parameter domain UU. Because φ\varphi preserves inner products of tangent vectors and xˉu=dφ(xu)\bar{\mathbf{x}}_u = d\varphi(\mathbf{x}_u), xˉv=dφ(xv)\bar{\mathbf{x}}_v = d\varphi(\mathbf{x}_v), we get Eˉ=E\bar E = E, Fˉ=F\bar F = F, Gˉ=G\bar G = G as functions on UU. By Part 1 the Christoffel symbols are functions of E,F,GE, F, G and their derivatives only, so Γˉijk=Γijk\bar\Gamma^k_{ij} = \Gamma^k_{ij} on UU. By Part 2,

Kˉ=1Eˉ[(Γˉ112)v−(Γˉ122)u+⋯ ]=1E[(Γ112)v−(Γ122)u+⋯ ]=K\bar K = \frac{1}{\bar E}\Bigl[(\bar\Gamma^2_{11})_v - (\bar\Gamma^2_{12})_u + \cdots\Bigr] = \frac{1}{E}\Bigl[(\Gamma^2_{11})_v - (\Gamma^2_{12})_u + \cdots\Bigr] = K

at corresponding parameter values, which is the assertion. (Division by EE is legitimate since E=∣xu∣2>0E = \lvert\mathbf{x}_u\rvert^2 > 0.)

Part 4. Put F=0F = 0 in Part 1. The three pairs decouple and give

Γ111=Eu2E,Γ112=−Ev2G,Γ121=Ev2E,Γ122=Gu2G,Γ221=−Gu2E,Γ222=Gv2G.\Gamma^1_{11} = \frac{E_u}{2E},\quad \Gamma^2_{11} = -\frac{E_v}{2G},\quad \Gamma^1_{12} = \frac{E_v}{2E},\quad \Gamma^2_{12} = \frac{G_u}{2G},\quad \Gamma^1_{22} = -\frac{G_u}{2E},\quad \Gamma^2_{22} = \frac{G_v}{2G}.

Substituting into the Gauss formula and collecting terms turns the right-hand side into the stated divergence-like expression; this is do Carmo's Exercise 1, and the example below carries the substitution out on a concrete chart. For the isothermal case put E=G=λE = G = \lambda: then EG=λ\sqrt{EG} = \lambda and

K=−12λ[(λvλ)v+(λuλ)u]=−12λ[(log⁡λ)vv+(log⁡λ)uu]=−12λΔlog⁡λ,K = -\frac{1}{2\lambda}\left[\left(\frac{\lambda_v}{\lambda}\right)_v + \left(\frac{\lambda_u}{\lambda}\right)_u\right] = -\frac{1}{2\lambda}\bigl[(\log\lambda)_{vv} + (\log\lambda)_{uu}\bigr] = -\frac{1}{2\lambda}\Delta\log\lambda,

using (log⁡λ)u=λu/λ(\log\lambda)_u = \lambda_u/\lambda.

Part 5. Run the method of the second fundamental form and curvature on do Carmo's pair. Both surfaces give

K(u,v)=−1(1+u2)2K(u,v) = -\frac{1}{(1+u^2)^2}

at corresponding parameter values, so the curvatures agree everywhere. Their first fundamental forms, however, are

(E,F,G)=(1+1u2,  0,  u2)and(Eˉ,Fˉ,Gˉ)=(1,  0,  1+u2),(E, F, G) = \Bigl(1 + \tfrac{1}{u^2},\; 0,\; u^2\Bigr) \quad\text{and}\quad (\bar E, \bar F, \bar G) = \bigl(1,\; 0,\; 1 + u^2\bigr),

which differ at every uu (at u=1u = 1, for instance, E=2E = 2 against Eˉ=1\bar E = 1). That the coordinate criterion of the definition is not met proves nothing by itself, since the criterion is only sufficient; but the numbers settle the matter directly. For φ=xˉ∘x−1\varphi = \bar{\mathbf{x}}\circ\mathbf{x}^{-1} we have dφ(xu)=xˉud\varphi(\mathbf{x}_u) = \bar{\mathbf{x}}_u, so at u=1u = 1

∣dφ(xu)∣2=Eˉ=1≠2=E=∣xu∣2,\lvert d\varphi(\mathbf{x}_u)\rvert^2 = \bar E = 1 \ne 2 = E = \lvert\mathbf{x}_u\rvert^2 ,

and φ\varphi does not preserve the first fundamental form: this correspondence is not an isometry, even though it matches the Gaussian curvatures. (It is this particular correspondence that fails; the argument does not by itself rule out some other local isometry between the two surfaces.) □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • EG−F2≠0EG - F^2 \ne 0. Used in Part 1 to solve for the Christoffel symbols and again when dividing by EE in Part 3. At a singular point of a chart the symbols blow up, which is why the formula must be applied chart by chart.
  • Equality of third mixed partials. Part 2 differentiates a second derivative, so x\mathbf{x} must be C3C^3. For a merely C2C^2 surface e,f,ge, f, g and KK exist but the Gauss formula has no meaning, and the theorem is not available.
  • Local, not global. The theorem compares KK at corresponding points of a local isometry. It says nothing about surfaces being globally congruent, and Part 5 shows the converse direction fails even locally.
  • Only KK, not HH. The mean curvature is not intrinsic. The plane and a cylinder of radius aa are locally isometric (roll the plane up without stretching) and both have K=0K = 0, but H=0H = 0 for the plane and ∣H∣=1/(2a)\lvert H\rvert = 1/(2a) for the cylinder. The second fundamental form as a whole is extrinsic; only the combination eg−f2eg - f^2, divided by EG−F2EG - F^2, survives.
  • Orientability. The proof uses a chart-compatible NN, hence e,f,ge, f, g. But KK and the whole right-hand side of the Gauss formula are unchanged by N↦−NN \mapsto -N, so the theorem holds on non-orientable surfaces too, applied in each chart.
  • Isometry versus conformal or area-preserving. The theorem fails for the weaker notions: the sphere is locally conformal to the plane (Mercator's projection) and is locally area-preserving onto the circumscribed cylinder (do Carmo's Exercise 19, pp. 233–234), yet K≠0K \ne 0 on the sphere and K=0K = 0 on both targets. do Carmo's Exercise 18 (p. 233) closes the gap: a map that is both conformal and area-preserving is an isometry.
Method(Deciding whether two surfaces can be locally isometric)Original
  1. Choose convenient charts on each surface and compute E,F,GE, F, G (first fundamental form).
  2. Compute KK for each. Use the extrinsic route K=(eg−f2)/(EG−F2)K = (eg-f^2)/(EG-F^2) when the embedding is at hand, and the intrinsic route of Part 4 when only the metric is given.
  3. Express KK on each surface as a function of a quantity that is itself intrinsic, for example of the geodesic distance from a marked point, so that the comparison does not depend on how the charts are labelled.
  4. If the value sets of KK differ, stop: no local isometry exists between the corresponding regions. This is the usual way the theorem is used, as a cheap obstruction.
  5. If the values agree, nothing is proved: by Part 5 the converse is false. One must then construct the isometry, usually by finding charts in which E,F,GE, F, G match identically and applying the coordinate criterion.
  6. Special case K≡0K \equiv 0. A surface with vanishing Gaussian curvature is called developable and is, locally, isometric to a plane; a surface with KK constant and nonzero is locally isometric to a sphere (K>0K>0) or to the pseudosphere (K<0K<0).
Example(The paraboloid, computed without leaving the surface)Original

In the second fundamental form and curvature the paraboloid z=12(x2+y2)z = \tfrac12(x^2+y^2) was found to have

K=1(1+r2)2K = \frac{1}{(1+r^2)^2}

by way of the Gauss map, the second derivatives of x\mathbf{x} and the normal NN — all of them references to the ambient R3\mathbb{R}^3. We now recover the same function from the line element alone,

ds2=(1+r2) dr2+r2 dθ2,E=1+r2,F=0,G=r2,ds^2 = (1+r^2)\,dr^2 + r^2\,d\theta^2, \qquad E = 1+r^2, \quad F = 0, \quad G = r^2,

writing u=ru = r, v=θv = \theta.

Step 1: Christoffel symbols. Since F=0F = 0, the formulas of Part 4 apply with Eu=2rE_u = 2r, Ev=0E_v = 0, Gu=2rG_u = 2r, Gv=0G_v = 0:

Γ111=Eu2E=r1+r2,Γ112=−Ev2G=0,Γ121=Ev2E=0,\Gamma^1_{11} = \frac{E_u}{2E} = \frac{r}{1+r^2}, \qquad \Gamma^2_{11} = -\frac{E_v}{2G} = 0, \qquad \Gamma^1_{12} = \frac{E_v}{2E} = 0,Γ122=Gu2G=2r2r2=1r,Γ221=−Gu2E=−r1+r2,Γ222=Gv2G=0.\Gamma^2_{12} = \frac{G_u}{2G} = \frac{2r}{2r^2} = \frac1r, \qquad \Gamma^1_{22} = -\frac{G_u}{2E} = -\frac{r}{1+r^2}, \qquad \Gamma^2_{22} = \frac{G_v}{2G} = 0 .

Only E,F,GE, F, G and their rr-derivatives were used.

Step 2: the Gauss formula. Substituting into EK=(Γ112)v−(Γ122)u+Γ111Γ122+Γ112Γ222−Γ121Γ112−(Γ122)2E K = (\Gamma^2_{11})_v - (\Gamma^2_{12})_u + \Gamma^1_{11}\Gamma^2_{12} + \Gamma^2_{11}\Gamma^2_{22} - \Gamma^1_{12}\Gamma^2_{11} - (\Gamma^2_{12})^2, the first, fourth and fifth terms vanish because Γ112=Γ121=0\Gamma^2_{11} = \Gamma^1_{12} = 0. What is left is the second, third and sixth,

EK=−∂∂r ⁣(1r)+r1+r2⋅1r−1r2=1r2+11+r2−1r2=11+r2.E K = -\frac{\partial}{\partial r}\!\left(\frac1r\right) + \frac{r}{1+r^2}\cdot\frac1r - \frac{1}{r^2} = \frac{1}{r^2} + \frac{1}{1+r^2} - \frac{1}{r^2} = \frac{1}{1+r^2}.

The two 1/r21/r^2 terms cancel exactly, which they must: a curvature cannot blow up at r→0r \to 0, where the surface is perfectly smooth. Dividing by E=1+r2E = 1+r^2,

K=1(1+r2)2,K = \frac{1}{(1+r^2)^2},

in agreement with the extrinsic computation. At r=1r = 1, K=14K = \tfrac14 by both routes.

Step 3: the same by the orthogonal-chart formula. With EG=r1+r2\sqrt{EG} = r\sqrt{1+r^2}, Ev=0E_v = 0 and Gu=2rG_u = 2r,

K=−12r1+r2[0+∂∂r ⁣(2rr1+r2)]=−12r1+r2⋅∂∂r ⁣(21+r2)=−12r1+r2⋅−2r(1+r2)3/2=1(1+r2)2.  ✓K = -\frac{1}{2r\sqrt{1+r^2}}\left[0 + \frac{\partial}{\partial r}\!\left(\frac{2r}{r\sqrt{1+r^2}}\right)\right] = -\frac{1}{2r\sqrt{1+r^2}}\cdot\frac{\partial}{\partial r}\!\left(\frac{2}{\sqrt{1+r^2}}\right) = -\frac{1}{2r\sqrt{1+r^2}}\cdot\frac{-2r}{(1+r^2)^{3/2}} = \frac{1}{(1+r^2)^2}. \;\checkmark

Step 4: a consequence. Because K>0K > 0 everywhere on the paraboloid while K≡0K \equiv 0 on the plane, no piece of the paraboloid, however small, can be flattened onto a plane without changing lengths. Compare a sphere of radius aa, whose metric in geodesic polar coordinates is ds2=dρ2+a2sin⁡2(ρ/a) dθ2ds^2 = d\rho^2 + a^2\sin^2(\rho/a)\,d\theta^2: here E=1E = 1, G=a2sin⁡2(ρ/a)G = a^2\sin^2(\rho/a), EG=asin⁡(ρ/a)\sqrt{EG} = a\sin(\rho/a) and Gρ=2asin⁡(ρ/a)cos⁡(ρ/a)G_\rho = 2a\sin(\rho/a)\cos(\rho/a), so

K=−12asin⁡(ρ/a)∂∂ρ(2cos⁡(ρ/a))=−12asin⁡(ρ/a)⋅(−2asin⁡(ρ/a))=1a2,K = -\frac{1}{2a\sin(\rho/a)}\frac{\partial}{\partial\rho}\Bigl(2\cos(\rho/a)\Bigr) = -\frac{1}{2a\sin(\rho/a)}\cdot\left(-\frac{2}{a}\sin(\rho/a)\right) = \frac{1}{a^2},

a number computed without ever mentioning the sphere's embedding. For the Earth, a=6371 kma = 6371\ \text{km} gives K=2.4637×10−8 km−2K = 2.4637\times10^{-8}\ \text{km}^{-2} — small, but not zero, and that is the whole of the application below.

Application(Why every flat map of the Earth lies)Original

Cartography. A map sheet is a piece of plane, with K=0K = 0. The Earth's surface has K=1/a2>0K = 1/a^2 > 0. By the Theorema Egregium no map projection, over any region however small, can preserve all distances: the scale bar printed in the corner is valid along some directions and not others. Every projection therefore chooses which property to keep. Mercator's is conformal, so angles and hence compass bearings are right and a rhumb line is straight, at the price of areas inflated towards the poles; Archimedes' radial projection of the sphere onto the circumscribed cylinder — the same map as Lambert's cylindrical equal-area projection — keeps areas, at the price of angles (do Carmo's Exercise 19, pp. 233–234); Gauss's own work on this problem, in the survey of Hanover, is what produced the theorem. Nothing keeps both: by do Carmo's Exercise 18 a projection that was conformal and area-preserving would be an isometry, which is exactly what K≠0K \ne 0 forbids.

Flat things stay developable. A sheet of paper, a rolled steel plate or a sheet-metal duct has K=0K = 0 before deformation, and bending without stretching is a local isometry, so K=0K = 0 afterwards. Hence a flat sheet can be formed into a cylinder or a cone (both K=0K = 0) but never into a sphere or any part of one; dishing a flat blank into a hemisphere requires stretching the material, which is why deep drawing and panel beating thin the metal, and why a world globe is assembled from printed gores rather than from one disc.

Stiffness by curvature. Conversely, a sheet already curved in one direction cannot bend in the other without stretching, because that would change KK from 00 to something nonzero. Folding a slice of pizza across its length so it will not droop, the corrugation of a cardboard sheet or a metal roof, and the strength of a curved can lid are all the same statement: curvature in one direction locks out bending in the other.

Gravitation. The Theorema Egregium is the historical and conceptual starting point for intrinsic geometry, which in turn is the mathematical language of general relativity. There the curvature of spacetime is defined entirely from the metric, with no ambient space to embed into; the Christoffel symbols of Part 1 and the combination of their derivatives in the Gauss formula are the two-dimensional ancestors of the connection coefficients and of the Riemann curvature tensor, for which KK is the single independent component in dimension two.

Sources

  • do Carmo (2016), §4–2, §4–3, pp. 221–223, 229, 233–234, 235–240

Method

Geodesics

Adapted

Gives the two equivalent ways of producing the geodesics of a metric — as the curves whose tangent field is parallel along them, and as the critical points of the length (equivalently the energy) functional — derives the geodesic equation u¨i+Γijku˙ju˙k=0\ddot u^i + \Gamma^i{}_{jk}\dot u^j\dot u^k = 0 by both routes, and runs the recipe on the sphere, where it returns the great circles and the shortest flight path between two points.

Prerequisites: Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative, The Euler-Lagrange equation, Regular surfaces and the first fundamental form, The metric tensor, The second fundamental form and curvature, Curves and the Frenet-Serret formulas, Gauss's Theorema Egregium, Existence and uniqueness of solutions

Definition(Geodesic, geodesic curvature)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-4, Defs. 8, 8a, 9 and 10 and the discussion on pp. 247–252

Let SS be a regular surface (regular surfaces and the first fundamental form) and let D/dtD/dt be the covariant derivative along a curve, that is, the tangential part of the ordinary derivative in R3\mathbb{R}^3 (Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative).

  • A nonconstant parametrized curve γ:I→S\gamma : I \to S is geodesic at tt if its own tangent field is parallel there, Dγ′dt(t)=0,\frac{D\gamma'}{dt}(t) = 0 , and is a parametrized geodesic if this holds for every t∈It \in I. Constant curves are excluded by convention.
  • Parallel transport preserves inner products, so ∣γ′(t)∣\lvert\gamma'(t)\rvert is a nonzero constant cc along a parametrized geodesic. Hence s=cts = ct is an arc length parameter: a geodesic runs at constant speed, so its parameter differs from arc length only by a constant factor. A geodesic is therefore automatically a regular curve, though it may cross itself.
  • A regular connected curve C⊆SC \subseteq S is a geodesic if, near each of its points, its parametrization by arc length is a parametrized geodesic. Seen from outside the surface this says that α′′(s)\alpha''(s) is normal to the tangent plane: a regular curve of SS with nowhere-vanishing curvature kk is a geodesic exactly when its principal normal n\mathbf{n} (the Frenet–Serret formulas) is parallel to the surface normal at every point. Every straight line lying in SS is a geodesic as well, and is the case the principal-normal criterion cannot see, n\mathbf{n} being undefined where k=0k = 0.
  • On an oriented surface, a unit field ww along α\alpha has Dw/dtDw/dt perpendicular to ww and tangent to SS, hence Dw/dt=λ (N∧w)Dw/dt = \lambda\,(N \wedge w) for a scalar λ\lambda. That scalar is the algebraic value of Dw/dtDw/dt, written [Dw/dt][Dw/dt]. For an oriented regular curve CC parametrized by arc length, the geodesic curvature is kg=[Dα′ds],k_g = \left[\frac{D\alpha'}{ds}\right] , so that the regular geodesics are precisely the curves with kg≡0k_g \equiv 0. Splitting α′′=kn\alpha'' = k\mathbf{n} into its tangential and normal parts gives, where k≠0k \neq 0, k2=kg2+kn2,k^2 = k_g^2 + k_n^2 , with knk_n the normal curvature of the second fundamental form and curvature. Unlike the geodesic condition itself, the sign of kgk_g depends on the orientations chosen for CC and for SS.
Method(The geodesic equations, and what they produce)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-4, Eq. (4) and Prop. 5, p. 257, and §4-6, Prop. 4, pp. 296–297; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §26.22, Eq. (26.101), p. 977; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §22.2, Eqs. (22.55)–(22.62), pp. 1103–1104; Gelfand & Fomin (1963), §9, Eq. (3), p. 35 and Example 2, p. 38
  1. (In a surface chart.) Let x(u,v)\mathbf{x}(u,v) parametrize a neighbourhood of a point of SS and let a curve be given there by t↦x(u(t),v(t))t \mapsto \mathbf{x}(u(t), v(t)). The curve is a parametrized geodesic if and only if u′′+Γ111(u′)2+2 Γ121 u′v′+Γ221(v′)2=0,v′′+Γ112(u′)2+2 Γ122 u′v′+Γ222(v′)2=0,\begin{aligned} u'' + \Gamma^1_{11}(u')^2 + 2\,\Gamma^1_{12}\,u'v' + \Gamma^1_{22}(v')^2 &= 0, \\ v'' + \Gamma^2_{11}(u')^2 + 2\,\Gamma^2_{12}\,u'v' + \Gamma^2_{22}(v')^2 &= 0, \end{aligned} with 1↔u1 \leftrightarrow u, 2↔v2 \leftrightarrow v and the Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} the Christoffel symbols of the chart. These are do Carmo's differential equations of the geodesics.
  2. (In any coordinates, any dimension.) Let T=dr/ds\mathbf{T} = d\mathbf{r}/ds be the unit tangent of a curve ui(s)u^i(s) parametrized by arc length (Riley, Hobson and Bence write it t\mathbf{t}). The condition dT/ds=0d\mathbf{T}/ds = 0 is d2uids2+Γijk dujds dukds=0,\frac{d^2u^i}{ds^2} + \Gamma^i{}_{jk}\,\frac{du^j}{ds}\,\frac{du^k}{ds} = 0 , summation implied. Riley, Hobson and Bence derive this for a straight line of Euclidean three-space written in an arbitrary coordinate system, and observe that the derivation carries over with little change to spaces where Euclidean geometry fails; Arfken, Weber and Harris obtain the same equation for a general metric gijg_{ij}.
  3. (As extremals.) The length of a curve on SS is L[u,v]=∫t0t1E(u′)2+2Fu′v′+G(v′)2  dt,L[u,v] = \int_{t_0}^{t_1}\sqrt{E(u')^2 + 2Fu'v' + G(v')^2}\;dt , and its Euler equations are the pair written out by Gelfand and Fomin. Arfken, Weber and Harris avoid the square root: a path that extremizes the energy E[q]=∫ABgij q˙iq˙j du\mathcal{E}[q] = \int_{A}^{B} g_{ij}\,\dot q^i \dot q^j \,du satisfies, through the Euler equations for nn unknown functions, exactly the geodesic equation of part 2 with ss replaced by uu. A parameter admissible here is one related to arc length by u=as+bu = as+b.
  4. (Existence and uniqueness.) Given p∈Sp \in S and w∈TpSw \in T_pS with w≠0w \ne 0, there are an ε>0\varepsilon > 0 and a unique parametrized geodesic γ:(−ε,ε)→S\gamma : (-\varepsilon,\varepsilon) \to S with γ(0)=p\gamma(0) = p and γ′(0)=w\gamma'(0) = w.
  5. (Local minimisation.) Each p∈Sp \in S has a neighbourhood WW with this property: if γ\gamma is a parametrized geodesic lying in WW with γ(0)=p\gamma(0) = p and γ(t1)=q\gamma(t_1) = q, and α\alpha is any regular curve in SS joining pp to qq, then lγ≤lαl_\gamma \le l_\alpha, and equality forces the two traces to coincide. The restriction to WW is essential. Two points of a sphere are joined by two arcs of a great circle, both of them geodesics, and only the shorter one is the shortest path; Arfken, Weber and Harris nonetheless call the longer arc a geodesic as well, because their definition demands only that no slight deformation of a path shorten it.
Idea of the proofOriginal

Two descriptions of a straight line survive the loss of flatness, and they turn out to give the same curves. "The tangent never turns" becomes "the tangent field is parallel along the curve", and since parallel transport is the covariant derivative set to zero, writing γ′=u′xu+v′xv\gamma' = u'\mathbf{x}_u + v'\mathbf{x}_v and demanding Dγ′/dt=0D\gamma'/dt = 0 produces a second-order system whose only non-trivial coefficients are the Christoffel symbols. "The path is the shortest one" becomes a variational problem; the length integrand carries an awkward square root, which disappears if one extremizes the energy instead, and the Euler equations of the energy are the very same system. The two routes meet because the energy's Euler equations force the speed to be constant, and at constant speed the length and energy problems have identical extremals.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-4, pp. 256–257; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §26.22, pp. 976–977; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §22.2, Eqs. (22.57)–(22.62), pp. 1103–1104

Part 1: from parallelism. Let w=a(t) xu+b(t) xvw = a(t)\,\mathbf{x}_u + b(t)\,\mathbf{x}_v be a tangent field along t↦x(u(t),v(t))t \mapsto \mathbf{x}(u(t),v(t)). Differentiating in R3\mathbb{R}^3 and using the chain rule,

dwdt=a′xu+b′xv+a(xuuu′+xuvv′)+b(xuvu′+xvvv′).\frac{dw}{dt} = a'\mathbf{x}_u + b'\mathbf{x}_v + a\bigl(\mathbf{x}_{uu}u' + \mathbf{x}_{uv}v'\bigr) + b\bigl(\mathbf{x}_{uv}u' + \mathbf{x}_{vv}v'\bigr).

The covariant derivative is the tangential part, so we expand the second derivatives in the frame {xu,xv,N}\{\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_v,N\} as in Gauss's Theorema Egregium and discard every NN term; what is left of xuu\mathbf{x}_{uu} is Γ111xu+Γ112xv\Gamma^1_{11}\mathbf{x}_u + \Gamma^2_{11}\mathbf{x}_v, and similarly for the others. Collecting the xu\mathbf{x}_u and xv\mathbf{x}_v coefficients,

Dwdt=[a′+Γ111au′+Γ121(av′+bu′)+Γ221bv′]xu+[b′+Γ112au′+Γ122(av′+bu′)+Γ222bv′]xv,\frac{Dw}{dt} = \Bigl[a' + \Gamma^1_{11}au' + \Gamma^1_{12}(av' + bu') + \Gamma^1_{22}bv'\Bigr]\mathbf{x}_u + \Bigl[b' + \Gamma^2_{11}au' + \Gamma^2_{12}(av' + bu') + \Gamma^2_{22}bv'\Bigr]\mathbf{x}_v ,

where the symmetry Γ12k=Γ21k\Gamma^k_{12} = \Gamma^k_{21} was used to merge the two mixed terms. Now take for ww the tangent field of the curve itself, a=u′a = u' and b=v′b = v'. Since xu,xv\mathbf{x}_u, \mathbf{x}_v are linearly independent, Dγ′/dt=0D\gamma'/dt = 0 forces each bracket to vanish separately, and the mixed terms combine into 2Γ12ku′v′2\Gamma^k_{12}u'v'. That is the system of part 1.

Part 2: the same in any coordinates. Parametrize by arc length and set T=dr/ds=Tiei\mathbf{T} = d\mathbf{r}/ds = T^i e_i, so that Tj=duj/dsT^j = du^j/ds. Requiring the tangent to point always in the same direction means dT/ds=0d\mathbf{T}/ds = 0; this derivative is the absolute derivative of T\mathbf{T} along the curve, whose components are Ti;k duk/dsT^i{}_{;k}\,du^k/ds (Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative). Writing the covariant derivative out,

(dTids+Γijk Tj dukds)ei=0,\left(\frac{dT^i}{ds} + \Gamma^i{}_{jk}\,T^j\,\frac{du^k}{ds}\right)e_i = 0 ,

and substituting Tj=duj/dsT^j = du^j/ds gives the geodesic equation of part 2. In the flat space of Riley, Hobson and Bence the curves so produced are the straight lines, which supplies a check: in cylindrical polars the only nonvanishing symbols are Γ122=−ρ\Gamma^1{}_{22} = -\rho and Γ212=Γ221=1/ρ\Gamma^2{}_{12} = \Gamma^2{}_{21} = 1/\rho, and the three equations read ρ¨−ρϕ˙2=0\ddot\rho - \rho\dot\phi^2 = 0, ϕ¨+(2/ρ)ρ˙ϕ˙=0\ddot\phi + (2/\rho)\dot\rho\dot\phi = 0, z¨=0\ddot z = 0 — the familiar radial and angular equations of a free particle.

Part 3: from the energy. Put 2T=gijq˙iq˙j2T = g_{ij}\dot q^i\dot q^j with q˙i=dqi/du\dot q^i = dq^i/du, and apply to E\mathcal{E} the Euler equations for several unknown functions. For each index ll,

∂∂ql(gijq˙iq˙j)−ddu∂∂q˙l(gijq˙iq˙j)=0.\frac{\partial}{\partial q^l}\bigl(g_{ij}\dot q^i\dot q^j\bigr) - \frac{d}{du}\frac{\partial}{\partial \dot q^l}\bigl(g_{ij}\dot q^i\dot q^j\bigr) = 0 .

The metric depends on the qkq^k but not on the q˙k\dot q^k, so the first term is (∂lgij)q˙iq˙j(\partial_l g_{ij})\dot q^i\dot q^j, while the second differentiates gljq˙j+gilq˙i=2gljq˙jg_{lj}\dot q^j + g_{il}\dot q^i = 2g_{lj}\dot q^j. Expanding d(glj)/du=(∂iglj)q˙id(g_{lj})/du = (\partial_i g_{lj})\dot q^i,

(∂lgij) q˙iq˙j−2(∂iglj) q˙iq˙j−2glj q¨j=0.(\partial_l g_{ij})\,\dot q^i\dot q^j - 2(\partial_i g_{lj})\,\dot q^i\dot q^j - 2 g_{lj}\,\ddot q^j = 0 .

Divide by 22, multiply through by −1-1, and rename the dummy indices in the middle term so that it is symmetric in ii and jj, which is legitimate because it is contracted with the symmetric q˙iq˙j\dot q^i\dot q^j; this turns −(∂iglj)q˙iq˙j-(\partial_i g_{lj})\dot q^i\dot q^j into −12(∂iglj+∂jgli)q˙iq˙j-\tfrac12(\partial_i g_{lj} + \partial_j g_{li})\dot q^i\dot q^j. Hence

gljq¨j+12(∂iglj+∂jgli−∂lgij)q˙iq˙j=0.g_{lj}\ddot q^j + \tfrac12\bigl(\partial_i g_{lj} + \partial_j g_{li} - \partial_l g_{ij}\bigr)\dot q^i\dot q^j = 0 .

Multiply by the inverse metric gmlg^{ml} and use gmlglj=δjmg^{ml}g_{lj} = \delta^m_j together with the metric formula for the Christoffel symbols (Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative):

q¨m+Γmij q˙iq˙j=0,\ddot q^m + \Gamma^m{}_{ij}\,\dot q^i\dot q^j = 0 ,

which is the geodesic equation again.

Part 4: why dropping the square root is legitimate. Write F=2TF = \sqrt{2T}, the length integrand, and suppose FF never vanishes. Then

∂F∂q˙l=gljq˙jF,∂F∂ql=(∂lgij)q˙iq˙j2F,\frac{\partial F}{\partial \dot q^l} = \frac{g_{lj}\dot q^j}{F}, \qquad \frac{\partial F}{\partial q^l} = \frac{(\partial_l g_{ij})\dot q^i\dot q^j}{2F},

so the Euler equation for FF, multiplied through by FF, is

ddu(gljq˙j)−12(∂lgij)q˙iq˙j  =  1FdFdu  gljq˙j.\frac{d}{du}\bigl(g_{lj}\dot q^j\bigr) - \tfrac12(\partial_l g_{ij})\dot q^i\dot q^j \;=\; \frac{1}{F}\frac{dF}{du}\;g_{lj}\dot q^j .

The left-hand side is −12-\tfrac12 times the Euler expression for the energy obtained in part 3, so it vanishes exactly when the energy equation holds. So the two variational problems have the same equations precisely when dF/du=0dF/du = 0, that is, when the parameter runs at constant speed. That condition is not an extra assumption on the energy side: contracting the energy equation 2 d(gljq˙j)/du=(∂lgij)q˙iq˙j2\,d(g_{lj}\dot q^j)/du = (\partial_l g_{ij})\dot q^i\dot q^j with q˙l\dot q^l gives 2 gljq˙lq¨j=− (∂kglj)q˙kq˙lq˙j2\,g_{lj}\dot q^l\ddot q^j = -\,(\partial_k g_{lj})\dot q^k\dot q^l\dot q^j, and substituting this into

ddu(gijq˙iq˙j)=(∂kgij)q˙kq˙iq˙j+2gijq˙iq¨j\frac{d}{du}\bigl(g_{ij}\dot q^i\dot q^j\bigr) = (\partial_k g_{ij})\dot q^k\dot q^i\dot q^j + 2 g_{ij}\dot q^i \ddot q^j

makes the right-hand side vanish identically. An extremal of the energy therefore has constant speed of its own accord, and is an extremal of the length; conversely a length extremal reparametrized proportionally to arc length solves the energy equations. This is why Arfken, Weber and Harris may replace the minimisation of JJ by that of the action without changing the geodesics.

Statement parts 4 and 5. The geodesic equations are a system of two (in general nn) second-order ordinary differential equations whose right-hand sides are smooth functions of (u,v,u′,v′)(u,v,u',v') on the chart, so the existence and uniqueness theorem for such systems (existence and uniqueness) gives a unique local solution for each initial position and initial velocity, which is do Carmo's Proposition 5; the exclusion of w=0w = 0 matches the exclusion of constant curves from the definition. The local minimising property is do Carmo's Proposition 4, proved there with geodesic polar coordinates, and we take it as stated. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Nonconstant curve, w≠0w \ne 0. A constant curve satisfies Dγ′/dt=0D\gamma'/dt = 0 trivially and would wreck the uniqueness statement, since infinitely many parametrizations of a point would qualify; this is why the definition excludes it and why part 4 of the statement asks for w≠0w \ne 0.
  • Constant speed. Part 1 of the definition gives it for free from the parallelism condition; the energy functional imposes it, as part 4 of the proof shows. It is a genuine restriction: the trace of a geodesic traversed with a varying speed is no longer a solution of the geodesic equation, although it is still a length extremal. Any statement that "geodesics are the critical points of length" is a statement about traces, not about parametrized curves.
  • F≠0F \ne 0 in part 4 of the proof. The division by FF fails exactly at a stationary point of the parametrization. This is the degeneracy of the length functional: it is invariant under reparametrization, so its Euler equations can never determine the parameter, and one equation of the system is redundant.
  • Charts. The equations of part 1 hold on one coordinate neighbourhood at a time. A geodesic that leaves the chart is continued by solving the equations of the next chart with matching initial data; nothing in the local theory guarantees that a geodesic can be continued for all time, and on an incomplete surface (the plane with a point deleted, say) it cannot.
  • Local, not global, minimisation. Part 5 of the statement is confined to a small neighbourhood WW, and outside it the comparison with every curve joining pp to qq breaks down: of the two great-circle arcs between two points of a sphere, both geodesics, only one is the shortest path. Arfken, Weber and Harris make the companion point about their Fig. 22.2 — the Euler equation is necessary and not sufficient, so a solution of it must still be checked against the conditions of the problem. This is exactly why "geodesic" is defined here by an equation rather than by a minimum.
  • Smoothness. Part 1 of the proof differentiates x\mathbf{x} twice, so a C2C^2 surface suffices to write the equations down; the existence theorem then needs the coefficients, hence the Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij}, to be Lipschitz, which is a condition on third derivatives of x\mathbf{x}.
Method(Finding the geodesics of a given metric)Original
  1. Write the line element. Choose coordinates and read off gijg_{ij}, or for a surface the coefficients E,F,GE, F, G of the first fundamental form. Everything below uses only these.
  2. Decide which route is cheaper. If the metric is diagonal and simple, compute the Christoffel symbols and write the equations of part 1 or 2 of the statement. If it is not, go straight to step 3: the energy route needs no Christoffel symbols at all.
  3. Energy route. Form 2T=gijq˙iq˙j2T = g_{ij}\dot q^i\dot q^j, treat it as a Lagrangian, and write one Euler–Lagrange equation per coordinate. Read the Christoffel symbols off the result if you want them.
  4. Harvest the first integrals before integrating anything. Two come for free:
    • Speed. gijq˙iq˙j=constg_{ij}\dot q^i\dot q^j = \text{const}; set it to 11 to make the parameter arc length.
    • Cyclic coordinates. If 2T2T does not contain qmq^m explicitly, then ∂T/∂q˙m=gmjq˙j\partial T/\partial\dot q^m = g_{mj}\dot q^j is constant along every geodesic.
  5. Surfaces of revolution: use Clairaut. For x(u,v)=(f(v)cos⁡u,f(v)sin⁡u,g(v))\mathbf{x}(u,v) = (f(v)\cos u, f(v)\sin u, g(v)) the coordinate uu is cyclic, and the first equation integrates at once to f2u′=cf^2u' = c. With r=fr = f the radius of the parallel through the point and θ\theta the angle between the geodesic and that parallel, this is Clairaut's relation rcos⁡θ=∣c∣=const,r\cos\theta = \lvert c\rvert = \text{const} , which already settles many questions without any integration: a geodesic cannot reach a parallel of radius smaller than ∣c∣\lvert c\rvert, and it is tangent to the parallel of radius exactly ∣c∣\lvert c\rvert.
  6. Identify the obvious solutions first. A curve fixed by an isometry of the surface is a geodesic: meridians of a surface of revolution, and any curve cut out by a plane of mirror symmetry, qualify. Check them against the equations rather than assuming it.
  7. Count. By part 4 of the statement there is exactly one geodesic through each point in each direction. Once you have produced a family with that many members, you have them all; no further solutions exist.
  8. Check the answer numerically. Substitute the closed-form solution back into both geodesic equations, and verify that the speed is constant.
Example(Great circles on the sphere, and the shortest flight between two points at the same latitude)Original

Take the sphere of radius aa with colatitude θ\theta and longitude ϕ\phi, so that the line element is

ds2=a2 dθ2+a2sin⁡2θ dϕ2,gθθ=a2,gϕϕ=a2sin⁡2θ,gθϕ=0.ds^2 = a^2\,d\theta^2 + a^2\sin^2\theta\,d\phi^2, \qquad g_{\theta\theta} = a^2,\quad g_{\phi\phi} = a^2\sin^2\theta,\quad g_{\theta\phi} = 0 .

Step 1: the equations, by the energy route. With 2T=a2θ˙2+a2sin⁡2θ ϕ˙22T = a^2\dot\theta^2 + a^2\sin^2\theta\,\dot\phi^2 the two Euler–Lagrange equations are

dds(2a2θ˙)−2a2sin⁡θcos⁡θ ϕ˙2=0,dds(2a2sin⁡2θ ϕ˙)=0,\frac{d}{ds}\bigl(2a^2\dot\theta\bigr) - 2a^2\sin\theta\cos\theta\,\dot\phi^2 = 0, \qquad \frac{d}{ds}\bigl(2a^2\sin^2\theta\,\dot\phi\bigr) = 0 ,

that is, after dividing by 2a22a^2 and expanding the second,

θ¨−sin⁡θcos⁡θ ϕ˙2=0,ϕ¨+2cot⁡θ θ˙ϕ˙=0.\ddot\theta - \sin\theta\cos\theta\,\dot\phi^2 = 0, \qquad \ddot\phi + 2\cot\theta\,\dot\theta\dot\phi = 0 .

Comparing with part 2 of the statement reads off the Christoffel symbols: Γθϕϕ=−sin⁡θcos⁡θ\Gamma^\theta{}_{\phi\phi} = -\sin\theta\cos\theta and Γϕθϕ=Γϕϕθ=cot⁡θ\Gamma^\phi{}_{\theta\phi} = \Gamma^\phi{}_{\phi\theta} = \cot\theta, all others zero. The second equation is already the conserved quantity of step 4 of the method: sin⁡2θ ϕ˙=const\sin^2\theta\,\dot\phi = \text{const}, the sphere's form of Clairaut's relation.

Step 2: the equator solves them. Put θ≡π/2\theta \equiv \pi/2 and ϕ=s/a\phi = s/a. Then θ¨=0\ddot\theta = 0 and sin⁡θcos⁡θ=0\sin\theta\cos\theta = 0, so the first equation holds; ϕ¨=0\ddot\phi = 0 and θ˙=0\dot\theta = 0, so does the second. The speed is a2sin⁡2(π/2) (1/a)2=1a^2\sin^2(\pi/2)\,(1/a)^2 = 1, so ss is arc length. The equator is a geodesic.

Step 3: therefore every great circle is, and nothing else. Every rotation of R3\mathbb{R}^3 maps the sphere to itself preserving distances, so it is an isometry, and the geodesic equations depend only on E,F,GE, F, G (Gauss's Theorema Egregium), hence are unchanged by it. Any great circle is the image of the equator under a rotation, so it is a geodesic. Through a given point in a given direction there passes exactly one great circle; by part 4 of the statement there is exactly one geodesic. So the geodesics of the sphere are precisely the great circles, with constant-speed parametrizations.

Step 4: a numerical case. Let AA be the point at latitude 45∘45^\circN, longitude 0∘0^\circ and let BB be at latitude 45∘45^\circN, longitude 90∘90^\circE, on a sphere of radius a=6371 kma = 6371\ \mathrm{km}. As unit vectors,

A^=(12, 0, 12),B^=(0, 12, 12),A^⋅B^=12.\hat A = \Bigl(\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2},\,0,\,\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2}\Bigr), \qquad \hat B = \Bigl(0,\,\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2},\,\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2}\Bigr), \qquad \hat A\cdot\hat B = \tfrac12 .

The central angle between them is arccos⁡12=π/3\arccos\tfrac12 = \pi/3, so the geodesic joining them has length

Lgeo=a π3=6371×1.047198=6671.70 km.L_{\text{geo}} = a\,\frac{\pi}{3} = 6371 \times 1.047198 = 6671.70\ \mathrm{km}.

Flying along the 45∘45^\circ parallel instead — a curve of constant latitude, which is not a geodesic, since it is not a great circle — costs

Lpar=acos⁡45∘×π2=6371×0.707107×1.570796=7076.40 km,L_{\text{par}} = a\cos 45^\circ \times \frac{\pi}{2} = 6371 \times 0.707107 \times 1.570796 = 7076.40\ \mathrm{km},

longer by 404.70 km404.70\ \mathrm{km}, about 6%6\%.

Step 5: where the geodesic goes, from Clairaut alone. The unit normal to the plane of the great circle is

n^=A^×B^∣A^×B^∣=(−12, −12, 12)3/2=(−13, −13, 13),\hat n = \frac{\hat A\times\hat B}{\lvert \hat A\times\hat B\rvert} = \frac{(-\tfrac12,\,-\tfrac12,\,\tfrac12)}{\sqrt{3}/2} = \Bigl(-\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3},\,-\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3},\,\tfrac{1}{\sqrt3}\Bigr),

so the largest value of zz on the circle is 1−nz2=2/3=0.816497\sqrt{1 - n_z^2} = \sqrt{2/3} = 0.816497 and the geodesic climbs to latitude

λmax⁡=arcsin⁡2/3=54.7356∘ N,\lambda_{\max} = \arcsin\sqrt{2/3} = 54.7356^\circ\ \mathrm{N},

reached at longitude 45∘45^\circE by symmetry — a long way north of both endpoints. Clairaut's relation confirms it without the cross product: with r=acos⁡λr = a\cos\lambda and θ\theta the angle to the parallel, cos⁡λcos⁡θ\cos\lambda\cos\theta is constant, and it equals cos⁡λmax⁡\cos\lambda_{\max} at the top where θ=0\theta = 0. Starting from cos⁡λmax⁡=1/3=0.577350\cos\lambda_{\max} = 1/\sqrt3 = 0.577350 and λ=45∘\lambda = 45^\circ at AA,

cos⁡θA=1/31/2=2/3=0.816497,θA=35.2644∘,\cos\theta_A = \frac{1/\sqrt3}{1/\sqrt2} = \sqrt{2/3} = 0.816497, \qquad \theta_A = 35.2644^\circ ,

so the aircraft leaves AA on a heading of 90∘−35.2644∘=54.7356∘90^\circ - 35.2644^\circ = 54.7356^\circ east of north, not due east. Every number in this step is a check on the last: cos⁡45∘cos⁡35.2644∘=0.707107×0.816497=0.577350=cos⁡54.7356∘\cos 45^\circ\cos 35.2644^\circ = 0.707107 \times 0.816497 = 0.577350 = \cos 54.7356^\circ, as Clairaut requires.

ApplicationOriginal

Free fall is geodesic motion. General relativity replaces gravitational force by curvature: a particle subject to no non-gravitational force follows a geodesic of the spacetime metric, and the equation it obeys is the one derived above, with the proper time τ\tau as the affine parameter. The two ingredients of the derivation are exactly the two faces of the equivalence principle — the tangent is parallel-transported (no force), and the worldline extremizes the action (Hamilton's principle, Hamilton's principle). Orbits, the bending of starlight and the precession of Mercury's perihelion are all computed by writing the Schwarzschild metric, taking the cyclic coordinates tt and ϕ\phi as in step 4 of the method, and integrating the two resulting first integrals. Clairaut's relation is the flat ancestor of the conserved angular momentum that appears there.

Great-circle navigation. Step 4 of the example is why long-haul flight plans and shipping routes curve towards the pole on a Mercator chart: the chart is conformal but not distance-preserving, and the geodesic is not the straight line on the paper. The 404404 km saved on a quarter-turn at latitude 45∘45^\circ is roughly half an hour of flight and several tonnes of fuel. The same calculation, with the Earth's oblateness restored, is the geodesy problem solved by Vincenty's algorithm, which integrates the geodesic equations of an ellipsoid of revolution using Clairaut's relation as its first integral.

Optics and wave propagation. Fermat's principle makes a light ray in a medium of refractive index n(r)n(\mathbf{r}) a geodesic of the optical metric n2δijn^2\delta_{ij}, and the geodesic equation becomes the ray equation of gradient-index optics. This is how a graded-index optical fibre confines light — rays oscillate about the axis because the geodesics of the index profile are bound — and it is how mirages and atmospheric refraction are computed. Acoustic ray tracing in the ocean and seismic ray tracing in the Earth use the same equation with nn replaced by the reciprocal of the local wave speed.

Shortest paths on manufactured and modelled surfaces. Geodesics on a surface of revolution describe the path of a thread or filament wound under tension on a mandrel, which is what filament-wound pressure vessels and composite pipes are designed around; Clairaut's relation fixes the minimum radius a winding can reach and so the achievable winding angle. In computer graphics and computational anatomy, geodesic distance on a triangulated surface — the discrete version of part 5 of the statement — is the standard measure of separation along a curved object, used for texture mapping, mesh parametrization and cortical surface analysis.

Theorem · advanced

The Gauss-Bonnet theorem

Adapted

States and proves the local and global Gauss-Bonnet theorems, which tie the total Gaussian curvature of a region, the total geodesic curvature of its boundary and the turning at its corners to a single integer, the Euler-Poincare characteristic χ=F−E+V\chi = F - E + V of the region; the consequences are that a compact orientable surface has total curvature 2πχ2\pi\chi whatever its shape, and that a geodesic triangle's angle excess is the curvature it encloses.

Prerequisites: Gauss's Theorema Egregium, Geodesics, The second fundamental form and curvature, Regular surfaces and the first fundamental form, Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative, Stokes' theorem and Green's theorem in the plane

Definition(Regions, corners and the Euler-Poincare characteristic)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-5, pp. 268–271 and 275–277

Let SS be an oriented regular surface.

  • Call a map α:[0,l]→S\alpha : [0,l] \to S simple, closed and piecewise regular when three things hold: it returns to where it started, α(0)=α(l)\alpha(0) = \alpha(l); it visits no point twice, so that α\alpha is injective on [0,l)[0,l); and for some subdivision 0=t0<t1<⋯<tk+1=l0 = t_0 < t_1 < \cdots < t_{k+1} = l it is differentiable with nonvanishing derivative on each open piece (ti,ti+1)(t_i, t_{i+1}). The points α(ti)\alpha(t_i) are its vertices and the pieces between them its regular arcs. At a vertex both one-sided limits α′(ti−0)\alpha'(t_i - 0) and α′(ti+0)\alpha'(t_i + 0) exist and are nonzero.
  • The external angle θi\theta_i at α(ti)\alpha(t_i) is the angle from α′(ti−0)\alpha'(t_i-0) to α′(ti+0)\alpha'(t_i+0) of smallest absolute value, taken with the sign of det⁡(α′(ti−0),α′(ti+0),N)\det\bigl(\alpha'(t_i-0),\alpha'(t_i+0),N\bigr), so that −π<θi<π-\pi < \theta_i < \pi. When ∣θi∣=π\lvert\theta_i\rvert = \pi the vertex is a cusp, and do Carmo fixes the sign by a separate convention using the two branches of the curve in a chart. The interior angle is φi=π−θi\varphi_i = \pi - \theta_i.
  • A simple region R⊆SR \subseteq S is a connected open set together with its boundary, homeomorphic to a closed disk, whose boundary ∂R\partial R is the trace of such a curve. The curve is positively oriented if, at each point of a regular arc, the positive orthonormal basis {α′(t),h(t)}\{\alpha'(t), h(t)\} has h(t)h(t) pointing into RR: walking along α\alpha with one's head along NN, the region stays on the left.
  • A regular region is a compact connected R⊆SR \subseteq S whose boundary is a finite union of disjoint simple closed piecewise regular curves. A compact surface counts as a regular region with empty boundary.
  • A triangle is a simple region with exactly three vertices, all with θi≠0\theta_i \ne 0. To triangulate a regular region RR is to give finitely many triangles that together cover RR and overlap only along a shared whole edge or at a shared single vertex. Writing FF, EE, VV for its numbers of triangles, edges and vertices, the Euler-Poincare characteristic of the triangulation is χ=F−E+V.\chi = F - E + V .
  • For a differentiable ff on SS and a region inside one chart, ∫Rf dσ:=∬x−1(R)fEG−F2 du dv\int_R f\,d\sigma := \iint_{\mathbf{x}^{-1}(R)} f\sqrt{EG-F^2}\,du\,dv; this is independent of the chart within one orientation class, and summing over the triangles of a triangulation extends it to any regular region.
Theorem(Gauss-Bonnet, local and global)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-5, the local theorem p. 272, Props. 1–4 pp. 275–276, the global theorem p. 277, Eq. (2) p. 274, Cor. 1 p. 279, Cor. 2 p. 280, and application 6 pp. 282–283

Let SS be an oriented regular surface, KK its Gaussian curvature and kgk_g the geodesic curvature of a curve in it.

  1. (Topological input, stated without proof.) Every regular region admits a triangulation; it admits one whose triangles each lie in a single chart of a given orientation-compatible family, with adjacent triangles inducing opposite orientations on a shared edge; and χ\chi is the same for every triangulation of RR, so it may be written χ(R)\chi(R). A compact connected surface in R3\mathbb{R}^3 has χ(S)∈{2,0,−2,… }\chi(S) \in \{2, 0, -2, \dots\}, two such surfaces are homeomorphic exactly when their characteristics agree, and g=(2−χ(S))/2g = (2-\chi(S))/2 is the genus, the number of handles.
  2. (Local Gauss-Bonnet.) Let x:U→S\mathbf{x} : U \to S be an isothermal parametrization, F=0F = 0 and E=G=λ(u,v)>0E = G = \lambda(u,v) > 0, with UU homeomorphic to an open disk and x\mathbf{x} compatible with the orientation. Let R⊆x(U)R \subseteq \mathbf{x}(U) be a simple region whose boundary is the trace of a positively oriented α\alpha, parametrized by arc length, with vertices α(s0),…,α(sk)\alpha(s_0),\dots,\alpha(s_k) and external angles θ0,…,θk\theta_0,\dots,\theta_k. Then ∑i=0k∫sisi+1kg(s) ds  +  ∬RK dσ  +  ∑i=0kθi  =  2π.\sum_{i=0}^{k}\int_{s_i}^{s_{i+1}} k_g(s)\,ds \;+\; \iint_R K\,d\sigma \;+\; \sum_{i=0}^{k}\theta_i \;=\; 2\pi .
  3. (Corollary 1.) The same identity is true in every simple region of an arbitrary regular surface; the isothermal chart may be dropped.
  4. (Global Gauss-Bonnet.) Let R⊆SR \subseteq S be a regular region whose boundary consists of the positively oriented closed curves C1,…,CnC_1,\dots,C_n, and let θ1,…,θp\theta_1,\dots,\theta_p be all of their external angles. Then ∑i=1n∫Cikg(s) ds  +  ∬RK dσ  +  ∑l=1pθl  =  2πχ(R).\sum_{i=1}^{n}\int_{C_i} k_g(s)\,ds \;+\; \iint_R K\,d\sigma \;+\; \sum_{l=1}^{p}\theta_l \;=\; 2\pi\chi(R) .
  5. (Corollary 2: total curvature.) If SS is a compact orientable surface then ∬SK dσ=2πχ(S).\iint_S K\,d\sigma = 2\pi\chi(S) . The left-hand side is unchanged by any deformation of SS that does not change its topology.
  6. (Angle excess.) For a geodesic triangle TT with interior angles φ1,φ2,φ3\varphi_1,\varphi_2,\varphi_3, ∑i=13φi−π=∬TK dσ,\sum_{i=1}^{3}\varphi_i - \pi = \iint_T K\,d\sigma , so the angle sum exceeds π\pi where K>0K > 0, equals π\pi where K=0K = 0 and falls short where K<0K < 0. When K≠0K \ne 0 on TT the right-hand side is the area of the spherical image N(T)N(T) under the Gauss map, which is how Gauss himself stated it.
  7. (Holonomy.) If RR is a simple region without vertices and ww is parallel-transported once around ∂R\partial R, the angle φ\varphi it makes with a fixed chart direction changes by Δφ=∬RK dσ.\Delta\varphi = \iint_R K\,d\sigma .
Idea of the proofOriginal

In the plane, walking once round a closed curve turns the tangent through exactly 2π2\pi, with the corners contributing their external angles: that is the theorem of turning tangents. On a surface the same walk is measured against a moving reference frame — the coordinate direction xu\mathbf{x}_u — and the mismatch between the turning you feel (the geodesic curvature, which measures turning relative to parallel transport) and the turning the chart records is a term that Green's theorem converts into an area integral. The Theorema Egregium identifies the integrand of that area integral as −K-K. So the local theorem is nothing but turning tangents plus Green's theorem plus the Gauss formula. The global theorem then comes from arithmetic: triangulate the region, add up the local identity over all FF triangles, and watch the boundary integrals over interior edges cancel in pairs while the corner angles reorganize themselves, by a count of faces, edges and vertices, into 2π(F−E+V)2\pi(F-E+V).

ProofAdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-4, Lemma 2 p. 254 and Prop. 3 p. 255; do Carmo (2016), §4-5, pp. 272–273 and 277–279

Lemma (geodesic curvature in an orthogonal chart). Let x\mathbf{x} be an orthogonal parametrization (F=0F = 0) compatible with the orientation, let w(t)w(t) be a differentiable unit tangent field along t↦x(u(t),v(t))t\mapsto\mathbf{x}(u(t),v(t)), and let φ(t)\varphi(t) be a smoothly varying branch of the angle measured from xu\mathbf{x}_u round to w(t)w(t). Then

[Dwdt]=12EG(Gudvdt−Evdudt)+dφdt.\left[\frac{Dw}{dt}\right] = \frac{1}{2\sqrt{EG}}\left(G_u\frac{dv}{dt} - E_v\frac{du}{dt}\right) + \frac{d\varphi}{dt} .

Proof of the lemma. Set e1=xu/Ee_1 = \mathbf{x}_u/\sqrt{E} and e2=xv/Ge_2 = \mathbf{x}_v/\sqrt{G}, an orthonormal frame with e1∧e2=Ne_1\wedge e_2 = N. For two unit fields along the curve, the algebraic values of their covariant derivatives differ by the rate of change of the angle between them (do Carmo's Lemma 2), so with e1e_1 as the reference field

[Dwdt]=[De1dt]+dφdt.\left[\frac{Dw}{dt}\right] = \left[\frac{De_1}{dt}\right] + \frac{d\varphi}{dt} .

For the first term, [De1/dt]=⟨de1/dt, N∧e1⟩=⟨de1/dt, e2⟩=⟨(e1)u,e2⟩ u′+⟨(e1)v,e2⟩ v′[De_1/dt] = \langle de_1/dt,\, N\wedge e_1\rangle = \langle de_1/dt,\, e_2\rangle = \langle (e_1)_u, e_2\rangle\,u' + \langle (e_1)_v, e_2\rangle\,v'. Now F=0F = 0 gives ⟨xu,xv⟩=0\langle \mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_v\rangle = 0, so differentiating it in uu yields ⟨xuu,xv⟩=−⟨xu,xuv⟩=−12Ev\langle\mathbf{x}_{uu},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle = -\langle\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_{uv}\rangle = -\tfrac12 E_v. Hence

⟨(e1)u,e2⟩=⟨xuuE−Eu xu2E3/2, xvG⟩=⟨xuu,xv⟩EG=−Ev2EG,\langle (e_1)_u, e_2\rangle = \left\langle \frac{\mathbf{x}_{uu}}{\sqrt E} - \frac{E_u\,\mathbf{x}_u}{2E^{3/2}},\ \frac{\mathbf{x}_v}{\sqrt G}\right\rangle = \frac{\langle\mathbf{x}_{uu},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle}{\sqrt{EG}} = -\frac{E_v}{2\sqrt{EG}},

the second term dropping out because ⟨xu,xv⟩=0\langle\mathbf{x}_u,\mathbf{x}_v\rangle = 0; the same computation in the other variable gives ⟨(e1)v,e2⟩=⟨xuv,xv⟩/EG=Gu/(2EG)\langle (e_1)_v, e_2\rangle = \langle\mathbf{x}_{uv},\mathbf{x}_v\rangle/\sqrt{EG} = G_u/(2\sqrt{EG}). Substituting proves the lemma. Taking w=α′w = \alpha' and t=st = s turns it into a formula for kgk_g. □\square

Part 2: the local theorem. Write the boundary curve in the chart as u=u(s)u = u(s), v=v(s)v = v(s), and on each closed arc [si,si+1][s_i, s_{i+1}] pick a smooth branch φi(s)\varphi_i(s) of the angle that α′(s)\alpha'(s) makes with xu\mathbf{x}_u. By the lemma, on each regular arc

kg(s)=12EG(Gudvds−Evduds)+dφids.k_g(s) = \frac{1}{2\sqrt{EG}}\left(G_u\frac{dv}{ds} - E_v\frac{du}{ds}\right) + \frac{d\varphi_i}{ds} .

Integrate over each [si,si+1][s_i,s_{i+1}] and add. The first group is a line integral ∮(P du+Q dv)\oint (P\,du + Q\,dv) around ∂R\partial R with

P=−Ev2EG,Q=Gu2EG,P = -\frac{E_v}{2\sqrt{EG}}, \qquad Q = \frac{G_u}{2\sqrt{EG}},

so Green's theorem in the uvuv plane (Stokes' theorem and Green's theorem in the plane) replaces it by ∬(Qu−Pv) du dv\iint (Q_u - P_v)\,du\,dv:

∑i∫sisi+1kg ds=∬x−1(R)[(Gu2EG) ⁣u+(Ev2EG) ⁣v]du dv  +  ∑i∫sisi+1dφids ds.\sum_i \int_{s_i}^{s_{i+1}} k_g\,ds = \iint_{\mathbf{x}^{-1}(R)}\left[\left(\frac{G_u}{2\sqrt{EG}}\right)_{\!u} + \left(\frac{E_v}{2\sqrt{EG}}\right)_{\!v}\right]du\,dv \;+\; \sum_i\int_{s_i}^{s_{i+1}}\frac{d\varphi_i}{ds}\,ds .

Here the hypothesis that the chart is isothermal enters for the first time. With E=G=λE = G = \lambda we have EG=λ\sqrt{EG} = \lambda and the bracket is

12[(λuλ) ⁣u+(λvλ) ⁣v]=12Δlog⁡λ=−Kλ,\frac12\left[\left(\frac{\lambda_u}{\lambda}\right)_{\!u} + \left(\frac{\lambda_v}{\lambda}\right)_{\!v}\right] = \frac{1}{2}\Delta\log\lambda = -K\lambda ,

the last step being the isothermal form of the Gauss formula proved in Gauss's Theorema Egregium, namely K=−(1/2λ)Δlog⁡λK = -(1/2\lambda)\Delta\log\lambda. Since EG−F2=λ\sqrt{EG-F^2} = \lambda as well, ∬(−Kλ) du dv=−∬RK dσ\iint (-K\lambda)\,du\,dv = -\iint_R K\,d\sigma, and therefore

∑i∫sisi+1kg ds=−∬RK dσ+∑i(φi(si+1)−φi(si)).\sum_i \int_{s_i}^{s_{i+1}} k_g\,ds = -\iint_R K\,d\sigma + \sum_i\bigl(\varphi_i(s_{i+1}) - \varphi_i(s_i)\bigr).

The isothermal hypothesis is needed a second time now. Because the chart is conformal, angles measured in the uvuv plane are the angles on SS, so the theorem of turning tangents — a statement about plane curves, which do Carmo quotes from Hopf without proof — may be applied to the image curve:

∑i(φi(si+1)−φi(si))+∑iθi=±2π,\sum_i\bigl(\varphi_i(s_{i+1}) - \varphi_i(s_i)\bigr) + \sum_i \theta_i = \pm 2\pi ,

the sign being ++ for a positively oriented curve, as the case of a circle in the plane shows. Substituting and rearranging gives the local theorem.

Part 4: the global theorem. Triangulate RR so that every triangle lies in an isothermal chart compatible with the orientation, with every triangle boundary positively oriented; such a triangulation exists by the topological input. Apply the local theorem to each triangle and add the FF identities. Each interior edge belongs to two triangles and is traversed once in each direction, so its kgk_g integrals cancel; only the boundary curves CiC_i survive. Writing θjk\theta_{jk}, k=1,2,3k = 1,2,3, for the external angles of the triangle TjT_j,

∑i∫Cikg ds+∬RK dσ+∑j,kθjk=2πF.\sum_i\int_{C_i} k_g\,ds + \iint_R K\,d\sigma + \sum_{j,k}\theta_{jk} = 2\pi F .

It remains to turn ∑j,kθjk\sum_{j,k}\theta_{jk} into 2πF−2πχ(R)2\pi F - 2\pi\chi(R) plus the boundary corners. Pass to interior angles, φjk=π−θjk\varphi_{jk} = \pi - \theta_{jk}:

∑j,kθjk=3πF−∑j,kφjk.\sum_{j,k}\theta_{jk} = 3\pi F - \sum_{j,k}\varphi_{jk}.

Split the edges and vertices into interior and exterior ones, E=Ei+EeE = E_i + E_e and V=Vi+VeV = V_i + V_e. Every triangle has three edges; an interior edge is shared by two triangles and an exterior edge by one, so 3F=2Ei+Ee3F = 2E_i + E_e, whence 3πF=2πEi+πEe3\pi F = 2\pi E_i + \pi E_e. The boundary curves are closed, so along them edges and vertices alternate and Ee=VeE_e = V_e. Now count the interior angles by the vertex they sit at:

  • around an interior vertex the angles fill a full turn, contributing 2πVi2\pi V_i;
  • an exterior vertex that the triangulation introduced in the middle of a regular arc has angles filling a half turn, contributing πVet\pi V_{et}, where VetV_{et} is their number;
  • an exterior vertex that is a corner θl\theta_l of some CiC_i contributes the interior angle π−θl\pi - \theta_l of the region there, so these contribute ∑l(π−θl)\sum_l(\pi - \theta_l), and their number is Vec=pV_{ec} = p, with Ve=Vet+VecV_e = V_{et} + V_{ec}.

Therefore

∑j,kθjk=2πEi+πEe−2πVi−πVet−∑l(π−θl).\sum_{j,k}\theta_{jk} = 2\pi E_i + \pi E_e - 2\pi V_i - \pi V_{et} - \sum_l(\pi - \theta_l).

Use ∑lπ=πVec\sum_l \pi = \pi V_{ec} and πVet+πVec=πVe\pi V_{et} + \pi V_{ec} = \pi V_e, then add and subtract πEe\pi E_e and use Ee=VeE_e = V_e once more:

2πEi+πEe=2πEi+2πEe−πEe=2πE−πVe,2\pi E_i + \pi E_e = 2\pi E_i + 2\pi E_e - \pi E_e = 2\pi E - \pi V_e ,

so that

∑j,kθjk=2πE−πVe−2πVi−πVe+∑lθl=2πE−2πV+∑lθl.\sum_{j,k}\theta_{jk} = 2\pi E - \pi V_e - 2\pi V_i - \pi V_e + \sum_l\theta_l = 2\pi E - 2\pi V + \sum_l \theta_l .

Substituting this into the summed identity and moving the terms,

∑i∫Cikg ds+∬RK dσ+∑lθl=2πF−2πE+2πV=2πχ(R).\sum_i\int_{C_i} k_g\,ds + \iint_R K\,d\sigma + \sum_l\theta_l = 2\pi F - 2\pi E + 2\pi V = 2\pi\chi(R).

Parts 3, 5, 6 and 7. A simple region has χ=1\chi = 1 — triangulate a disk and count — so part 4 contains part 3, and in particular the local identity holds with no isothermal hypothesis. A compact surface is a regular region with no boundary, so every kgk_g integral and every θl\theta_l is absent and part 5 follows. For part 6, a geodesic triangle has kg≡0k_g \equiv 0 on all three arcs and χ=1\chi = 1, so ∬TK dσ+∑iθi=2π\iint_T K\,d\sigma + \sum_i\theta_i = 2\pi; substituting θi=π−φi\theta_i = \pi - \varphi_i gives ∬TK dσ=∑iφi−π\iint_T K\,d\sigma = \sum_i \varphi_i - \pi. Part 7 repeats the first half of the proof of part 2 with ww a parallel field rather than α′\alpha': then [Dw/ds]=0[Dw/ds] = 0 identically, so integrating the lemma around a vertex-free boundary gives 0=−∬RK dσ+Δφ0 = -\iint_R K\,d\sigma + \Delta\varphi. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Orientability. It is used three times: to give the external angles their signs, to fix what "positively oriented" means, and to define kgk_g at all, which is a signed quantity. Everything above is therefore stated, as do Carmo states it, for an oriented surface, and part 5 for an orientable compact one; on a non-orientable surface the proof as given has no starting point, since there is no global NN with which to sign anything.
  • Isothermal chart. The proof of part 2 uses it twice, and only for convenience. The curvature step works in any orthogonal chart, because the orthogonal-chart formula of Gauss's Theorema Egregium already gives (Ev/2EG)v+(Gu/2EG)u=−KEG\bigl(E_v/2\sqrt{EG}\bigr)_v + \bigl(G_u/2\sqrt{EG}\bigr)_u = -K\sqrt{EG}. It is the turning-tangents step that needs conformality, so that angles in the parameter plane are angles on the surface. do Carmo says exactly this, and part 3 removes the hypothesis afterwards.
  • Compactness of RR. A regular region is compact, which is what makes the triangulation finite and the sums above finite. Without it the counting argument has nothing to count: the plane has ∬K dσ=0\iint K\,d\sigma = 0 and no finite χ\chi in this sense.
  • Simple, non-self-intersecting boundary. Turning tangents fails for a curve that crosses itself — a figure eight turns through 00, not 2π2\pi — so a region bounded by a self-intersecting curve is outside the theorem until it is cut into simple pieces.
  • Finitely many corners, each with ∣θi∣≤π\lvert\theta_i\rvert \le \pi. The external angle is only defined where both one-sided tangents exist and are nonzero. A boundary with infinitely many corners, or a curve with a vanishing one-sided tangent, is not piecewise regular and is excluded.
  • Positive orientation. It fixes the sign +2π+2\pi rather than −2π-2\pi in turning tangents. Reversing the orientation of ∂R\partial R flips the signs of every kgk_g and every θi\theta_i and would give −2πχ(R)-2\pi\chi(R).
  • What is assumed rather than proved. Three ingredients are quoted: that triangulations exist with the properties in part 1, that χ\chi does not depend on the triangulation, and the theorem of turning tangents. do Carmo also presents these without proof, referring to Ahlfors and Sario for the first two and to Hopf for the third, and we do the same. The independence of χ\chi from the triangulation is less mysterious from another direction: Lee defines the Euler characteristic of a smooth manifold as ∑p(−1)pdim⁡HdRp(M)\sum_p (-1)^p\dim H^p_{dR}(M), manifestly free of any choice of triangulation, and sets it as a problem to show that this number is a homotopy invariant.
  • Smoothness class. KK must be integrable and kgk_g defined, so C3C^3 as in the Gauss formula; the proof also needs the boundary arcs to be C2C^2 for kgk_g to exist.
Method(Using Gauss-Bonnet)Original
  1. Decide what you know and what you want. The identity has four slots — boundary turning, enclosed curvature, corners, topology. Three known values give the fourth. Most applications fix the topology and one other slot.
  2. Kill a term by choosing the region well. A boundary made of geodesic arcs kills the kgk_g integral; a smooth boundary kills the corner sum; a closed surface kills both.
  3. Get the topology right. For a simple region (a disk) χ=1\chi = 1; for an annulus or a region between two disjoint closed boundary curves χ=0\chi = 0; for a sphere χ=2\chi = 2; for a torus χ=0\chi = 0; for a surface of genus gg, χ=2−2g\chi = 2 - 2g.
  4. As an obstruction. If the identity forces a contradiction, the configuration does not exist. Two examples, both do Carmo's: on a surface with K≤0K \le 0 two geodesics leaving a point cannot meet again so as to bound a simple region, since ∬RK dσ+θ1+θ2=2π\iint_R K\,d\sigma + \theta_1 + \theta_2 = 2\pi with θi<π\theta_i < \pi is then impossible; and a compact surface with K>0K > 0 has χ>0\chi > 0, so it is homeomorphic to a sphere.
  5. As a conservation law. On a compact surface, ∬K dσ\iint K\,d\sigma cannot be changed by any deformation. Pushing curvature out of one part of the surface simply piles it up elsewhere.
  6. Check the sign conventions before trusting a number. Orient the boundary so that the region is on the left, and verify on a case you know — a flat disk, where ∮kg ds=2π\oint k_g\,ds = 2\pi and K=0K = 0 — before applying the formula to a hard case.
Example(Three regions, three checks)Original

Throughout, the sphere of radius aa has K=1/a2K = 1/a^2, established intrinsically in Gauss's Theorema Egregium.

(a) A geodesic triangle: the corners carry everything. On the sphere of radius a=6371 kma = 6371\ \mathrm{km}, take the region bounded by the meridian arcs at longitudes 0∘0^\circ and 50∘50^\circ running from the north pole down to the equator, together with the arc of the equator between them, and call it TT. All three sides are great-circle arcs, hence geodesics, so kg≡0k_g \equiv 0. The interior angles are 50∘50^\circ at the pole and 90∘90^\circ where each meridian crosses the equator. By part 6,

∬TK dσ=(π2+π2+50π180)−π=50π180=0.8726646.\iint_T K\,d\sigma = \Bigl(\tfrac{\pi}{2} + \tfrac{\pi}{2} + \tfrac{50\pi}{180}\Bigr) - \pi = \frac{50\pi}{180} = 0.8726646 .

Independently, the region is the slice of the northern hemisphere cut by a 50∘50^\circ wedge, of area (50/360)×2πa2(50/360)\times 2\pi a^2, so

∬TK dσ=1a2⋅50360⋅2πa2=50π180=0.8726646.  ✓\iint_T K\,d\sigma = \frac{1}{a^2}\cdot\frac{50}{360}\cdot 2\pi a^2 = \frac{50\pi}{180} = 0.8726646 . \;\checkmark

The two agree for every aa, as they must, since the left side is dimensionless. The area itself is 0.8726646×63712=3.5421×107 km20.8726646\times 6371^2 = 3.5421\times 10^{7}\ \mathrm{km}^2, about 7%7\% of the Earth's surface.

(b) A spherical cap: the boundary carries everything. On the unit sphere take the cap θ≤θ0\theta \le \theta_0 above the parallel of colatitude θ0=60∘\theta_0 = 60^\circ. The boundary is smooth, so there are no corners, and the region is a disk, so χ=1\chi = 1. The parallel is not a geodesic; its geodesic curvature has absolute value cot⁡θ0\cot\theta_0, by do Carmo's computation from k2=kg2+kn2k^2 = k_g^2 + k_n^2 with k=1/sin⁡θ0k = 1/\sin\theta_0 (the circle has radius sin⁡θ0\sin\theta_0) and kn=1k_n = 1; with the orientation that makes the boundary positively oriented around the cap, the sign is positive for θ0<π/2\theta_0 < \pi/2. Its length is 2πsin⁡θ02\pi\sin\theta_0. Hence

∮kg ds=2πsin⁡θ0⋅cos⁡θ0sin⁡θ0=2πcos⁡θ0=2π×0.5=π,\oint k_g\,ds = 2\pi\sin\theta_0\cdot\frac{\cos\theta_0}{\sin\theta_0} = 2\pi\cos\theta_0 = 2\pi\times 0.5 = \pi ,

while the cap has area 2π(1−cos⁡θ0)=π2\pi(1 - \cos\theta_0) = \pi and K=1K = 1, so ∬RK dσ=π\iint_R K\,d\sigma = \pi. The total is

π+π+0=2π=2πχ(R).  ✓\pi + \pi + 0 = 2\pi = 2\pi\chi(R). \;\checkmark

Note how the two terms trade off as θ0\theta_0 grows: at θ0→0\theta_0 \to 0 the small circle supplies almost all of the 2π2\pi and the curvature almost none; at θ0=π/2\theta_0 = \pi/2 the equator is a geodesic and supplies nothing, the hemisphere's curvature supplying the whole 2π2\pi.

(c) A torus: total curvature zero, computed twice. Parametrize the torus of revolution Σ\Sigma with tube radius rr and centre-circle radius A>rA > r by

x(u,v)=((A+rcos⁡u)cos⁡v, (A+rcos⁡u)sin⁡v, rsin⁡u),0≤u,v<2π.\mathbf{x}(u,v) = \bigl((A + r\cos u)\cos v,\ (A + r\cos u)\sin v,\ r\sin u\bigr), \qquad 0 \le u, v < 2\pi .

Then E=r2E = r^2, F=0F = 0, G=(A+rcos⁡u)2G = (A + r\cos u)^2, and the second fundamental form gives e=re = r, f=0f = 0, g=(A+rcos⁡u)cos⁡ug = (A+r\cos u)\cos u, so

K=eg−f2EG−F2=cos⁡ur (A+rcos⁡u),dσ=EG−F2 du dv=r(A+rcos⁡u) du dv.K = \frac{eg - f^2}{EG - F^2} = \frac{\cos u}{r\,(A + r\cos u)}, \qquad d\sigma = \sqrt{EG-F^2}\,du\,dv = r(A + r\cos u)\,du\,dv .

The two factors r(A+rcos⁡u)r(A + r\cos u) cancel exactly, leaving K dσ=cos⁡u du dvK\,d\sigma = \cos u\,du\,dv and

∬ΣK dσ=∫02π ⁣ ⁣∫02πcos⁡u du dv=0.\iint_\Sigma K\,d\sigma = \int_0^{2\pi}\!\!\int_0^{2\pi}\cos u\,du\,dv = 0 .

This is do Carmo's Exercise 2, done without Gauss-Bonnet. Part 5 predicts the same, since the torus has χ=0\chi = 0. With A=3A = 3, r=1r = 1 the cancellation is worth watching in detail: on the outer half ∣u∣<π/2\lvert u\rvert < \pi/2 the curvature is positive, peaking at K=1/4K = 1/4 on the outer equator, and contributes ∫02π ⁣∫−π/2π/2cos⁡u du dv=+4π\int_0^{2\pi}\!\int_{-\pi/2}^{\pi/2}\cos u\,du\,dv = +4\pi; on the inner half it is negative, reaching K=−1/2K = -1/2 on the inner equator, and contributes −4π-4\pi. The positive bulge and the negative saddle cancel to the last digit, and they must, for every A>rA > r: the integrand does not remember AA or rr at all.

ApplicationOriginal

Holonomy and geometric phase. Part 7 says that carrying a vector around a loop on a curved surface and bringing it home leaves it rotated by the enclosed curvature. This is the prototype of every geometric phase in physics. In Berry's phase the "surface" is the space of parameters of a Hamiltonian, the "curvature" is the Berry curvature and the rotation is the phase a quantum state picks up on a cyclic adiabatic excursion; the phase of a spin-12\tfrac12 in a slowly rotated magnetic field is exactly half the solid angle swept out, which is the sphere's ∬K dσ\iint K\,d\sigma. The same structure governs the Aharonov-Bohm phase, the rotation of the polarization of light in a coiled optical fibre (Pancharatnam's phase) and the holonomies of gauge theory, where KK becomes a field strength.

The Foucault pendulum. The swing plane of a Foucault pendulum is parallel-transported along the circle of latitude the pendulum rides on as the Earth turns. For latitude λ\lambda the cap north of that parallel has, by part (b) of the example with cos⁡θ0=sin⁡λ\cos\theta_0 = \sin\lambda, total curvature 2π(1−sin⁡λ)2\pi(1 - \sin\lambda), so that is the holonomy; the remaining 2πsin⁡λ2\pi\sin\lambda is the precession an observer on the ground sees in one sidereal day. In Paris, λ=48.8566∘\lambda = 48.8566^\circ, giving 360∘×sin⁡λ=271.1∘360^\circ\times\sin\lambda = 271.1^\circ per day, or 11.30∘11.30^\circ per hour, the figure the pendulum in the Pantheon keeps.

Topology from a measurement. Corollary 2 turns a geometric integral into an integer. If one can measure curvature over a closed surface — a vesicle, a protein shell, a crystallite — then ∬K dσ/2π\iint K\,d\sigma/2\pi counts the handles, and nothing about shape, stretching or local detail can change it. In the elasticity of thin shells this is why the Gaussian-curvature term in the bending energy contributes a constant for a closed shell and can be dropped; it reappears the moment the shell opens a pore or buds off a daughter vesicle, because χ\chi jumps. Viral capsids and fullerenes are the standard illustration: a closed shell built of hexagons and pentagons has χ=2\chi = 2, and the counting of part 1 forces exactly twelve pentagons however large the shell, which is why C60\mathrm{C}_{60} and icosahedral capsids look the way they do.

Defects and the hairy ball theorem. do Carmo's companion result, Poincare's index theorem, says that the indices of the isolated zeros of a vector field on a compact surface sum to χ(S)\chi(S). On a sphere χ=2≠0\chi = 2 \ne 0, so no nonvanishing tangent field exists: a wind field on the Earth always has a calm point, and hair on a ball cannot be combed flat. The same count fixes the total topological charge of defects in a two-dimensional nematic liquid crystal or a superfluid film confined to a curved substrate, and in cosmology and condensed-matter field theory it is the two-dimensional ancestor of the index theorems that tie the integral of a curvature to a conserved integer.

Smooth manifolds

11

Definition · advanced

Smooth manifolds

Adapted

Defines a smooth manifold as a topological manifold carrying a maximal atlas of smoothly compatible charts, defines smooth maps and embedded submanifolds, and proves that every regular level set of a smooth map is an embedded submanifold of codimension equal to the dimension of the codomain.

Prerequisites: Implicit and inverse function theorems, Topological and metric spaces, Continuity and homeomorphism, Compactness

Definition(Topological manifold, chart, atlas, smooth structure)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 1, pp. 3, 12–13; Hassani (2013), §28.1, pp. 860–861

A topological space MM is a topological nn-manifold when it has these three properties:

  1. MM is Hausdorff: distinct points lie in disjoint open sets.
  2. MM is second-countable: its topology has a countable basis.
  3. MM is locally Euclidean of dimension nn: every point has an open neighbourhood homeomorphic to an open subset of Rn\mathbb{R}^n.

A chart is a pair (U,φ)(U, \varphi) with U⊆MU \subseteq M open and φ:U→U^⊆Rn\varphi : U \to \widehat U \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n a homeomorphism onto an open set. Writing φ(p)=(x1(p),…,xn(p))\varphi(p) = (x^1(p), \dots, x^n(p)) defines the coordinate functions of the chart; physicists usually name the chart by its coordinates and write (U,xi)(U, x^i).

If (U,φ)(U, \varphi) and (V,ψ)(V, \psi) are charts with U∩V≠∅U \cap V \neq \varnothing, the transition map

ψ∘φ−1:φ(U∩V)⟶ψ(U∩V)\psi \circ \varphi^{-1} : \varphi(U \cap V) \longrightarrow \psi(U \cap V)

carries one open subset of Rn\mathbb{R}^n to another, and is automatically a homeomorphism. The two charts are smoothly compatible if either U∩V=∅U \cap V = \varnothing or that transition map is a diffeomorphism, that is, it and its inverse have continuous partial derivatives of every order in the ordinary sense of calculus on Rn\mathbb{R}^n.

An atlas is a family of charts whose domains cover MM; it is a smooth atlas if its charts are pairwise smoothly compatible, and it is maximal if no chart outside it is smoothly compatible with all of its members. A smooth structure on MM is a maximal smooth atlas, and a smooth manifold is a topological manifold together with a smooth structure. A chart belonging to the structure is a smooth chart.

Remark(Why a maximal atlas)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 1, Prop. 1.17 and its proof, pp. 13–14

One never exhibits a maximal atlas. One exhibits a small smooth atlas and appeals to the fact that every smooth atlas is contained in exactly one maximal smooth atlas, namely the collection of all charts smoothly compatible with every chart of the given one; and two smooth atlases determine the same maximal atlas exactly when their union is again a smooth atlas. So, for instance, {(Rn,id)}\{(\mathbb{R}^n, \mathrm{id})\} and the atlas of all unit balls with the identity map determine the same smooth structure on Rn\mathbb{R}^n, and any manifold covered by a single chart carries a smooth structure for free, since the compatibility condition is then vacuous.

The smooth structure is extra data, not a property: a topological manifold may admit many inequivalent smooth structures, and some admit none at all.

Definition(Smooth maps and diffeomorphisms)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 2, pp. 34–35

Let MM and NN be smooth manifolds. A map F:M→NF : M \to N is smooth when every p∈Mp \in M lies in the domain of a smooth chart (U,φ)(U, \varphi) of MM, with F(p)F(p) in the domain of a smooth chart (V,ψ)(V, \psi) of NN, such that

F(U)⊆Vandψ∘F∘φ−1:φ(U)→ψ(V)  is smooth.F(U) \subseteq V \qquad\text{and}\qquad \psi \circ F \circ \varphi^{-1} : \varphi(U) \to \psi(V) \ \text{ is smooth}.

The map F^=ψ∘F∘φ−1\widehat F = \psi \circ F \circ \varphi^{-1} is the coordinate representation of FF. Requiring F(U)⊆VF(U) \subseteq V inside the definition, rather than as an afterthought, is what makes every smooth map continuous: on UU one has F=ψ−1∘F^∘φF = \psi^{-1} \circ \widehat F \circ \varphi, a composite of continuous maps. Smoothness of the coordinate representation does not depend on which smooth charts are used, because changing chart composes F^\widehat F with transition maps, which are diffeomorphisms.

A diffeomorphism is a smooth bijection with smooth inverse. A real-valued function f:M→Rf : M \to \mathbb{R} is smooth in this sense with N=RN = \mathbb{R} and ψ=id\psi = \mathrm{id}; the set of smooth real-valued functions on MM is written C∞(M)C^\infty(M).

Definition(Embedded submanifold)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 5, p. 98 and pp. 101–102 (Thm 5.8)

Let MM be a smooth nn-manifold and 0≤k≤n0 \le k \le n. A subset S⊆MS \subseteq M satisfies the local kk-slice condition if every point of SS lies in the domain of a smooth chart (U,φ)(U, \varphi) of MM in which S∩US \cap U is cut out by freezing the last n−kn-k coordinates:

φ(S∩U)={ (x1,…,xn)∈φ(U):xk+1=ck+1, …, xn=cn }\varphi(S \cap U) = \bigl\{\, (x^1,\dots,x^n) \in \varphi(U) : x^{k+1} = c^{k+1},\ \dots,\ x^n = c^n \,\bigr\}

for some constants ck+1,…,cnc^{k+1}, \dots, c^n. Such a chart is a slice chart.

SS is an embedded kk-dimensional submanifold of MM if, in the subspace topology, it is a topological kk-manifold carrying a smooth structure for which the inclusion S↪MS \hookrightarrow M is a smooth embedding. Lee's local slice criterion says that the two descriptions agree: an embedded kk-submanifold satisfies the local kk-slice condition, and conversely a subset satisfying that condition is, with the subspace topology and the charts obtained by dropping the frozen coordinates, an embedded kk-submanifold. The number n−kn - k is the codimension of SS in MM. We use the slice condition as the working definition below, since it is the one a calculation can verify.

Definition(Regular level set theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 5, Cor. 5.14, p. 106; Hassani (2013), §28.3, Thm 28.3.8, p. 876

Fix smooth manifolds MM and NN of dimensions mm and kk, together with a smooth map Φ:M→N\Phi : M \to N. At a point p∈Mp \in M, pick smooth charts around pp and around Φ(p)\Phi(p) and form the k×mk \times m Jacobian matrix

DΦ^(φ(p))=(∂Φ^ a∂xi(φ(p)))a=1,…,k; i=1,…,mD\widehat\Phi(\varphi(p)) = \Bigl( \frac{\partial \widehat\Phi^{\,a}}{\partial x^i}(\varphi(p)) \Bigr)_{a = 1,\dots,k;\ i = 1,\dots,m}

of the coordinate representation. Its rank is unambiguous: by the chain rule, changing either chart multiplies this matrix left and right by the invertible Jacobians of transition maps, which cannot alter rank. We call pp a regular point when that rank attains kk. That is the largest value a k×mk \times m matrix can have, and reaching it requires k≤mk \le m; when k>mk > m there are no regular points at all, so every level set that meets MM is excluded and the theorem below says nothing.

The values we can handle are those at which the rank nowhere drops. So declare c∈Nc \in N regular when each pp with Φ(p)=c\Phi(p) = c is a regular point. For cc outside the image of Φ\Phi there is no such pp at all, so the requirement is empty and cc is regular by default.

Then, for regular cc, the level set Φ−1(c)\Phi^{-1}(c) is a properly embedded submanifold of MM of codimension dim⁡N\dim N. Provided it is not empty, this pins down its dimension:

dim⁡Φ−1(c)=m−k(Φ−1(c)≠∅).\dim \Phi^{-1}(c) = m - k \qquad (\Phi^{-1}(c) \neq \varnothing).

An empty level set is an embedded submanifold of every dimension at once, so the formula is to be read only in the non-empty case.

Invariantly, the rank condition says that the differential dΦpd\Phi_p of the next unit is surjective; that is how Lee and Hassani state it. For k=1k = 1 and MM an open subset of Rm\mathbb{R}^m it is just ∇Φ(p)≠0\nabla \Phi(p) \neq 0.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The statement is local, and locally everything happens in Euclidean space, because charts turn Φ\Phi into an ordinary smooth map between open subsets of Rm\mathbb{R}^m and Rk\mathbb{R}^k. There, surjectivity of the derivative says that kk of the mm coordinates can be solved for in terms of the other m−km-k: that is exactly the implicit function theorem. Changing to those m−km-k free coordinates together with the kk components of Φ\Phi itself produces a new chart in which the level set is the slice "last kk coordinates constant". So the level set satisfies the slice condition, which is what being an embedded submanifold means.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 5, proof of Thm 5.12 and Cor. 5.14, pp. 105–106

Write S=Φ−1(c)S = \Phi^{-1}(c) and assume S≠∅S \neq \varnothing (otherwise there is nothing to prove). Fix p∈Sp \in S.

Step 1 (pass to coordinates). Choose a smooth chart (U,φ)(U, \varphi) of MM with p∈Up \in U and a smooth chart (V,ψ)(V, \psi) of NN with c∈Vc \in V and Φ(U)⊆V\Phi(U) \subseteq V; shrinking UU if necessary, this is possible because Φ\Phi is continuous. Put Φ^=ψ∘Φ∘φ−1\widehat\Phi = \psi \circ \Phi \circ \varphi^{-1}, a smooth map from the open set U^=φ(U)⊆Rm\widehat U = \varphi(U) \subseteq \mathbb{R}^m into Rk\mathbb{R}^k, and let c^=ψ(c)\widehat c = \psi(c), a=φ(p)a = \varphi(p). Then φ(S∩U)=Φ^−1(c^)\varphi(S \cap U) = \widehat\Phi^{-1}(\widehat c), because φ\varphi and ψ\psi are bijections onto their images, and by the regular-value hypothesis DΦ^(a)D\widehat\Phi(a) has rank kk.

Step 2 (name the solvable block). Since DΦ^(a)D\widehat\Phi(a) is a k×mk \times m matrix of rank kk, it has kk linearly independent columns. Relabel the coordinates of Rm\mathbb{R}^m so that these are the last kk, and split a point as x=(y,w)x = (y, w) with y∈Rm−ky \in \mathbb{R}^{m-k} and w∈Rkw \in \mathbb{R}^{k}, a=(y0,w0)a = (y_0, w_0). Then the k×kk \times k matrix ∂Φ^/∂w\partial \widehat\Phi / \partial w is invertible at aa. Relabelling is a diffeomorphism of Rm\mathbb{R}^m, so it replaces φ\varphi by another smooth chart.

Step 3 (implicit function theorem). By the implicit function theorem applied to Φ^(y,w)−c^=0\widehat\Phi(y, w) - \widehat c = 0 at (y0,w0)(y_0, w_0), there are open sets Y∋y0Y \ni y_0 in Rm−k\mathbb{R}^{m-k} and W∋w0W \ni w_0 in Rk\mathbb{R}^{k} with Y×W⊆U^Y \times W \subseteq \widehat U, and a smooth map h:Y→Wh : Y \to W with h(y0)=w0h(y_0) = w_0, such that for (y,w)∈Y×W(y,w) \in Y \times W,

Φ^(y,w)=c^  ⟺  w=h(y).\widehat\Phi(y, w) = \widehat c \iff w = h(y) .

Thus on Y×WY \times W the level set is the graph of hh.

Step 4 (flatten the graph). Define Θ:Y×W→Rm−k×Rk\Theta : Y \times W \to \mathbb{R}^{m-k} \times \mathbb{R}^{k} by

Θ(y,w)=(y,  w−h(y)).\Theta(y, w) = \bigl(y,\; w - h(y)\bigr).

Θ\Theta is smooth, and it is a diffeomorphism onto its open image because (y,u)↦(y,u+h(y))(y, u) \mapsto (y, u + h(y)) is a smooth inverse. By Step 3, a point of Y×WY \times W lies in the level set exactly when its last kk new coordinates vanish. Hence ( Θ∘φ )(\,\Theta \circ \varphi\,), restricted to φ−1(Y×W)\varphi^{-1}(Y \times W), is a chart of MM — it is smoothly compatible with every smooth chart because it differs from φ\varphi by a diffeomorphism of open subsets of Rm\mathbb{R}^m — and in it SS is the slice {xm−k+1=⋯=xm=0}\{x^{m-k+1} = \dots = x^m = 0\}.

Step 5 (conclude). Step 4 produced a slice chart around an arbitrary p∈Sp \in S, so SS satisfies the local (m−k)(m-k)-slice condition and is therefore an embedded submanifold of dimension m−km-k, that is, of codimension k=dim⁡Nk = \dim N. Finally S=Φ−1(c)S = \Phi^{-1}(c) is closed in MM: {c}\{c\} is closed because NN is Hausdorff, and Φ\Phi is continuous. A closed embedded submanifold is properly embedded, because the preimage of a compact set under the inclusion is a closed subset of that compact set, hence compact. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used.

  • Surjectivity of dΦpd\Phi_p at every point of the level set is used only in Step 2, to produce an invertible k×kk \times k block, and it is indispensable. Take Φ(x,y,z)=x2+y2−z2\Phi(x,y,z) = x^2 + y^2 - z^2 on R3\mathbb{R}^3. Every c≠0c \ne 0 is a regular value and Φ−1(c)\Phi^{-1}(c) is a smooth surface (a hyperboloid). The value c=0c = 0 is not regular, because ∇Φ=(2x,2y,−2z)\nabla\Phi = (2x, 2y, -2z) vanishes at the origin, which lies on Φ−1(0)\Phi^{-1}(0); and indeed the double cone Φ−1(0)\Phi^{-1}(0) is not a topological 22-manifold, since deleting the vertex from a small neighbourhood of it disconnects that neighbourhood, which does not happen in R2\mathbb{R}^2. Note that the failure is at one point only, yet it is enough to disqualify the value c=0c = 0.
  • Regularity is a condition on the level set, not on MM. The theorem does not ask Φ\Phi to be a submersion everywhere; the set of regular points is open, so the restriction of Φ\Phi to a neighbourhood of a regular level set is a submersion, which is all the proof uses.
  • Hausdorff and second-countable are used twice. Hausdorffness makes {c}\{c\} closed in Step 5 and makes compact subsets closed; both properties are inherited by subspaces, which is why the level set is again a manifold in the subspace topology rather than merely locally Euclidean. Dropping Hausdorffness admits objects such as the line with two origins, which is locally Euclidean but on which limits are not unique.
  • Regularity, not smoothness of Φ\Phi, is what does the work. Drop it and both halves of the conclusion go. The lemniscate Φ(x,y)=y2−x2+x4\Phi(x,y) = y^2 - x^2 + x^4, Φ−1(0)\Phi^{-1}(0), crosses itself at the origin, where ∇Φ=(−2x+4x3, 2y)\nabla\Phi = (-2x + 4x^3,\, 2y) vanishes; it is a figure eight, not a 11-manifold. And Φ(x,y)=x2+y2\Phi(x,y) = x^2+y^2 has Φ−1(0)={(0,0)}\Phi^{-1}(0) = \{(0,0)\}, a perfectly good manifold but of dimension 00, not of the predicted m−k=1m - k = 1.
  • Smooth compatibility of charts is what makes "smooth function on MM" well defined at all: if the transition maps were merely continuous, the coordinate representation of ff could be smooth in one chart and not in another.
Method(Showing that a subset of Rm\mathbb{R}^m is a smooth manifold)Original

Given S⊆RmS \subseteq \mathbb{R}^m, here is how to certify that it is embedded, of dimension m−km-k, and how to produce charts on it:

  1. Find a defining map. Write S=Φ−1(c)S = \Phi^{-1}(c) for a smooth Φ:Ω→Rk\Phi : \Omega \to \mathbb{R}^k on an open set Ω⊇S\Omega \supseteq S. Any smooth extension will do; the choice of Ω\Omega can exclude bad points, which is often how a singular locus is avoided.
  2. Compute the Jacobian DΦ=(∂Φa/∂xi)D\Phi = (\partial\Phi^a/\partial x^i), a k×mk \times m matrix of functions.
  3. Check rank kk at every point of SS — not on all of Ω\Omega. For k=1k = 1 this is ∇Φ≠0\nabla\Phi \ne 0; for k≥2k \ge 2, exhibit a k×kk \times k minor that is nonzero, or compute det⁡(DΦ DΦT)≠0\det(D\Phi\,D\Phi^{\mathsf T}) \ne 0.
  4. Conclude that SS is an embedded submanifold of dimension m−km-k, properly embedded, and compact if it is also bounded.
  5. Charts, if wanted. Around a given point, the nonzero minor names kk coordinates to eliminate; the remaining m−km-k coordinates restricted to SS are a chart there, by Steps 3–4 of the proof above. Transition maps between two such charts are smooth because each is built from the same implicit solutions.
Example(The sphere, and an atlas for it)Original

Let S2={x∈R3:∣x∣2=1}S^2 = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^3 : |x|^2 = 1\}.

  1. It is a manifold. Take Φ(x,y,z)=x2+y2+z2\Phi(x,y,z) = x^2+y^2+z^2 on Ω=R3\Omega = \mathbb{R}^3 and c=1c = 1. Then ∇Φ=2(x,y,z)\nabla\Phi = 2(x,y,z), which has norm 22 at every point of S2S^2 and in particular never vanishes there, so 11 is a regular value and S2S^2 is an embedded submanifold of R3\mathbb{R}^3 of codimension 11, hence of dimension 22. It is closed and bounded, so compact.
  2. A two-chart atlas. Stereographic projection from the north pole n=(0,0,1)n = (0,0,1) and the south pole s=(0,0,−1)s = (0,0,-1) gives σN(x,y,z)=(x,y)1−zon S2∖{n},σS(x,y,z)=(x,y)1+zon S2∖{s}.\sigma_N(x,y,z) = \frac{(x,y)}{1-z} \quad\text{on } S^2\setminus\{n\}, \qquad \sigma_S(x,y,z) = \frac{(x,y)}{1+z} \quad\text{on } S^2\setminus\{s\} . Both are homeomorphisms onto R2\mathbb{R}^2, with σN−1(u,v)=1u2+v2+1 (2u,  2v,  u2+v2−1),\sigma_N^{-1}(u,v) = \frac{1}{u^2+v^2+1}\,\bigl(2u,\; 2v,\; u^2+v^2-1\bigr), as one checks by verifying that this point has norm 11 and that applying σN\sigma_N to it returns (u,v)(u,v). The two domains cover S2S^2, so this is an atlas.
  3. Smooth compatibility. On the overlap, u2+v2≠0u^2+v^2 \neq 0, and substituting σN−1\sigma_N^{-1} into σS\sigma_S gives the transition map σS∘σN−1(u,v)=(u,v)u2+v2,\sigma_S \circ \sigma_N^{-1}(u,v) = \frac{(u,v)}{u^2+v^2}, inversion in the unit circle. It is smooth on R2∖{0}\mathbb{R}^2 \setminus \{0\} and equals its own inverse, so the two charts are smoothly compatible and the atlas is smooth.
  4. A number. The Jacobian determinant of the transition map is det⁡∂(σS∘σN−1)∂(u,v)=−1(u2+v2)2,\det \frac{\partial(\sigma_S \circ \sigma_N^{-1})}{\partial(u,v)} = -\frac{1}{(u^2+v^2)^2}, obtained by differentiating the two components and cancelling: the numerator is (v2−u2)(u2−v2)−4u2v2=−(u2+v2)2(v^2-u^2)(u^2-v^2) - 4u^2v^2 = -(u^2+v^2)^2. At (u,v)=(2,1)(u,v) = (2,1) it equals −1/25=−0.04-1/25 = -0.04. It is nonzero everywhere on the overlap, as it must be for a diffeomorphism, and it is negative at every point of the overlap. So no consistent orientation of S2S^2 is obtained by declaring both σN\sigma_N and σS\sigma_S positively oriented. Replacing σS\sigma_S by σ~S(x,y,z)=(x,−y)/(1+z)\widetilde\sigma_S(x,y,z) = (x,-y)/(1+z) repairs this: the new transition map is (u,v)↦(u,−v)/(u2+v2)(u,v) \mapsto (u,-v)/(u^2+v^2), whose Jacobian determinant is +1/(u2+v2)2+1/(u^2+v^2)^2, and the two charts then orient S2S^2.
Example(A torus of revolution as a regular level set)Original

Fix R=3R = 3 and r=1r = 1. On the open set Ω={(x,y,z):x2+y2>0}⊆R3\Omega = \{(x,y,z) : x^2+y^2 > 0\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^3 define

Φ(x,y,z)=(ρ−R)2+z2,ρ=x2+y2,\Phi(x,y,z) = \bigl(\rho - R\bigr)^2 + z^2 , \qquad \rho = \sqrt{x^2+y^2} ,

which is smooth on Ω\Omega because ρ\rho is smooth where ρ>0\rho > 0. Follow the method.

  1. Jacobian. ∂xΦ=2(ρ−R)x/ρ\partial_x \Phi = 2(\rho-R)x/\rho, ∂yΦ=2(ρ−R)y/ρ\partial_y \Phi = 2(\rho-R)y/\rho, ∂zΦ=2z\partial_z \Phi = 2z.
  2. Norm of the gradient. Using x2+y2=ρ2x^2+y^2 = \rho^2, ∣∇Φ∣2=4(ρ−R)2ρ2 (x2+y2)+4z2=4[(ρ−R)2+z2]=4 Φ.|\nabla\Phi|^2 = \frac{4(\rho-R)^2}{\rho^2}\,(x^2+y^2) + 4z^2 = 4\bigl[(\rho-R)^2 + z^2\bigr] = 4\,\Phi .
  3. Regular value. Hence on the level set Φ=r2=1\Phi = r^2 = 1 we get ∣∇Φ∣=2r=2≠0|\nabla\Phi| = 2r = 2 \neq 0, so 11 is a regular value and T=Φ−1(1)T = \Phi^{-1}(1) is an embedded surface in Ω\Omega, and therefore in R3\mathbb{R}^3, since TT is contained in Ω\Omega and Ω\Omega is open. It is compact: TT is bounded (2≤ρ≤42 \le \rho \le 4, ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1) and closed in R3\mathbb{R}^3, because any limit point has ρ≥R−r=2>0\rho \ge R - r = 2 > 0 and so lies in Ω\Omega, where Φ\Phi is continuous.
  4. Why Ω\Omega and not R3\mathbb{R}^3. The formula for Φ\Phi is not differentiable on the zz-axis. Excluding the axis costs nothing, since the axis misses TT by the distance R−r=2R - r = 2.
  5. Where it fails. For r=R=3r = R = 3 the identity ∣∇Φ∣2=4Φ|\nabla\Phi|^2 = 4\Phi still holds, and ∣∇Φ∣=2R≠0|\nabla\Phi| = 2R \ne 0 on Φ−1(R2)\Phi^{-1}(R^2) within Ω\Omega; but the point (0,0,0)(0,0,0) satisfies (ρ−R)2+z2=R2(\rho-R)^2+z^2 = R^2 with ρ=0\rho = 0 and lies outside Ω\Omega, so it is not covered by the theorem. The set {(ρ−3)2+z2=9}⊆R3\{(\rho-3)^2+z^2 = 9\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^3 is a pinched torus and is not a manifold at the origin, exactly as the cone in the remark is not one at its vertex.
ApplicationOriginal

Manifolds enter the applied sciences wherever a system has continuous degrees of freedom subject to constraints. The configuration space of a rigid body with one point fixed is the rotation group, a three-dimensional manifold; that of a double pendulum is a torus S1×S1S^1 \times S^1; the set of unit quaternions used in spacecraft attitude control is S3S^3. In each case the manifold is obtained exactly as the torus above was: a constraint Φ=c\Phi = c is imposed on an ambient space of raw coordinates, and the regular level set theorem both certifies that the constrained set is smooth and tells us its dimension, which is the number of independent degrees of freedom. Nonlinear constrained optimisation and numerical integrators that must stay on a constraint surface (orthogonality-preserving methods, attitude integrators) rely on the same local chart construction from the proof. In general relativity the whole framework is taken as primitive: spacetime is a four-dimensional smooth manifold with no ambient space at all, and the restriction to smoothly compatible charts is precisely the statement that physical laws must not depend on the coordinates used to record them.

Sources

  • Lee (2013), Ch. 1, Ch. 2, Ch. 5, pp. 2–3, 12–13, 34–35, 98, 101–102, 105–106
  • Hassani (2013), §28.1, §28.3, pp. 860–862, 876

Definition · advanced

Tangent vectors and vector fields

Adapted

Defines a tangent vector at a point of a smooth manifold as a derivation of smooth functions, identifies the coordinate vectors as a basis of the tangent space, defines smooth vector fields and their action on functions, and proves that the Lie bracket of two vector fields is again a vector field with the coordinate formula for its components.

Prerequisites: Smooth manifolds, Partial derivatives and the chain rule, Vector spaces and bases

Definition(Tangent vector, tangent space)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 3, p. 54; Hassani (2013), §28.2, Def. 28.2.3, p. 868

Let MM be a smooth manifold and p∈Mp \in M. A derivation at pp is a linear map v:C∞(M)→Rv : C^\infty(M) \to \mathbb{R} satisfying the product rule at pp:

v(fg)=f(p) v(g)+g(p) v(f)for all f,g∈C∞(M).v(fg) = f(p)\, v(g) + g(p)\, v(f) \qquad \text{for all } f, g \in C^\infty(M).

The set of all derivations at pp is a real vector space under pointwise operations, written TpMT_pM and called the tangent space to MM at pp; its elements are tangent vectors at pp.

Two consequences follow at once from the product rule. First, v(1)=v(1⋅1)=2 v(1)v(1) = v(1\cdot 1) = 2\,v(1), so vv annihilates the constant function 11 and, by linearity, every constant. Second, if f(p)=g(p)=0f(p) = g(p) = 0 then v(fg)=0v(fg) = 0.

Tangent vectors act locally: if f,g∈C∞(M)f, g \in C^\infty(M) agree on some neighbourhood WW of pp, then v(f)=v(g)v(f) = v(g). Indeed, put h=f−gh = f - g. Then {h≠0}\{h \neq 0\} misses WW, so the support of hh — the closure of that set — lies in the closed set M∖WM \setminus W, and pp does not: the support and the point are separated, with WW itself an open set between them. Choose a smooth bump function χ\chi that equals 11 on supp⁡h\operatorname{supp} h and vanishes on a neighbourhood of pp, which the separation permits; then χh=h\chi h = h while χ(p)=h(p)=0\chi(p) = h(p) = 0, so v(h)=v(χh)=0v(h) = v(\chi h) = 0 by the second consequence above. Consequently TpUT_pU and TpMT_pM may be identified for any open U∋pU \ni p, and a tangent vector may be applied to a function defined only near pp.

Remark(Two routes to the same space)Original

Hassani reaches the same definition from the physicist's side. Let γ\gamma be a smooth curve in MM with γ(0)=p\gamma(0) = p; then f↦ddu∣u=0 f(γ(u))f \mapsto \frac{d}{du}\big|_{u=0}\, f(\gamma(u)) is linear and obeys the product rule, by the ordinary product rule for functions of one variable, so it is a tangent vector: the velocity of γ\gamma at pp. Different curves can give the same derivation — only the first-order behaviour of γ\gamma at pp matters — and this is what makes "a tangent vector is an arrow" into "a tangent vector is a directional derivative".

The two books differ in the domain they give the derivation: Lee uses C∞(M)C^\infty(M), globally defined smooth functions, while Hassani uses F∞(P)\mathcal{F}^\infty(P), functions defined near pp. By the locality property above the resulting vector spaces are canonically isomorphic, so nothing depends on the choice; we follow Lee and write C∞(M)C^\infty(M), and use locality whenever a function is given only in a chart.

Definition(Coordinate basis)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 3, Cor. 3.3, p. 54, and Prop. 3.15, p. 61

Take a smooth nn-manifold MM, a point pp of it, and around pp a smooth chart (U,φ)(U, \varphi) whose coordinate functions we write φ=(x1,…,xn)\varphi = (x^1, \dots, x^n). For i=1,…,ni = 1, \dots, n define ∂/∂xi∣p∈TpM\partial/\partial x^i|_p \in T_pM by

∂∂xi∣pf  =  ∂f^∂xi(φ(p)),f^=f∘φ−1,\frac{\partial}{\partial x^i}\Big|_p f \;=\; \frac{\partial \widehat f}{\partial x^i}\bigl(\varphi(p)\bigr), \qquad \widehat f = f \circ \varphi^{-1} ,

in words: push ff down into the chart and differentiate the resulting function of nn real variables in its ii-th slot, at the image of pp. These nn coordinate vectors form a basis of TpMT_pM, which therefore has dimension n=dim⁡Mn = \dim M. The components of v∈TpMv \in T_pM in this basis are recovered by letting vv act on the coordinate functions:

v=vi ∂∂xi∣p,vi=v(xi),v = v^i \,\frac{\partial}{\partial x^i}\Big|_p , \qquad v^i = v(x^i) ,

with the summation convention in force. If (V,ψ)(V, \psi), ψ=(x~1,…,x~n)\psi = (\tilde x^1, \dots, \tilde x^n), is a second chart containing pp, the chain rule applied to the transition map gives the change of basis and of components

∂∂xi∣p=∂x~ j∂xi(p) ∂∂x~ j∣p,v~ j=∂x~ j∂xi(p) vi,\frac{\partial}{\partial x^i}\Big|_p = \frac{\partial \tilde x^{\,j}}{\partial x^i}(p)\, \frac{\partial}{\partial \tilde x^{\,j}}\Big|_p , \qquad \tilde v^{\,j} = \frac{\partial \tilde x^{\,j}}{\partial x^i}(p)\, v^i ,

which is the transformation law that makes vv a contravariant vector in the sense of Tensors and their transformation laws.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Why should there be no derivations beyond the partial derivatives? Because a smooth function is, to first order, its value plus a linear term, and a derivation kills constants and kills products of functions vanishing at the point. Taylor's theorem with an integral remainder makes this exact: near a point, ff equals its value plus ∑i(xi−ai)gi(x)\sum_i (x^i - a^i) g_i(x) with gig_i smooth and gi(a)=∂if^(a)g_i(a) = \partial_i \widehat f(a). Applying vv annihilates the constant, and the product rule leaves only ∑iv(xi) ∂if^(a)\sum_i v(x^i)\, \partial_i \widehat f(a). So vv is determined by the nn numbers v(xi)v(x^i), and the coordinate vectors realise every choice of them.

Proof(Coordinate basis)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 3, Prop. 3.2 and Cor. 3.3, pp. 53–54, and Prop. 3.15, p. 61

By locality we may work inside the chart, so assume MM is an open set U^⊆Rn\widehat U \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n containing a=φ(p)a = \varphi(p), with the identity chart; the general case follows by transporting along φ\varphi, which is a diffeomorphism onto U^\widehat U.

Step 1 (they are tangent vectors, and they are independent). Each ∂/∂xi∣a\partial/\partial x^i|_a is linear and obeys the product rule, by the ordinary product rule for partial derivatives. If ci ∂/∂xi∣a=0c^i \,\partial/\partial x^i|_a = 0, apply it to the coordinate function xjx^j: since ∂xj/∂xi=δij\partial x^j/\partial x^i = \delta^j_i, we get cj=0c^j = 0 for each jj. So the nn vectors are linearly independent.

Step 2 (Taylor with remainder). Let f^\widehat f be smooth on a ball B⊆U^B \subseteq \widehat U centred at aa. For x∈Bx \in B the segment from aa to xx stays in BB, so we may integrate the derivative of t↦f^(a+t(x−a))t \mapsto \widehat f(a + t(x-a)) from 00 to 11; the fundamental theorem of calculus and the chain rule then give

f^(x)=f^(a)+∑i=1n(xi−ai) gi(x),gi(x)=∫01∂f^∂xi(a+t(x−a)) dt.\widehat f(x) = \widehat f(a) + \sum_{i=1}^n (x^i - a^i)\, g_i(x), \qquad g_i(x) = \int_0^1 \frac{\partial \widehat f}{\partial x^i}\bigl(a + t(x-a)\bigr)\, dt .

Each gig_i is smooth on BB, by differentiation under the integral sign, and gi(a)=∂if^(a)g_i(a) = \partial_i \widehat f(a).

Step 3 (apply a derivation). Let vv be a derivation at aa. The function x↦f^(a)x \mapsto \widehat f(a) is constant, so vv kills it. In each remaining term both factors (xi−ai)(x^i - a^i) and gi(x)−gi(a)g_i(x) - g_i(a) vanish at aa, so vv kills their product; writing gi=gi(a)+(gi−gi(a))g_i = g_i(a) + (g_i - g_i(a)) and using the product rule,

v((xi−ai) gi)=gi(a) v(xi−ai)+(ai−ai) v(gi)=∂f^∂xi(a) v(xi).v\bigl((x^i - a^i)\,g_i\bigr) = g_i(a)\, v(x^i - a^i) + (a^i - a^i)\,v(g_i) = \frac{\partial \widehat f}{\partial x^i}(a)\, v(x^i) .

Summing, v(f)=v(xi) ∂if^(a)=(v(xi) ∂/∂xi∣a)fv(f) = v(x^i)\,\partial_i \widehat f(a) = \bigl(v(x^i)\,\partial/\partial x^i|_a\bigr) f. Since ff was arbitrary, v=v(xi) ∂/∂xi∣av = v(x^i)\,\partial/\partial x^i|_a, so the coordinate vectors span. With Step 1 they are a basis, and dim⁡TpM=n\dim T_pM = n.

Step 4 (change of chart). For ff smooth near pp and the two charts xx, x~\tilde x, the chain rule for the transition map ψ∘φ−1\psi \circ \varphi^{-1} reads ∂(f∘φ−1)/∂xi=(∂x~ j/∂xi) ∂(f∘ψ−1)/∂x~ j\partial (f \circ \varphi^{-1})/\partial x^i = \bigl(\partial \tilde x^{\,j}/\partial x^i\bigr)\, \partial (f \circ \psi^{-1})/\partial \tilde x^{\,j}, evaluated at the corresponding points. That is the stated change of basis; equating the two expansions of a fixed vv and using uniqueness of components gives the law for v~ j\tilde v^{\,j}. □\square

Definition(Vector field)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 8, pp. 174–175 and Prop. 8.14, p. 180; Hassani (2013), §28.4.1, Def. 28.4.2, p. 877 and p. 878

A vector field XX on MM assigns to each p∈Mp \in M a tangent vector Xp∈TpMX_p \in T_pM. In a smooth chart (U,xi)(U, x^i) it has component functions Xi:U→RX^i : U \to \mathbb{R} determined by

Xp=Xi(p) ∂∂xi∣p,Xi=X(xi),X_p = X^i(p)\, \frac{\partial}{\partial x^i}\Big|_p , \qquad X^i = X(x^i) ,

and XX is smooth when its component functions are smooth in every smooth chart (equivalently, in the charts of one atlas, since transition maps are smooth and the components transform by the Jacobian of the transition map). The set of smooth vector fields on MM is written X(M)\mathfrak{X}(M); it is a vector space over R\mathbb{R} and a module over C∞(M)C^\infty(M).

A smooth vector field acts on functions: for f∈C∞(U)f \in C^\infty(U), UU open, define Xf:U→RXf : U \to \mathbb{R} by (Xf)(p)=Xpf(Xf)(p) = X_p f. In coordinates Xf=Xi ∂f^/∂xiXf = X^i\, \partial \widehat f/\partial x^i, so XfXf is smooth whenever ff is. The resulting map X:C∞(M)→C∞(M)X : C^\infty(M) \to C^\infty(M) is R\mathbb{R}-linear and satisfies the derivation identity

X(fg)=f (Xg)+g (Xf),X(fg) = f\,(Xg) + g\,(Xf) ,

which is the pointwise product rule read as an identity between functions. Conversely every R\mathbb{R}-linear map D:C∞(M)→C∞(M)D : C^\infty(M) \to C^\infty(M) obeying that identity is f↦Xff \mapsto Xf for a unique smooth XX, namely the one with Xpf=(Df)(p)X_p f = (Df)(p): that recipe defines a derivation at each pp, and the field so defined is smooth because Xf=DfXf = Df is smooth for every smooth ff. We therefore use the same letter for the field and for the operator.

A curve γ:I→M\gamma : I \to M is an integral curve of XX if its velocity at each time is the value of XX there, that is γ˙(t)=Xγ(t)\dot\gamma(t) = X_{\gamma(t)}; in coordinates this is the system x˙i=Xi(x)\dot x^i = X^i(x). Integral curves, the flow they generate and the Lie derivative along it are the subject of Flows and integral curves.

Definition(Lie bracket)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 8, p. 186; Hassani (2013), §28.4.1, p. 879

For X,Y∈X(M)X, Y \in \mathfrak{X}(M) the Lie bracket [X,Y][X, Y] is the operator on C∞(M)C^\infty(M)

[X,Y]f=X(Yf)−Y(Xf).[X, Y] f = X(Yf) - Y(Xf) .

The point of the antisymmetrisation is that neither XYXY nor YXYX is itself a vector field, while the difference is.

Definition(The bracket is a vector field, with its coordinate formula)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 8, Lemma 8.25 and Prop. 8.26, pp. 186–187; Hassani (2013), §28.4.1, p. 879

Let X,Y,Z∈X(M)X, Y, Z \in \mathfrak{X}(M) and let (U,xi)(U, x^i) be a smooth chart.

  1. [X,Y][X, Y] is a smooth vector field on MM, and in the chart, with X=Xi ∂/∂xiX = X^i\,\partial/\partial x^i and Y=Yj ∂/∂xjY = Y^j\,\partial/\partial x^j,

    [X,Y]=(Xi∂Yj∂xi−Yi∂Xj∂xi)∂∂xj  =  (XYj−YXj) ∂∂xj.[X, Y] = \Bigl( X^i \frac{\partial Y^j}{\partial x^i} - Y^i \frac{\partial X^j}{\partial x^i} \Bigr) \frac{\partial}{\partial x^j} \;=\; \bigl( X Y^j - Y X^j \bigr)\, \frac{\partial}{\partial x^j} .

    In particular all second derivatives cancel: the bracket is first order, although its definition is not.

  2. [ ∂/∂xi, ∂/∂xj ]=0[\,\partial/\partial x^i,\, \partial/\partial x^j\,] = 0 for all i,ji, j: coordinate vector fields commute.

  3. The bracket is R\mathbb{R}-bilinear, antisymmetric, [X,Y]=−[Y,X][X, Y] = -[Y, X], and satisfies the Jacobi identity

    [[X,Y],Z]+[[Z,X],Y]+[[Y,Z],X]=0,\bigl[[X, Y], Z\bigr] + \bigl[[Z, X], Y\bigr] + \bigl[[Y, Z], X\bigr] = 0 ,

    so X(M)\mathfrak{X}(M) with the bracket is a Lie algebra over R\mathbb{R} — infinite-dimensional, unlike the finite-dimensional Lie algebras of Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Both halves of part 1 come from the same cancellation. Applying XYXY to a product fgfg produces the terms one wants, f XYg+g XYff\,XYg + g\,XYf, plus two cross terms Xf Yg+Xg YfXf\,Yg + Xg\,Yf. Those cross terms are symmetric in XX and YY, so they drop out of the difference XY−YXXY - YX, which is therefore a derivation. In coordinates the same symmetry is the equality of mixed partial derivatives: the second-derivative terms of XYXY and YXYX are both XiYj ∂i∂jfX^iY^j\,\partial_i\partial_j f and cancel, leaving only terms in which one derivative has landed on a component function.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 8, Lemma 8.25 and Prop. 8.26, pp. 186–187

Step 1 ([X,Y][X,Y] is a derivation). It is R\mathbb{R}-linear, being a difference of composites of linear maps, and it sends smooth functions to smooth functions, since XX and YY do. For f,g∈C∞(M)f, g \in C^\infty(M), expand each term with the derivation identity twice:

X(Y(fg))=X(f Yg+g Yf)=f XYg+Xf Yg+g XYf+Xg Yf,X\bigl(Y(fg)\bigr) = X\bigl(f\,Yg + g\,Yf\bigr) = f\,XYg + Xf\,Yg + g\,XYf + Xg\,Yf ,

and the same with XX and YY interchanged,

Y(X(fg))=f YXg+Yf Xg+g YXf+Yg Xf.Y\bigl(X(fg)\bigr) = f\,YXg + Yf\,Xg + g\,YXf + Yg\,Xf .

The two cross terms Xf Yg+Xg YfXf\,Yg + Xg\,Yf are unchanged by the interchange, so subtracting leaves

[X,Y](fg)=f (XYg−YXg)+g (XYf−YXf)=f [X,Y]g+g [X,Y]f.[X,Y](fg) = f\,\bigl(XYg - YXg\bigr) + g\,\bigl(XYf - YXf\bigr) = f\,[X,Y]g + g\,[X,Y]f .

By the converse half of the definition of a vector field above, [X,Y][X,Y] is a smooth vector field.

Step 2 (coordinate formula). Since the bracket is now known to be a vector field, its action is local, so we may compute in a single chart, writing ff for the coordinate representation and ∂i\partial_i for ∂/∂xi\partial/\partial x^i:

X(Yf)=Xi∂i(Yj∂jf)=Xi(∂iYj)(∂jf)+XiYj ∂i∂jf.X(Yf) = X^i \partial_i \bigl( Y^j \partial_j f \bigr) = X^i (\partial_i Y^j)(\partial_j f) + X^i Y^j\, \partial_i \partial_j f .

Interchanging XX and YY and subtracting, the second-derivative terms are XiYj∂i∂jf−YiXj∂i∂jfX^iY^j \partial_i\partial_j f - Y^iX^j \partial_i\partial_j f; relabelling the summed indices i↔ji \leftrightarrow j in the second and using ∂i∂jf=∂j∂if\partial_i\partial_j f = \partial_j\partial_i f, which holds because ff is smooth, they cancel. What remains is

[X,Y]f=(Xi∂iYj−Yi∂iXj) ∂jf,[X,Y]f = \bigl( X^i \partial_i Y^j - Y^i \partial_i X^j \bigr)\, \partial_j f ,

which is the claimed formula. Part 2 follows by taking XiX^i, YjY^j constant.

Step 3 (algebraic identities). Bilinearity and antisymmetry are immediate from [X,Y]f=XYf−YXf[X,Y]f = XYf - YXf. For the Jacobi identity, expand each double bracket as an operator on C∞(M)C^\infty(M):

[[X,Y],Z]=XYZ−YXZ−ZXY+ZYX.\bigl[[X,Y],Z\bigr] = XYZ - YXZ - ZXY + ZYX .

The two cyclic permutations give the analogous four-term expressions, so the sum has twelve terms. Only six distinct words of length three can occur — the six orderings of XX, YY, ZZ — and each therefore appears exactly twice, once with each sign. For XYZXYZ: it comes with ++ from [[X,Y],Z]\bigl[[X,Y],Z\bigr] and with −- from [[Y,Z],X]\bigl[[Y,Z],X\bigr], whose expansion YZX−ZYX−XYZ+XZYYZX - ZYX - XYZ + XZY contains −XYZ-XYZ; the other five cancel in the same way. Hence the sum is zero. □\square

RemarkOriginal

Where the hypotheses are used.

  • Smoothness of ff is used exactly once, in Step 2, to interchange mixed partial derivatives. It is what makes the bracket first order. For a function with unequal mixed partials the expression XYf−YXfXYf - YXf would still make sense but would not be given by the first-order formula.
  • Antisymmetry is essential, not cosmetic. The composite XYXY alone is not a vector field. On R2\mathbb{R}^2 take X=∂/∂xX = \partial/\partial x, Y=∂/∂yY = \partial/\partial y, f=xf = x, g=yg = y. Then XY(fg)=∂x∂y(xy)=∂xx=1XY(fg) = \partial_x\partial_y(xy) = \partial_x x = 1, whereas f XYg+g XYf=x ∂x∂yy+y ∂x∂yx=0f\,XYg + g\,XYf = x\,\partial_x\partial_y y + y\,\partial_x\partial_y x = 0. So XYXY fails the derivation identity, while [X,Y]=0[X,Y] = 0 here.
  • The bracket is not C∞(M)C^\infty(M)-bilinear. For h∈C∞(M)h \in C^\infty(M) one computes from the coordinate formula that [X,hY]=h [X,Y]+(Xh) Y[X, hY] = h\,[X,Y] + (Xh)\,Y. So the value of [X,Y][X,Y] at pp is not determined by XpX_p and YpY_p alone: it needs the fields near pp. This is why the bracket is not a tensor, in contrast with the metric of The metric tensor.
  • Smoothness of the fields is used so that XfXf is again smooth and YY can be applied to it. For merely continuous fields X(Yf)X(Yf) need not exist.
  • The locality of tangent vectors is what licenses computing in one chart in Step 2 and transporting the answer; it is proved from the product rule and a bump function, so it needs smooth bump functions to exist, which is where second countability of a manifold is eventually used.
Method(Computing a Lie bracket)Original
  1. Write both fields in one chart as X=Xi∂iX = X^i \partial_i, Y=Yj∂jY = Y^j \partial_j, listing the components as functions of the coordinates.
  2. For each jj, compute the single number-valued function XYj−YXjX Y^j - Y X^j — that is, differentiate the jj-th component of YY along XX, differentiate the jj-th component of XX along YY, and subtract. Never expand XYfXY f on a test function; the second derivatives only cancel again.
  3. Assemble [X,Y]=(XYj−YXj) ∂j[X,Y] = (XY^j - YX^j)\,\partial_j.
  4. Check: evaluate at a convenient point, and verify antisymmetry by recomputing [Y,X][Y,X] or by inspecting the signs. If either field has constant components in the chart, the corresponding term drops.
  5. If the fields are given in another coordinate system, either transform the components first, or use that the bracket is chart-independent and compute in whichever chart makes the components simplest.
Example(A bracket in R3\mathbb{R}^3)Original

On M=R3M = \mathbb{R}^3 with coordinates (x,y,z)(x,y,z) take

X=x ∂∂x+yz ∂∂z,Y=y2 ∂∂x+x ∂∂y.X = x\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x} + yz\,\frac{\partial}{\partial z} , \qquad Y = y^2\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x} + x\,\frac{\partial}{\partial y} .

So X=(X1,X2,X3)=(x,0,yz)X = (X^1,X^2,X^3) = (x, 0, yz) and Y=(y2,x,0)Y = (y^2, x, 0).

  1. First component. XY1=X(y2)=0XY^1 = X(y^2) = 0, because XX has no ∂/∂y\partial/\partial y part. YX1=Y(x)=y2YX^1 = Y(x) = y^2. So [X,Y]1=−y2[X,Y]^1 = -y^2.
  2. Second component. XY2=X(x)=xXY^2 = X(x) = x. YX2=Y(0)=0YX^2 = Y(0) = 0. So [X,Y]2=x[X,Y]^2 = x.
  3. Third component. XY3=X(0)=0XY^3 = X(0) = 0. YX3=Y(yz)=y2 ∂x(yz)+x ∂y(yz)=xzYX^3 = Y(yz) = y^2\,\partial_x(yz) + x\,\partial_y(yz) = xz. So [X,Y]3=−xz[X,Y]^3 = -xz.
  4. Result. [X,Y]=−y2 ∂∂x+x ∂∂y−xz ∂∂z.[X, Y] = -y^2\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x} + x\,\frac{\partial}{\partial y} - xz\,\frac{\partial}{\partial z} .
  5. A number. At the point (2,3,−1)(2, 3, -1) the components are (−9,  2,  2)(-9,\; 2,\; 2).
  6. Check by the definition. Take the test function f=xzf = xz. Then Yf=y2zYf = y^2 z and X(Yf)=y2 X(z)=y2⋅yz=y3zX(Yf) = y^2\,X(z) = y^2 \cdot yz = y^3 z; while Xf=x z+yz⋅x=xz+xyzXf = x\,z + yz\cdot x = xz + xyz and Y(Xf)=y2 ∂x(xz+xyz)+x ∂y(xz+xyz)=y2(z+yz)+x⋅xz=y2z+y3z+x2zY(Xf) = y^2\,\partial_x(xz+xyz) + x\,\partial_y(xz+xyz) = y^2(z + yz) + x\cdot xz = y^2 z + y^3 z + x^2 z. Subtracting, [X,Y]f=−y2z−x2z[X,Y]f = -y^2z - x^2 z. The coordinate formula gives [X,Y](xz)=−y2⋅z+x⋅0−xz⋅x=−y2z−x2z[X,Y](xz) = -y^2\cdot z + x\cdot 0 - xz\cdot x = -y^2 z - x^2 z. The two agree, and at (2,3,−1)(2,3,-1) both equal 9+4=139 + 4 = 13.
Example(The rotation generators)Original

On R3\mathbb{R}^3 the infinitesimal rotations about the three axes are the vector fields

L1=y ∂∂z−z ∂∂y,L2=z ∂∂x−x ∂∂z,L3=x ∂∂y−y ∂∂x,L_1 = y\,\frac{\partial}{\partial z} - z\,\frac{\partial}{\partial y}, \qquad L_2 = z\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x} - x\,\frac{\partial}{\partial z}, \qquad L_3 = x\,\frac{\partial}{\partial y} - y\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x} ,

that is, Li=εijk xj ∂/∂xkL_i = \varepsilon_{ijk}\,x^j\,\partial/\partial x^k. Their components are L1=(0,−z,y)L_1 = (0, -z, y), L2=(z,0,−x)L_2 = (z, 0, -x), L3=(−y,x,0)L_3 = (-y, x, 0). By the method,

  • [L1,L2]1=L1(z)−L2(0)=y[L_1, L_2]^1 = L_1(z) - L_2(0) = y,
  • [L1,L2]2=L1(0)−L2(−z)=−(z ∂x(−z)−x ∂z(−z))=−x[L_1, L_2]^2 = L_1(0) - L_2(-z) = -\bigl(z\,\partial_x(-z) - x\,\partial_z(-z)\bigr) = -x,
  • [L1,L2]3=L1(−x)−L2(y)=0−0=0[L_1, L_2]^3 = L_1(-x) - L_2(y) = 0 - 0 = 0,

so [L1,L2]=y ∂x−x ∂y=−L3[L_1, L_2] = y\,\partial_x - x\,\partial_y = -L_3, and cyclically [Li,Lj]=−εijkLk[L_i, L_j] = -\varepsilon_{ijk} L_k. The three fields therefore span a three-dimensional Lie subalgebra of X(R3)\mathfrak{X}(\mathbb{R}^3), closed under the bracket although X(R3)\mathfrak{X}(\mathbb{R}^3) itself is infinite-dimensional.

The sign is a convention, not a discrepancy. Quantum mechanics uses the operators L^i=−iℏ Li\widehat L_i = -i\hbar\, L_i, and then [L^1,L^2]=(−iℏ)2[L1,L2]=−ℏ2(−L3)=iℏ L^3[\widehat L_1, \widehat L_2] = (-i\hbar)^2 [L_1, L_2] = -\hbar^2(-L_3) = i\hbar\,\widehat L_3, the familiar commutation relation of Angular momentum algebra. Each LiL_i is tangent to every sphere ∣x∣=r|x| = r, since Li(x2+y2+z2)=0L_i(x^2+y^2+z^2) = 0, so the same three fields restrict to vector fields on S2S^2 with the same brackets.

ApplicationOriginal

Reading a vector field as a first-order differential operator is what lets the same object be a flow, a symmetry and an observable. In fluid mechanics XX is the velocity field and XfXf is the advective rate of change of a tracer ff; the bracket [X,Y][X,Y] then measures the failure of two advections to commute. In mechanics the Hamiltonian vector field of a function is the generator of its flow, and the Lie bracket of two such fields corresponds to the Poisson bracket of the functions (see Symplectic manifolds and Hamiltonian vector fields), which is why conserved quantities form a Lie algebra. In control theory the bracket of two control fields is the direction a system can move by alternating the two controls even when neither points that way — the reason a car can be parked sideways — and the dimension of the Lie algebra they generate decides controllability. In quantum mechanics the generators above become the angular-momentum operators, whose commutators fix the representation theory and hence the spectra of atoms.

Sources

  • Lee (2013), Ch. 3, Ch. 8, pp. 53–56, 60–61, 174–175, 180–181, 185–187
  • Hassani (2013), §28.2, §28.4.1, pp. 867–869, 877–879

Definition · advanced

The Riemann curvature tensor

Adapted

Defines the Riemann tensor as the obstruction to interchanging two covariant derivatives, derives its coordinate formula and its algebraic symmetries, and builds the Ricci tensor and the scalar curvature from it.

Prerequisites: Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative, The metric tensor, Tensors and their transformation laws

Definition(The Riemann, Ricci and scalar curvatures)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Ch. 26, Exercise 26.27, p. 981; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.4, p. 728

Let u1,…,unu^1,\dots,u^n be coordinates on a region carrying a metric gijg_{ij}, with inverse gijg^{ij}, and let

Γikl  =  12 glm(∂gmi∂uk+∂gmk∂ui−∂gik∂um)\Gamma^{l}_{ik} \;=\; \tfrac12\, g^{lm}\Bigl(\frac{\partial g_{mi}}{\partial u^{k}} + \frac{\partial g_{mk}}{\partial u^{i}} - \frac{\partial g_{ik}}{\partial u^{m}}\Bigr)

be the Christoffel symbols of the covariant derivative; they are symmetric in ii and kk. A semicolon denotes covariant differentiation, and repeated indices are summed. For a covector field viv_i we write vi;jk=(vi;j);kv_{i;jk} = (v_{i;j})_{;k}, so the outer derivative carries the last index.

  • The Riemann curvature tensor has components RlijkR^{l}{}_{ijk} defined by the requirement that

    vi;jk−vi;kj  =  Rlijk vlv_{i;jk} - v_{i;kj} \;=\; R^{l}{}_{ijk}\, v_{l}

    hold for every covector field vv. Part 1 of the statement below shows that this determines RlijkR^{l}{}_{ijk} and gives its formula in terms of the Γ\Gamma's.

  • The fully covariant form is Rlijk=glmRmijkR_{lijk} = g_{lm}R^{m}{}_{ijk}.

  • The Ricci tensor is the contraction Rij=RkikjR_{ij} = R^{k}{}_{ikj}, and the scalar curvature (or Ricci scalar) is R=gijRijR = g^{ij}R_{ij}. Both are obtained from the Riemann tensor by contracting indices.

  • The region is flat if there are coordinates in which all the gijg_{ij} are constants.

Stakgold and Holst place the outer derivative on the last index too, but define their curvature tensor by commuting a vector field rather than a covector; theirs is therefore the negative of the one defined here. The remark on conventions below records what that changes.

Definition(Coordinate formula, symmetries and flatness)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 26.27, p. 981; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Exercise 4.1.5, p. 214

With the notation of the definition, and with ∂j=∂/∂uj\partial_j = \partial/\partial u^{j}:

  1. Formula. For every covector field, vi;jk−vi;kj=Rlijkvlv_{i;jk} - v_{i;kj} = R^{l}{}_{ijk}v_{l} with

    Rlijk  =  ∂jΓikl−∂kΓijl+ΓikmΓmjl−ΓijmΓmkl.R^{l}{}_{ijk} \;=\; \partial_j \Gamma^{l}_{ik} - \partial_k \Gamma^{l}_{ij} + \Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma^{l}_{mj} - \Gamma^{m}_{ij}\Gamma^{l}_{mk}.

    These n4n^4 functions are the components of a tensor of type (1,3)(1,3): one contravariant and three covariant indices.

  2. Symmetries. Writing Rlijk=glmRmijkR_{lijk} = g_{lm}R^{m}{}_{ijk},

    Rlijk=−Rlikj,Rlijk=−Riljk,Rlijk=Rjkli,R_{lijk} = -R_{likj}, \qquad R_{lijk} = -R_{iljk}, \qquad R_{lijk} = R_{jkli},

    and the first Bianchi identity holds:

    Rlijk+Rljki+Rlkij=0.R_{lijk} + R_{ljki} + R_{lkij} = 0 .
  3. Count. In four dimensions the first two antisymmetries cut the number of independent components from 256256 to 3636, the pair symmetry Rlijk=RjkliR_{lijk}=R_{jkli} cuts it to 2121, and the Bianchi identity cuts it to 2020.

  4. Ricci. Rij=RjiR_{ij} = R_{ji}, so the Ricci tensor is a symmetric covariant 2-tensor and R=gijRijR = g^{ij}R_{ij} is a scalar.

  5. Flatness. If the region is flat, then every component RlijkR^{l}{}_{ijk} vanishes, and it vanishes in every coordinate system on the region, curvilinear ones included.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Two ordinary partial derivatives commute. Two covariant derivatives do not, because each one subtracts a Christoffel correction that itself varies from point to point, and differentiating that correction leaves a residue. The residue is algebraic in vv: all the terms in which vv is differentiated are symmetric in the two differentiation indices and cancel. What survives multiplies vlv_l, and the quotient rule then makes the coefficient a tensor. The symmetries are read off once the whole thing is written out in terms of gg and its first and second derivatives: the second-derivative part is a four-term combination whose index pattern displays all three symmetries at a glance, and the ΓΓ\Gamma\Gamma part is handled by relabelling the summed indices.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 26.27, p. 981; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 26.29, p. 982; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Exercise 4.1.5 and its note, p. 214

1. The formula, and the tensor character.

The covariant derivative of a covector is vi;j=∂jvi−Γijmvmv_{i;j} = \partial_j v_i - \Gamma^{m}_{ij}v_m, and vi;jv_{i;j} is a covariant 2-tensor, so

vi;jk  =  ∂k(vi;j)−Γikm vm;j−Γjkm vi;m.v_{i;jk} \;=\; \partial_k\bigl(v_{i;j}\bigr) - \Gamma^{m}_{ik}\,v_{m;j} - \Gamma^{m}_{jk}\,v_{i;m}.

Subtract the same expression with jj and kk exchanged, and take the four kinds of term in turn.

  • The last term, Γjkmvi;m\Gamma^{m}_{jk}v_{i;m}, is unchanged by exchanging jj and kk, because the Christoffel symbols are symmetric in their two lower indices. It cancels.

  • Expanding ∂k(vi;j)=∂k∂jvi−(∂kΓijm)vm−Γijm∂kvm\partial_k(v_{i;j}) = \partial_k\partial_j v_i - (\partial_k\Gamma^{m}_{ij})v_m - \Gamma^{m}_{ij}\partial_k v_m, the term ∂k∂jvi\partial_k\partial_j v_i cancels, since mixed partial derivatives of the smooth function viv_i commute.

  • The two terms in which vv is differentiated once, namely −Γijm∂kvm-\Gamma^{m}_{ij}\partial_k v_m from the expansion and −Γikm∂jvm-\Gamma^{m}_{ik}\partial_j v_m from −Γikmvm;j-\Gamma^{m}_{ik}v_{m;j}, together form an expression symmetric under j↔kj \leftrightarrow k. They cancel too.

  • What is left is undifferentiated vv:

    vi;jk−vi;kj=(−∂kΓijl+ΓikmΓmjl)vl−(−∂jΓikl+ΓijmΓmkl)vl,v_{i;jk} - v_{i;kj} = \bigl(-\partial_k\Gamma^{l}_{ij} + \Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma^{l}_{mj}\bigr)v_l - \bigl(-\partial_j\Gamma^{l}_{ik} + \Gamma^{m}_{ij}\Gamma^{l}_{mk}\bigr)v_l,

    which is RlijkvlR^{l}{}_{ijk}v_l with RlijkR^{l}{}_{ijk} as stated.

The left-hand side is a covariant 3-tensor for each choice of vv, and vlv_l is an arbitrary covector. By the quotient rule, the coefficients RlijkR^{l}{}_{ijk} are the components of a tensor of type (1,3)(1,3).

2. Symmetries. Write Γlik=glmΓikm\Gamma_{lik} = g_{lm}\Gamma^{m}_{ik} for the Christoffel symbols with the first index lowered, so that

Γlik=12(∂iglk+∂kgli−∂lgik),Γlik=Γlki,\Gamma_{lik} = \tfrac12\bigl(\partial_i g_{lk} + \partial_k g_{li} - \partial_l g_{ik}\bigr), \qquad \Gamma_{lik} = \Gamma_{lki},

and note the identity ∂jglm=Γlmj+Γmlj\partial_j g_{lm} = \Gamma_{lmj} + \Gamma_{mlj}, which is obtained by adding the two half-sums and is the content of the relation gij;k=0g_{ij;k}=0.

Step 2a: lower the index. Using glm∂jΓikm=∂jΓlik−(∂jglm)Γikmg_{lm}\partial_j\Gamma^{m}_{ik} = \partial_j\Gamma_{lik} - (\partial_j g_{lm})\Gamma^{m}_{ik} and the same for the kk-derivative,

Rlijk=∂jΓlik−∂kΓlij−(∂jglm)Γikm+(∂kglm)Γijm+ΓikmΓlmj−ΓijmΓlmk.R_{lijk} = \partial_j\Gamma_{lik} - \partial_k\Gamma_{lij} - (\partial_j g_{lm})\Gamma^{m}_{ik} + (\partial_k g_{lm})\Gamma^{m}_{ij} + \Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma_{lmj} - \Gamma^{m}_{ij}\Gamma_{lmk}.

Substituting ∂jglm=Γlmj+Γmlj\partial_j g_{lm} = \Gamma_{lmj}+\Gamma_{mlj} kills the terms ΓikmΓlmj\Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma_{lmj} and ΓijmΓlmk\Gamma^{m}_{ij}\Gamma_{lmk}, leaving

Rlijk=∂jΓlik−∂kΓlij−ΓikmΓmlj+ΓijmΓmlk.R_{lijk} = \partial_j\Gamma_{lik} - \partial_k\Gamma_{lij} - \Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma_{mlj} + \Gamma^{m}_{ij}\Gamma_{mlk}.

Step 2b: separate second from first derivatives. Inserting the half-sums for Γlik\Gamma_{lik} and Γlij\Gamma_{lij}, four of the six second-derivative terms survive, and writing ΓikmΓmlj=gmpΓpikΓmlj\Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma_{mlj} = g^{mp}\Gamma_{pik}\Gamma_{mlj} gives

Rlijk  =  12(∂i∂jglk+∂k∂lgij−∂j∂lgik−∂i∂kglj)  +  gmp(ΓpijΓmlk−ΓpikΓmlj).(∗)R_{lijk} \;=\; \tfrac12\bigl(\partial_i\partial_j g_{lk} + \partial_k\partial_l g_{ij} - \partial_j\partial_l g_{ik} - \partial_i\partial_k g_{lj}\bigr) \;+\; g^{mp}\bigl(\Gamma_{pij}\Gamma_{mlk} - \Gamma_{pik}\Gamma_{mlj}\bigr). \tag{$\ast$}

Step 2c: read off the three symmetries. In (∗)(\ast) the second-derivative bracket has one term for each of the four pairings, with a plus sign when the pair {l,k}\{l,k\} or {i,j}\{i,j\} sits on gg and a minus sign otherwise.

  • Exchanging jj and kk sends the bracket to its negative (the first and fourth terms swap with sign change, as do the second and third), and in the quadratic part the two products swap; so Rlijk=−RlikjR_{lijk} = -R_{likj}. The same conclusion is immediate from the original formula, where jj and kk enter antisymmetrically.
  • Exchanging ll and ii sends the bracket to its negative in the same way; in the quadratic part it gives gmp(ΓpljΓmik−ΓplkΓmij)g^{mp}(\Gamma_{plj}\Gamma_{mik} - \Gamma_{plk}\Gamma_{mij}), which becomes the negative of the original after renaming the summed indices m↔pm \leftrightarrow p. Hence Rlijk=−RiljkR_{lijk} = -R_{iljk}.
  • Replacing (l,i,j,k)(l,i,j,k) by (j,k,l,i)(j,k,l,i) leaves the bracket term for term unchanged; in the quadratic part it gives gmp(ΓpklΓmji−ΓpkiΓmjl)g^{mp}(\Gamma_{pkl}\Gamma_{mji} - \Gamma_{pki}\Gamma_{mjl}), which equals the original once the symmetry Γlik=Γlki\Gamma_{lik}=\Gamma_{lki} is used and m↔pm\leftrightarrow p renamed in the first product. Hence Rlijk=RjkliR_{lijk} = R_{jkli}.
  • For the Bianchi identity, add (∗)(\ast) for (l,i,j,k)(l,i,j,k), (l,j,k,i)(l,j,k,i) and (l,k,i,j)(l,k,i,j). In the second-derivative part the twelve terms cancel in six pairs, for instance +12∂i∂jglk+\tfrac12\partial_i\partial_j g_{lk} from the first against −12∂j∂iglk-\tfrac12\partial_j\partial_i g_{lk} from the second. In the quadratic part the six products cancel in three pairs, using only Γpij=Γpji\Gamma_{pij}=\Gamma_{pji}. The sum is zero.

3. Count in four dimensions. By the first two antisymmetries, RlijkR_{lijk} is determined by its values on an antisymmetric pair A=(l,i)A=(l,i) and an antisymmetric pair B=(j,k)B=(j,k). With n=4n=4 each pair takes (42)=6\binom{4}{2}=6 independent values, so 3636 components remain out of 44=2564^4=256. The pair symmetry says the 6×66\times 6 array indexed by (A,B)(A,B) is symmetric, leaving 6⋅7/2=216\cdot 7/2 = 21. Finally the Bianchi identity adds information only when all four indices are different, which in four dimensions happens for a single set of values, so one further condition remains and 2020 components are independent.

4. Ricci. Lowering the contracted index, Rij=Rkikj=gklRlikjR_{ij} = R^{k}{}_{ikj} = g^{kl}R_{likj} and likewise Rji=gklRljkiR_{ji} = g^{kl}R_{ljki}. Apply the pair symmetry to the second: Rljki=RkiljR_{ljki} = R_{kilj}. Now rename the two summed indices, k↔lk \leftrightarrow l, and use gkl=glkg^{kl}=g^{lk}:

Rji=gklRkilj=glkRlikj=gklRlikj=Rij.R_{ji} = g^{kl}R_{kilj} = g^{lk}R_{likj} = g^{kl}R_{likj} = R_{ij}.

Hence the Ricci tensor is symmetric, and R=gijRijR = g^{ij}R_{ij} is a full contraction of tensors, so a scalar.

5. Flatness. In coordinates where the gijg_{ij} are constants all their derivatives vanish, so every Γikl\Gamma^{l}_{ik} is zero and the formula of part 1 gives Rlijk=0R^{l}{}_{ijk}=0 throughout. By part 1 these are the components of a tensor, and a tensor whose components vanish in one coordinate system has vanishing components in every coordinate system, because the transformation law is linear and homogeneous in them. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Symmetry of the Christoffel symbols in their lower indices is used twice: to cancel the term Γjkmvi;m\Gamma^{m}_{jk}v_{i;m} in part 1, and in the Bianchi identity in part 2. A connection with torsion fails both: the commutator then acquires an extra term proportional to the first derivative of vv, and the cyclic sum of curvatures is no longer zero.
  • Metric compatibility, in the form ∂jglm=Γlmj+Γmlj\partial_j g_{lm} = \Gamma_{lmj}+\Gamma_{mlj}, is what produces the clean expression (∗)(\ast) and hence the two symmetries Rlijk=−RiljkR_{lijk}=-R_{iljk} and Rlijk=RjkliR_{lijk}=R_{jkli}. For a general connection only the antisymmetry in the last two indices and the Bianchi identity survive; there is then no reason for the first two indices to be antisymmetric, and no reason for the Ricci tensor to be symmetric.
  • Smoothness of vv to second order is what lets ∂k∂jvi\partial_k\partial_j v_i cancel; the metric must be of class C2C^2 for (∗)(\ast) to make sense pointwise.
  • Flatness in part 5 is a hypothesis about the existence of special coordinates, not about the components in the coordinates at hand. Euclidean R3\mathbb{R}^3 in spherical polars has six nonzero Christoffel symbols and a non-constant metric, yet Rlijk≡0R^{l}{}_{ijk}\equiv 0; see the second example. The converse — that R≡0R\equiv 0 forces constant-coefficient coordinates to exist locally — is also true, but it is proved by constructing a frame that is parallel in every direction, whose integrability condition is precisely the vanishing of the curvature; that argument is not given here.
Remark(Conventions, and the general count)AdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.4, p. 728; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Exercise 4.1.5, p. 214

The other sign convention. Stakgold and Holst write the commutator for a vector field,

Va;bc−Va;cb=RadbcVd,Radbc=Γbd,ca−Γcd,ba+ΓecaΓbde−ΓebaΓcde,V^{a}{}_{;bc} - V^{a}{}_{;cb} = R^{a}{}_{dbc}V^{d}, \qquad R^{a}{}_{dbc} = \Gamma^{a}_{bd,c} - \Gamma^{a}_{cd,b} + \Gamma^{a}_{ec}\Gamma^{e}_{bd} - \Gamma^{a}_{eb}\Gamma^{e}_{cd},

with a comma for partial differentiation. Their semicolon convention is the same as ours: Va;bcV^{a}{}_{;bc} means (Va;b);c(V^{a}{}_{;b})_{;c}, so in both conventions the outer derivative carries the last index, and their indices (a,d,b,c)(a,d,b,c) sit in the slots of our (l,i,j,k)(l,i,j,k). Nothing is transposed; what differs is the field being commuted. The two commutators have opposite signs, because the second covariant derivatives of the scalar ωaVa\omega_a V^{a} do commute: expanding (ωaVa);bc−(ωaVa);cb=0(\omega_aV^{a})_{;bc}-(\omega_aV^{a})_{;cb}=0 and cancelling the cross terms leaves

(ωa;bc−ωa;cb)Va  =  − ωa(Va;bc−Va;cb),\bigl(\omega_{a;bc}-\omega_{a;cb}\bigr)V^{a} \;=\; -\,\omega_{a}\bigl(V^{a}{}_{;bc}-V^{a}{}_{;cb}\bigr),

so a covector picks up the curvature with the sign reversed. Hence their RadbcR^{a}{}_{dbc} is the negative of the tensor RlijkR^{l}{}_{ijk} defined here — equivalently, it is ours with the last two indices transposed. The sign propagates to every contraction: with the same contraction patterns their Ricci tensor RabR_{ab}, their scalar curvature RR and their Einstein tensor Gab=Rab−12RgabG_{ab}=R_{ab}-\tfrac12Rg_{ab} are likewise the negatives of ours, so any formula taken from one convention into the other must be checked for this sign, not only formulas in the Riemann tensor itself. (The field equations quoted in the application below are written with the Ricci tensor and scalar curvature of this unit.) A reliable test is that the unit sphere should come out with positive scalar curvature, as it does below. Arfken's symmetry relations, written for RiklmR_{iklm}, match ours after the renaming (i,k,l,m)↦(l,i,j,k)(i,k,l,m)\mapsto(l,i,j,k), and are insensitive to the sign.

The count in nn dimensions. Repeating the argument of part 3 with N=(n2)=n(n−1)/2N = \binom{n}{2} = n(n-1)/2 independent antisymmetric pairs gives N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2 components after the pair symmetry, and the Bianchi identity removes one for each set of four distinct index values, that is (n4)\binom{n}{4} of them. The difference simplifies to

N(N+1)2−(n4)  =  n2(n2−1)12,\frac{N(N+1)}{2} - \binom{n}{4} \;=\; \frac{n^{2}(n^{2}-1)}{12},

which is 11 for n=2n=2, 66 for n=3n=3, 2020 for n=4n=4 and 5050 for n=5n=5. In two dimensions the single component is R1212R_{1212}, so all of the curvature of a surface is carried by one number at each point — this is the tensor counterpart of Gauss's theorema egregium.

Method(Computing the curvature of a given metric)Original
  1. Write down gijg_{ij} in the chosen coordinates and invert it to get gijg^{ij}. For a diagonal metric this is just reciprocals.
  2. Compute the Christoffel symbols Γikl=12glm(∂igmk+∂kgmi−∂mgik)\Gamma^{l}_{ik} = \tfrac12 g^{lm}(\partial_i g_{mk} + \partial_k g_{mi} - \partial_m g_{ik}), using Γikl=Γkil\Gamma^{l}_{ik}=\Gamma^{l}_{ki} to halve the work.
  3. Compute Rlijk=∂jΓikl−∂kΓijl+ΓikmΓmjl−ΓijmΓmklR^{l}{}_{ijk} = \partial_j\Gamma^{l}_{ik} - \partial_k\Gamma^{l}_{ij} + \Gamma^{m}_{ik}\Gamma^{l}_{mj} - \Gamma^{m}_{ij}\Gamma^{l}_{mk}, but only for j<kj<k and, after lowering, only for pairs (l,i)(l,i) with l<il<i and (j,k)(j,k) with j<kj<k and (l,i)(l,i) not later than (j,k)(j,k). The symmetries supply the rest.
  4. Contract: Rij=RkikjR_{ij} = R^{k}{}_{ikj}, then R=gijRijR = g^{ij}R_{ij}.
  5. Check. Verify Rlijk=−RlikjR_{lijk}=-R_{likj} and Rlijk=RjkliR_{lijk}=R_{jkli} on one nonzero component; in two dimensions verify R=2R1212/det⁡(gij)R = 2R_{1212}/\det(g_{ij}), and compare R/2R/2 with the Gaussian curvature from the second fundamental form when the surface is given in R3\mathbb{R}^3.
Example(The sphere of radius aa)Original

Take the surface coordinates u1=θu^1=\theta, u2=φu^2=\varphi on a sphere of radius aa, with

g11=a2,g22=a2sin⁡2θ,g12=g21=0,g_{11} = a^2, \qquad g_{22} = a^2\sin^2\theta, \qquad g_{12}=g_{21}=0,

so g11=a−2g^{11} = a^{-2} and g22=a−2sin⁡−2θg^{22} = a^{-2}\sin^{-2}\theta.

Christoffel symbols. The only non-constant metric component is g22g_{22}, with ∂1g22=2a2sin⁡θcos⁡θ\partial_1 g_{22} = 2a^2\sin\theta\cos\theta. Step 2 of the method gives

Γ221=12g11(−∂1g22)=−sin⁡θcos⁡θ,Γ122=Γ212=12g22 ∂1g22=cot⁡θ,\Gamma^{1}_{22} = \tfrac12 g^{11}\bigl(-\partial_1 g_{22}\bigr) = -\sin\theta\cos\theta, \qquad \Gamma^{2}_{12} = \Gamma^{2}_{21} = \tfrac12 g^{22}\,\partial_1 g_{22} = \cot\theta,

and all the others vanish.

Curvature. In two dimensions there is one independent component. Take l=1l=1, i=2i=2, j=1j=1, k=2k=2:

R1212=∂1Γ221−∂2Γ211+Γ22mΓm11−Γ21mΓm21.R^{1}{}_{212} = \partial_1\Gamma^{1}_{22} - \partial_2\Gamma^{1}_{21} + \Gamma^{m}_{22}\Gamma^{1}_{m1} - \Gamma^{m}_{21}\Gamma^{1}_{m2}.

Here ∂1Γ221=−cos⁡2θ\partial_1\Gamma^{1}_{22} = -\cos 2\theta; the second term vanishes because Γ211=0\Gamma^{1}_{21}=0; the third vanishes because Γ111=Γ211=0\Gamma^{1}_{11}=\Gamma^{1}_{21}=0; and the fourth is −Γ212Γ221=cot⁡θ sin⁡θcos⁡θ=cos⁡2θ-\Gamma^{2}_{21}\Gamma^{1}_{22} = \cot\theta\,\sin\theta\cos\theta = \cos^2\theta. So

R1212=cos⁡2θ−cos⁡2θ=cos⁡2θ−(2cos⁡2θ−1)=sin⁡2θ,R1212=g11R1212=a2sin⁡2θ.R^{1}{}_{212} = \cos^2\theta - \cos 2\theta = \cos^{2}\theta - (2\cos^{2}\theta - 1) = \sin^{2}\theta, \qquad R_{1212} = g_{11}R^{1}{}_{212} = a^{2}\sin^{2}\theta .

Ricci and scalar. R11=Rk1k1=R2121R_{11} = R^{k}{}_{1k1} = R^{2}{}_{121}. Lowering and applying the two antisymmetries, g22R2121=R2121=−R1221=R1212=a2sin⁡2θg_{22}R^{2}{}_{121} = R_{2121} = -R_{1221} = R_{1212} = a^2\sin^2\theta, so R11=a2sin⁡2θ/g22=1R_{11} = a^2\sin^2\theta/g_{22} = 1. Similarly R22=R1212=sin⁡2θR_{22} = R^{1}{}_{212} = \sin^{2}\theta. Hence

Rij=1a2 gij,R=gijRij=1a2 gijgij=2a2.R_{ij} = \frac{1}{a^{2}}\,g_{ij}, \qquad R = g^{ij}R_{ij} = \frac{1}{a^{2}}\,g^{ij}g_{ij} = \frac{2}{a^{2}} .

Checks. The metric is positive definite with det⁡(gij)=a4sin⁡2θ\det(g_{ij}) = a^4\sin^2\theta, and 2R1212/det⁡(gij)=2a2sin⁡2θ/(a4sin⁡2θ)=2/a2=R2R_{1212}/\det(g_{ij}) = 2a^2\sin^2\theta/(a^4\sin^2\theta) = 2/a^2 = R, as step 5 requires. Half the scalar curvature is 1/a21/a^2, the Gaussian curvature of a sphere of radius aa. For a=3a=3 the scalar curvature is R=2/9≈0.2222R = 2/9 \approx 0.2222, positive and the same at every point, as it must be for a surface no isometry of which distinguishes one point from another.

Example(Flat space in curvilinear coordinates)Original

In spherical polars (r,θ,φ)(r,\theta,\varphi) on R3\mathbb{R}^3 the Euclidean metric is g=diag⁡(1, r2, r2sin⁡2θ)g = \operatorname{diag}(1,\,r^2,\,r^2\sin^2\theta), which is anything but constant. Step 2 gives six nonvanishing Christoffel symbols,

Γθθr=−r,Γφφr=−rsin⁡2θ,Γrθθ=1r,Γφφθ=−sin⁡θcos⁡θ,Γrφφ=1r,Γθφφ=cot⁡θ,\Gamma^{r}_{\theta\theta} = -r,\quad \Gamma^{r}_{\varphi\varphi} = -r\sin^{2}\theta,\quad \Gamma^{\theta}_{r\theta} = \frac1r,\quad \Gamma^{\theta}_{\varphi\varphi} = -\sin\theta\cos\theta,\quad \Gamma^{\varphi}_{r\varphi} = \frac1r,\quad \Gamma^{\varphi}_{\theta\varphi} = \cot\theta,

together with those obtained by swapping the two lower indices. Take the component RrθrθR^{r}{}_{\theta r\theta}:

Rrθrθ=∂rΓθθr−∂θΓθrr+ΓθθmΓmrr−ΓθrmΓmθr=(−1)−0+0−ΓθrθΓθθr=−1−1r(−r)=0.R^{r}{}_{\theta r\theta} = \partial_r\Gamma^{r}_{\theta\theta} - \partial_\theta\Gamma^{r}_{\theta r} + \Gamma^{m}_{\theta\theta}\Gamma^{r}_{mr} - \Gamma^{m}_{\theta r}\Gamma^{r}_{m\theta} = (-1) - 0 + 0 - \Gamma^{\theta}_{\theta r}\Gamma^{r}_{\theta\theta} = -1 - \frac1r(-r) = 0 .

The third term vanishes because Γmrr=0\Gamma^{r}_{mr}=0 for every mm. Repeating this for the other five independent components (n=3(n=3 gives six)) returns zero every time, so every component of the Riemann tensor is 00. This had to happen: Cartesian coordinates make the metric the constant matrix δij\delta_{ij}, so part 5 applies. It is the reason one may freely exchange the order of two covariant derivatives in vector calculus in curvilinear coordinates, as the differential operators in general coordinates tacitly do.

ApplicationAdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.4, eq. (10.4.48), pp. 727–728

General relativity replaces the Newtonian gravitational field by the curvature of a four-dimensional spacetime whose metric gabg_{ab} has Lorentzian signature, so that the curvature computed above is the gravitational field. The field equations are

Gab=κ Tab,Gab=Rab−12R gab,κ=8πGc4,G_{ab} = \kappa\, T_{ab}, \qquad G_{ab} = R_{ab} - \tfrac12 R\, g_{ab}, \qquad \kappa = \frac{8\pi G}{c^{4}},

where TabT_{ab} is the stress–energy tensor of the matter and radiation. These are ten equations for the ten independent components of the symmetric tensor gabg_{ab}. The Einstein tensor GabG_{ab} is built only from the Ricci tensor and the scalar curvature, so the field equations constrain just the traces of the Riemann tensor; in four dimensions that is 1010 of the 2020 independent components, and the remaining 1010 — the Weyl part — propagate freely. That is why gravitational waves can travel through empty space, where Tab=0T_{ab}=0, and be detected by interferometers such as LIGO, which measure the change in the relative lengths of two perpendicular arms as a ripple in gabg_{ab} passes. Stakgold and Holst use the Einstein equations as a source of hard nonlinear elliptic problems: splitting off the time direction turns four of the ten equations into constraints on the initial data, and those constraints are solved numerically for the simulations against which detected waveforms are matched.

Definition · advanced

Riemannian manifolds

Adapted

Puts an inner product on every tangent space of a smooth manifold, shows that this can always be done, and derives from it the lengths, the volume element, the Levi-Civita connection and the signature conventions that the rest of the geometry runs on.

Prerequisites: Smooth manifolds, The metric tensor, Tangent vectors and vector fields, Partitions of unity

Definition(Riemannian and pseudo-Riemannian manifolds)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 13, pp. 327–330, 337–338, 343–344

Let MM be a smooth manifold of dimension nn.

  • A Riemannian metric on MM is a covariant 2-tensor field gg that is smooth, is symmetric, and is positive definite on TpMT_pM for every p∈Mp\in M; in other words, gg picks out an inner product gpg_p on each tangent space, and does so smoothly in pp. One then calls (M,g)(M,g) a Riemannian manifold. We write ⟨v,w⟩g=gp(v,w)\langle v,w\rangle_g = g_p(v,w) for v,w∈TpMv,w \in T_pM.
  • In smooth local coordinates x1,…,xnx^1,\dots,x^n the metric is g=gij dxi dxjg = g_{ij}\,dx^i\,dx^j, with gij=⟨∂/∂xi,∂/∂xj⟩gg_{ij} = \langle \partial/\partial x^i, \partial/\partial x^j\rangle_g. Each gijg_{ij} is a smooth function, and the matrix they form is symmetric and positive definite at every point of the chart; it is the metric tensor of the coordinate frame, and gijg^{ij} denotes its inverse. Repeated indices are summed.
  • The length of v∈TpMv \in T_pM is ∣v∣g=⟨v,v⟩g1/2|v|_g = \langle v,v\rangle_g^{1/2}, and the angle between nonzero v,wv,w is the θ∈[0,π]\theta \in [0,\pi] with cos⁡θ=⟨v,w⟩g/(∣v∣g∣w∣g)\cos\theta = \langle v,w\rangle_g/(|v|_g|w|_g). A local frame (E1,…,En)(E_1,\dots,E_n) is orthonormal if ⟨Ei,Ej⟩g=δij\langle E_i,E_j\rangle_g = \delta_{ij} at every point of its domain.
  • The length of a piecewise smooth curve segment γ:[a,b]→M\gamma:[a,b]\to M is Lg(γ)=∫ab∣γ′(t)∣g dtL_g(\gamma) = \int_a^b |\gamma'(t)|_g\,dt, and for connected MM the Riemannian distance dg(p,q)d_g(p,q) is the infimum of Lg(γ)L_g(\gamma) over all piecewise smooth γ\gamma from pp to qq.
  • If F:M→NF:M\to N is smooth and hh is a Riemannian metric on NN, the pullback F∗hF^{*}h is the 2-tensor field (F∗h)p(v,w)=hF(p)(dFpv,dFpw)(F^{*}h)_p(v,w) = h_{F(p)}(dF_p v, dF_p w); it is a Riemannian metric on MM exactly when FF is an immersion (see pushforwards and pullbacks).
  • A symmetric 2-tensor on a vector space is nondegenerate if v↦g(v,⋅)v \mapsto g(v,\cdot) is an isomorphism onto the dual space. A change of basis brings any nondegenerate symmetric 2-tensor to a diagonal matrix of ±1\pm 1; the pair (r,s)(r,s) of numbers of +1+1's and −1-1's is its signature, and is independent of the basis by Sylvester's law of inertia. Relaxing positivity to nondegeneracy, a pseudo-Riemannian metric is a smooth symmetric 2-tensor field whose value at every point is nondegenerate, all these values carrying one and the same signature. When that signature is (n−1,1)(n-1,1) — or (1,n−1)(1,n-1), conventions differing — the field is a Lorentz metric.
Definition(Existence, the Levi-Civita connection, and the volume form)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 13.3 (p. 329), Props. 15.29 and 15.31 (pp. 389–390); do Carmo (2016), §5-10, p. 447

Let MM be a smooth nn-manifold.

  1. Existence. MM admits a Riemannian metric.

  2. Levi-Civita connection. Let gg be a Riemannian metric on MM. There is exactly one covariant derivative DD, assigning to vector fields u,wu,w a vector field DuwD_u w, with these four properties, for all vector fields u,v,wu,v,w and all smooth real functions f,hf,h on MM:

    • Dfu+hwv=f Duv+h DwvD_{fu + h w}v = f\,D_u v + h\,D_w v;
    • Du(fv+hw)=f Duv+(uf) v+h Duw+(uh) wD_u(fv + hw) = f\,D_u v + (uf)\,v + h\,D_u w + (uh)\,w, where ufuf is the derivative of ff along uu;
    • symmetry: Dxixj=DxjxiD_{x_i}x_j = D_{x_j}x_i for the coordinate fields xi=∂/∂uix_i = \partial/\partial u^i of any chart;
    • compatibility with gg: ∂∂uk⟨xi,xj⟩g=⟨Dxkxi,xj⟩g+⟨xi,Dxkxj⟩g\dfrac{\partial}{\partial u^{k}}\langle x_i,x_j\rangle_g = \langle D_{x_k}x_i, x_j\rangle_g + \langle x_i, D_{x_k}x_j\rangle_g.

    Its coefficients Dxixj=ΓijkxkD_{x_i}x_j = \Gamma^{k}_{ij}x_k in any chart are the Christoffel symbols of gg,

    Γijk  =  12 gkl(∂gil∂uj+∂gjl∂ui−∂gij∂ul).\Gamma^{k}_{ij} \;=\; \tfrac12\, g^{kl}\Bigl(\frac{\partial g_{il}}{\partial u^{j}} + \frac{\partial g_{jl}}{\partial u^{i}} - \frac{\partial g_{ij}}{\partial u^{l}}\Bigr).
  3. Volume form. If in addition MM is oriented and n≥1n\ge 1, there is exactly one smooth nn-form ωg\omega_g on MM with ωg(E1,…,En)=1\omega_g(E_1,\dots,E_n)=1 for every local oriented orthonormal frame (Ei)(E_i), and in any oriented chart

    ωg=det⁡(gij)  dx1∧⋯∧dxn.\omega_g = \sqrt{\det(g_{ij})}\;dx^1\wedge\cdots\wedge dx^n .
Idea of the proofOriginal

All three parts turn a pointwise piece of linear algebra into a global object. For existence, an inner product is available in every chart — copy the Euclidean one — and the set of inner products on a fixed vector space is convex, so a partition of unity can average the local choices without destroying positivity. For the connection, the four required properties are enough to pin down the n3n^3 coefficients Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij}: symmetry and compatibility give a linear system whose matrix is gg, and gg is invertible. For the volume form, the normalisation on orthonormal frames determines the form on each chart, and two oriented orthonormal frames differ by a rotation, whose determinant is 11, so the local definitions agree where they overlap.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), proofs of Prop. 13.3 (p. 329), Props. 15.29 and 15.31 (pp. 389–390); do Carmo (2016), §5-10, pp. 446–447

1. Existence. Cover MM by chart domains UαU_\alpha with coordinate maps φα\varphi_\alpha, and on each UαU_\alpha let gα=φα∗gˉg_\alpha = \varphi_\alpha^{*}\bar g be the pullback of the Euclidean metric, so that gα=δij dxidxjg_\alpha = \delta_{ij}\,dx^i dx^j in those coordinates and is therefore a Riemannian metric on UαU_\alpha. Take a smooth partition of unity {ψα}\{\psi_\alpha\} subordinate to {Uα}\{U_\alpha\} (partitions of unity) and set g=∑αψαgαg = \sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha g_\alpha, each summand read as 00 off the support of ψα\psi_\alpha.

  • The sum is smooth and symmetric: local finiteness of the partition makes it a finite sum near each point.
  • It is positive definite. Fix pp and 0≠v∈TpM0 \ne v \in T_pM. Then gp(v,v)=∑αψα(p) gα∣p(v,v)g_p(v,v) = \sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha(p)\,g_\alpha|_p(v,v) is a sum of nonnegative terms, because each gαg_\alpha is positive definite and each ψα≥0\psi_\alpha \ge 0. The functions ψα\psi_\alpha sum to 11, so at least one is strictly positive at pp, and its term is strictly positive. Hence gp(v,v)>0g_p(v,v)>0.

2. Levi-Civita connection. Work in one chart with coordinate fields xix_i and write Dxixj=ΓijkxkD_{x_i}x_j = \Gamma^{k}_{ij}x_k; the first two properties say that DD is determined on all vector fields once these coefficients are known, since Du(vjxj)=ui(∂ivk+vjΓijk)xkD_{u}(v^j x_j) = u^i\bigl(\partial_i v^k + v^j\Gamma^k_{ij}\bigr)x_k. The symmetry property says Γijk=Γjik\Gamma^k_{ij}=\Gamma^k_{ji}.

Lower an index. Put Γlij=⟨Dxixj,xl⟩g=glkΓijk\Gamma_{lij} = \langle D_{x_i}x_j, x_l\rangle_g = g_{lk}\Gamma^{k}_{ij}; it too is symmetric in ii and jj. Compatibility reads

∂kgij=Γjki+Γikj.\partial_k g_{ij} = \Gamma_{jki} + \Gamma_{ikj}.

Solve. Write that identity three times, cycling the indices, and combine them so that the symmetry in the last two slots of Γ\Gamma cancels all but one term:

∂jgil+∂igjl−∂lgij=(Γlji+Γijl)+(Γlij+Γjil)−(Γjli+Γilj)=2 Γlij,\partial_j g_{il} + \partial_i g_{jl} - \partial_l g_{ij} = (\Gamma_{lji}+\Gamma_{ijl}) + (\Gamma_{lij}+\Gamma_{jil}) - (\Gamma_{jli}+\Gamma_{ilj}) = 2\,\Gamma_{lij},

since Γijl=Γilj\Gamma_{ijl}=\Gamma_{ilj} and Γjil=Γjli\Gamma_{jil}=\Gamma_{jli}. So Γlij\Gamma_{lij} is forced, and because det⁡(gij)≠0\det(g_{ij})\neq 0 we may raise the index to get Γijk=gklΓlij\Gamma^{k}_{ij} = g^{kl}\Gamma_{lij}, which is the stated formula. This proves uniqueness. Conversely, defining Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} by that formula in each chart and DD by the displayed expression for Du(vjxj)D_u(v^jx_j) produces an operator with the four properties: the first two hold by inspection, the third because the formula is symmetric in ii and jj, and the fourth by running the computation above backwards. Two charts give the same DD, because DD is determined by the four properties, which refer only to gg.

3. Volume form. Uniqueness. On the domain of an oriented orthonormal frame (Ei)(E_i) with dual coframe (εi)(\varepsilon^i), any nn-form is f ε1∧⋯∧εnf\,\varepsilon^1\wedge\cdots\wedge\varepsilon^n, and the normalisation forces f=1f=1; so ωg=ε1∧⋯∧εn\omega_g = \varepsilon^1\wedge\cdots\wedge\varepsilon^n there, and MM is covered by such domains by Gram–Schmidt applied to a coordinate frame.

Existence. Define ωg\omega_g near each point by that formula and check independence of the frame. If (E~i)(\tilde E_i) is another oriented orthonormal frame, write E~i=A ijEj\tilde E_i = A^{j}_{\ i}E_j. Orthonormality of both frames says A(p)A(p) is orthogonal, so det⁡A=±1\det A = \pm 1, and consistency of orientation forces det⁡A=+1\det A = +1. Then

(ε1∧⋯∧εn)(E~1,…,E~n)=det⁡(εj(E~i))=det⁡A=1,\bigl(\varepsilon^1\wedge\cdots\wedge\varepsilon^n\bigr)(\tilde E_1,\dots,\tilde E_n) = \det\bigl(\varepsilon^{j}(\tilde E_i)\bigr) = \det A = 1,

which is the value ε~1∧⋯∧ε~n\tilde\varepsilon^1\wedge\cdots\wedge\tilde\varepsilon^n also takes; two nn-forms agreeing on one frame agree everywhere, since ΛnTp∗M\Lambda^n T_p^{*}M is one-dimensional.

Coordinate expression. In an oriented chart write ωg=f dx1∧⋯∧dxn\omega_g = f\,dx^1\wedge\cdots\wedge dx^n and ∂/∂xi=A ijEj\partial/\partial x^i = A^{j}_{\ i}E_j for an oriented orthonormal frame. Evaluating on the coordinate frame gives f=det⁡Af = \det A. On the other hand

gij=⟨A ikEk,  A jlEl⟩g=∑kA ikA jk,g_{ij} = \bigl\langle A^{k}_{\ i}E_k,\; A^{l}_{\ j}E_l\bigr\rangle_g = \sum_k A^{k}_{\ i}A^{k}_{\ j},

the (i,j)(i,j) entry of ATAA^{\mathsf T}A, so det⁡(gij)=(det⁡A)2\det(g_{ij}) = (\det A)^2 and f=±det⁡(gij)f = \pm\sqrt{\det(g_{ij})}. Both frames being oriented, f>0f>0, so the sign is ++. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), p. 344
  • Positive definiteness is used exactly once in part 1, and it is essential: the proof works because a sum of inner products with nonnegative coefficients, not all zero, is again an inner product. Nondegenerate forms have no such convexity — adding diag⁡(1,−1)\operatorname{diag}(1,-1) to diag⁡(−1,1)\operatorname{diag}(-1,1) gives 00 — and indeed Lee records that not every smooth manifold carries a Lorentz metric, while every one carries a Riemannian metric.
  • Only nondegeneracy is used in part 2. The derivation of Γlij\Gamma_{lij} never uses positivity, and the inversion of gg needs only det⁡(gij)≠0\det(g_{ij})\neq 0. So a pseudo-Riemannian metric also has a unique Levi-Civita connection, with the same formula — which is what general relativity computes with.
  • Paracompactness is hidden in part 1: it is what makes a partition of unity subordinate to an arbitrary open cover exist. On a manifold whose topology is not paracompact the construction has nothing to average.
  • Orientability is used in part 3 twice, to force det⁡A=+1\det A = +1 and to fix the sign of det⁡(gij)\sqrt{\det(g_{ij})}. On a non-orientable manifold there is still a well-defined density ∣ωg∣|\omega_g|, enough to integrate functions and so to define volume, but no global nn-form.
  • Smoothness of gg makes Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} smooth; a merely continuous metric still gives lengths and distances, but no connection and no curvature.
Remark(Distance, geodesics and curvature in this language)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Thm 13.29, pp. 339–340; do Carmo (2016), §5-10, p. 448

Distance. If MM is connected, dgd_g makes MM a metric space whose metric topology is the manifold topology. Symmetry and the triangle inequality come from reversing and concatenating curves, and LgL_g is unchanged by reparametrisation. The substance is that dg(p,q)>0d_g(p,q)>0 for p≠qp\ne q and that the two topologies agree; both follow from the comparison c∣v∣gˉ≤∣v∣g≤C∣v∣gˉc|v|_{\bar g} \le |v|_g \le C|v|_{\bar g}, valid with positive constants c,Cc,C on any compact subset of a chart, which holds because ∣v∣g|v|_g is continuous and strictly positive on the compact set of gˉ\bar g-unit vectors over that subset.

Geodesics. A curve is a geodesic of (M,g)(M,g) when Dγ′γ′=0D_{\gamma'}\gamma'=0, that is x¨k+Γijkx˙ix˙j=0\ddot x^k + \Gamma^{k}_{ij}\dot x^i\dot x^j = 0 in coordinates. These are exactly the Euler–Lagrange equations of the energy 12∫gijx˙ix˙j dt\tfrac12\int g_{ij}\dot x^i\dot x^j\,dt, which is why geodesics are also the stationary curves of length; see Geodesics and the Euler–Lagrange equation.

Curvature. The Riemann tensor of the Levi-Civita connection, built in The Riemann curvature tensor from the same Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij}, is the curvature of (M,g)(M,g). do Carmo describes the geometric content for a general nn: given a 2-plane σ⊂TpM\sigma \subset T_pM, the geodesics leaving pp tangent to σ\sigma sweep out a surface through pp, and the Gaussian curvature of that surface at pp is the sectional curvature K(p,σ)K(p,\sigma) — the best analogue in nn dimensions of the Gaussian curvature of the second fundamental form.

Method(Putting a metric on a manifold and computing with it)Original
  1. Get gijg_{ij}. If the manifold sits inside RN\mathbb{R}^N by an immersion FF, take g=F∗gˉg = F^{*}\bar g: substitute the components of FF into dx12+⋯+dxN2dx_1^2+\cdots+dx_N^2 and expand, which gives gij=∂iF⋅∂jFg_{ij} = \partial_i F\cdot \partial_j F. If it does not, prescribe gijg_{ij} in each chart and check that the charts agree, or build one with a partition of unity as in part 1.
  2. Check. Verify that (gij)(g_{ij}) is symmetric and that its leading principal minors are positive (Riemannian), or compute its signature (pseudo-Riemannian).
  3. Invert to get gijg^{ij}, and record det⁡(gij)\sqrt{\det(g_{ij})}.
  4. Lengths and distances. Lg(γ)=∫gijx˙ix˙j dtL_g(\gamma) = \int \sqrt{g_{ij}\dot x^i\dot x^j}\,dt. To show a particular curve realises dgd_g, bound LgL_g below for every competing curve.
  5. Volumes. vol⁡(A)=∫Adet⁡(gij)  du1⋯dun\operatorname{vol}(A) = \int_A \sqrt{\det(g_{ij})}\;du^1\cdots du^n over a chart, patched by a partition of unity.
  6. Connection and curvature. Compute Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} from the formula in part 2, then feed them to the recipe in The Riemann curvature tensor.
Example(The hyperbolic upper half-plane)Original

Let M={(x,y)∈R2:y>0}M = \{(x,y)\in\mathbb{R}^2 : y>0\}, a smooth 2-manifold with the single chart (x,y)(x,y), and put

g=dx2+dy2y2,that is(gij)=1y2(1001).g = \frac{dx^2+dy^2}{y^2}, \qquad\text{that is}\qquad (g_{ij}) = \frac{1}{y^{2}}\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix}.

Step 2. The matrix is symmetric with minors 1/y2>01/y^2>0 and 1/y4>01/y^4>0, so gg is a Riemannian metric; it is smooth because y>0y>0 on MM.

Step 3. (gij)=y2I(g^{ij}) = y^2 I and det⁡(gij)=1/y2\sqrt{\det(g_{ij})} = 1/y^{2}.

Step 6: Christoffel symbols. Only ∂yg11=∂yg22=−2/y3\partial_y g_{11} = \partial_y g_{22} = -2/y^{3} is nonzero. The formula of part 2 gives

Γxyx=Γyxx=−1y,Γxxy=1y,Γyyy=−1y,\Gamma^{x}_{xy} = \Gamma^{x}_{yx} = -\frac1y, \qquad \Gamma^{y}_{xx} = \frac1y, \qquad \Gamma^{y}_{yy} = -\frac1y,

and Γxxx=Γyyx=Γxyy=0\Gamma^{x}_{xx} = \Gamma^{x}_{yy} = \Gamma^{y}_{xy} = 0. For instance Γxxy=12gyy(2∂xgxy−∂ygxx)=12y2⋅(2/y3)=1/y\Gamma^{y}_{xx} = \tfrac12 g^{yy}(2\partial_x g_{xy} - \partial_y g_{xx}) = \tfrac12 y^{2}\cdot(2/y^{3}) = 1/y.

A geodesic. Take γ(t)=(0,et)\gamma(t) = (0,e^{t}). Then ∣γ′∣g=et/et=1|\gamma'|_g = e^{t}/e^{t} = 1, so γ\gamma has unit speed, and the geodesic equations hold: the xx-equation is 0=00=0, and the yy-equation is y¨+Γyyyy˙2=et−(1/et)e2t=0\ddot y + \Gamma^{y}_{yy}\dot y^{2} = e^{t} - (1/e^{t})e^{2t} = 0.

Step 4: a distance. The segment of γ\gamma from (0,1)(0,1) to (0,2)(0,2) has length ∫12dy/y=ln⁡2\int_1^2 dy/y = \ln 2. No curve does better: for any piecewise smooth σ(t)=(x(t),y(t))\sigma(t)=(x(t),y(t)) joining the two points,

Lg(σ)=∫x˙2+y˙2y dt  ≥  ∫∣y˙∣y dt  ≥  ∣∫12dyy∣=ln⁡2.L_g(\sigma) = \int \frac{\sqrt{\dot x^{2}+\dot y^{2}}}{y}\,dt \;\ge\; \int \frac{|\dot y|}{y}\,dt \;\ge\; \left|\int_1^2 \frac{dy}{y}\right| = \ln 2 .

Hence dg((0,1),(0,2))=ln⁡2≈0.6931d_g\bigl((0,1),(0,2)\bigr) = \ln 2 \approx 0.6931.

Step 5: an area. The coordinate square Q={1<x<2,  1<y<2}Q = \{1<x<2,\;1<y<2\} has

vol⁡g(Q)=∫12 ⁣ ⁣∫12dx dyy2=∫12dyy2=[−1y]12=12.\operatorname{vol}_g(Q) = \int_1^2\!\!\int_1^2 \frac{dx\,dy}{y^{2}} = \int_1^2 \frac{dy}{y^{2}} = \Bigl[-\frac1y\Bigr]_1^2 = \frac12 .

Its Euclidean area is 11, so the metric shrinks this square by exactly a factor of two.

Curvature. Feeding the Γ\Gamma's to the curvature formula, the one independent component is

Rxyxy=−∂yΓyxx+ΓyyyΓyxx−ΓyxxΓxyx=−1y2+1y2−1y2=−1y2,R^{x}{}_{yxy} = -\partial_y\Gamma^{x}_{yx} + \Gamma^{y}_{yy}\Gamma^{x}_{yx} - \Gamma^{x}_{yx}\Gamma^{x}_{xy} = -\frac{1}{y^{2}} + \frac{1}{y^{2}} - \frac{1}{y^{2}} = -\frac{1}{y^{2}},

where the two terms carrying the vanishing symbols Γyyx\Gamma^{x}_{yy} and Γyxy\Gamma^{y}_{yx} have been dropped. Hence Rxyxy=gxxRxyxy=−1/y4R_{xyxy} = g_{xx}R^{x}{}_{yxy} = -1/y^{4}, and in two dimensions the scalar curvature is 2Rxyxy/det⁡(gij)=−22R_{xyxy}/\det(g_{ij}) = -2 at every point. Half of it, the Gaussian curvature, is −1-1 everywhere — the model of the hyperbolic plane. Note that the curvature is constant although none of gijg_{ij}, Γijk\Gamma^k_{ij} or ωg\omega_g is.

Example(Minkowski space: a signature that is not Riemannian)Original

On M=R4M=\mathbb{R}^4 with coordinates (t,x,y,z)(t,x,y,z) put η=−c2dt2+dx2+dy2+dz2\eta = -c^{2}dt^{2} + dx^{2}+dy^{2}+dz^{2}. The matrix diag⁡(−c2,1,1,1)\operatorname{diag}(-c^2,1,1,1) has determinant −c2≠0-c^{2}\neq 0, so η\eta is nondegenerate, and the basis (c−1∂t,∂x,∂y,∂z)(c^{-1}\partial_t, \partial_x,\partial_y,\partial_z) makes it diag⁡(−1,1,1,1)\operatorname{diag}(-1,1,1,1): the signature is (3,1)(3,1), a Lorentz metric. It is not Riemannian, since η(∂t,∂t)=−c2<0\eta(\partial_t,\partial_t) = -c^{2}<0. The components are constants, so all Γijk\Gamma^{k}_{ij} vanish, the Levi-Civita connection is ordinary differentiation, and the curvature is zero: Minkowski spacetime is flat. Lengths of curves are no longer given by a real square root for every tangent direction, which is why relativity separates timelike, null and spacelike curves instead.

ApplicationAdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.4, p. 727

In general relativity spacetime is a four-dimensional manifold carrying a Lorentz metric, and what is felt as gravity is the geometry of that metric rather than a force field: matter and energy distort gabg_{ab}, and free particles follow its geodesics. The effect is large enough to matter in engineering — satellite clocks run at a different rate from clocks on the ground because the metric differs between the two, and the global positioning system corrects for it.

Away from relativity, a Riemannian metric is the right setting whenever a problem has a natural notion of length that is not the Euclidean one.

  • Mechanics. The kinetic energy 12Mij(q)q˙iq˙j\tfrac12 M_{ij}(q)\dot q^i\dot q^j of a constrained system is a Riemannian metric on the configuration manifold, and by Hamilton's principle the free motion is a geodesic of that metric. Constraint forces disappear into the Christoffel symbols.
  • Analysis on curved domains. The Laplace–Beltrami operator Δgf=det⁡(g)−1/2∂i(det⁡(g)1/2gij∂jf)\Delta_g f = \det(g)^{-1/2}\partial_i\bigl(\det(g)^{1/2}g^{ij}\partial_j f\bigr) built from gg (see differential operators in general coordinates) is what replaces ∇2\nabla^2 for diffusion, waves and quantum mechanics on a curved surface or in a curved region.
  • Ray optics and seismology. In a medium of refractive index n(x)n(x) the metric n(x)2δijn(x)^2\delta_{ij} has light rays as its geodesics, and travel times are its distances; seismic tomography inverts measured travel times for the metric.

Definition · advanced

Tangent and vector bundles

Adapted

Packages a vector space attached to every point of a manifold into a single smooth manifold that looks locally, but usually not globally, like a product, and identifies the tangent, cotangent and tensor bundles as the examples that carry the rest of differential geometry.

Prerequisites: Tangent vectors and vector fields, Smooth manifolds, Vector spaces and bases

Definition(Vector bundles, sections and frames)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 10, pp. 249–250, 255–257

Let MM be a topological space.

  • Take a space EE and a continuous surjection π:E→M\pi:E\to M. Call the preimage Ep=π−1(p)E_p = \pi^{-1}(p) the fibre above pp. The pair is a real vector bundle of rank kk over MM when two things hold. First, every fibre is equipped with the structure of a real vector space of dimension kk. Second, the bundle is locally a product: around any point of MM one can find an open UU and a homeomorphism Φ\Phi from π−1(U)\pi^{-1}(U) onto U×RkU\times\mathbb{R}^{k} which keeps track of the base point, πU∘Φ=π\pi_U\circ\Phi = \pi with πU\pi_U the projection to UU, and which restricts on each single fibre EqE_q, q∈Uq\in U, to a linear isomorphism onto {q}×Rk\{q\}\times\mathbb{R}^k. Such a Φ\Phi is a local trivialization of EE over UU.
  • EE is the total space, MM the base, π\pi the projection. A bundle of rank 11 is a line bundle.
  • If MM and EE are smooth manifolds, π\pi is smooth, and the local trivializations may be taken to be diffeomorphisms, EE is a smooth vector bundle and such a trivialization is a smooth local trivialization.
  • A local trivialization over all of MM is a global trivialization; a bundle admitting one is trivial, and a smooth bundle admitting a smooth one is smoothly trivial. The product bundle M×Rk→MM\times\mathbb{R}^k \to M is the basic trivial example.
  • Where two smooth local trivializations Φ\Phi over UU and Ψ\Psi over VV overlap, Φ∘Ψ−1(p,v)=(p,τ(p)v)\Phi\circ\Psi^{-1}(p,v) = (p,\tau(p)v) for a smooth map τ:U∩V→GL(k,R)\tau: U\cap V\to GL(k,\mathbb{R}), the transition function between them.
  • A section of EE is a continuous σ:M→E\sigma: M\to E with π∘σ=IdM\pi\circ\sigma = \mathrm{Id}_M, so that σ(p)∈Ep\sigma(p)\in E_p for every pp; a local section is the same thing defined on an open U⊆MU\subseteq M. The zero section assigns to each pp the zero vector of EpE_p. For a smooth bundle, Γ(E)\Gamma(E) denotes the smooth global sections; they form a vector space under pointwise operations and a module over C∞(M)C^{\infty}(M) under (fσ)(p)=f(p)σ(p)(f\sigma)(p) = f(p)\sigma(p).
  • Sections σ1,…,σk\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_k over UU, taken in that order, make up a local frame for EE over UU when, at every p∈Up\in U, the kk values σ1(p),…,σk(p)\sigma_1(p),\dots,\sigma_k(p) are a basis of the fibre EpE_p. The frame is global if UU is all of MM and smooth if every σi\sigma_i is.
Definition(The tangent, cotangent and tensor bundles; triviality)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 3.18 (p. 66), Prop. 10.4 (p. 252), Lemma 10.5 (pp. 252–253), Prop. 10.19 and Cor. 10.20 (pp. 258–259), Prop. 11.9 (p. 276), Ch. 12 (pp. 316–317)

Let MM be a smooth nn-manifold.

  1. The tangent bundle. The disjoint union TM=∐p∈MTpMTM = \coprod_{p\in M} T_pM of the tangent spaces, with the projection π(p,v)=p\pi(p,v)=p, carries a natural topology and smooth structure making it a 2n2n-dimensional smooth manifold; with its fibrewise vector space structure it is a smooth vector bundle of rank nn over MM. A chart (U,φ)(U,\varphi) of MM with coordinate functions xix^i yields the smooth local trivialization

    Φ(vi∂∂xi∣p)=(p,  (v1,…,vn)),\Phi\Bigl(v^{i}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^{i}}\Big|_p\Bigr) = \bigl(p,\;(v^1,\dots,v^n)\bigr),

    and when two charts overlap, the transition function relating their trivializations sends pp to the Jacobian, at pp, of the map that converts one set of coordinates into the other.

  2. Frames and triviality. Over an open set UU, smooth frames and smooth trivializations of a smooth bundle determine one another: a trivialization Φ\Phi gives the frame σi(p)=Φ−1(p,ei)\sigma_i(p) = \Phi^{-1}(p,e_i), and conversely every smooth frame over UU arises this way from some smooth trivialization over UU. Taking U=MU=M: a smooth bundle can be trivialized smoothly over the whole base precisely when it carries a smooth global frame. For E=TME=TM this says that TMTM is a product exactly when MM is parallelizable.

  3. Cotangent and tensor bundles. The disjoint union T∗M=∐pTp∗MT^{*}M = \coprod_p T_p^{*}M of the dual spaces is a smooth vector bundle of rank nn over MM, for which the coordinate covector fields dual to (∂/∂xi)(\partial/\partial x^i) are smooth local sections. More generally, replacing each fibre by the space T(k,l)(TpM)T^{(k,l)}(T_pM) of mixed tensors of type (k,l)(k,l) on TpMT_pM gives a smooth vector bundle T(k,l)TMT^{(k,l)}TM of rank nk+ln^{k+l}. Its sections are the tensor fields of type (k,l)(k,l); the cases (1,0)(1,0) and (0,1)(0,1) return TMTM and T∗MT^{*}M, and the case (0,0)(0,0) returns the trivial line bundle M×RM\times\mathbb{R}, whose sections are the real functions on MM.

Idea of the proofOriginal

A bundle is built by prescribing the fibres and the trivializations and then letting the transition functions do the rest. For TMTM the trivializations come for free: a chart gives a basis of each tangent space in its domain, so listing a tangent vector's nn components next to the nn coordinates of its base point is a bijection onto an open subset of R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n}. Two charts list the same tangent vector differently, but the chain rule says the two lists differ by the Jacobian of the coordinate change, which is invertible and depends smoothly on the point — exactly what a transition function must be. For part 2 the same observation runs backwards: a frame is a way of writing each fibre element as a list of kk numbers, which is what a trivialization is; the only work is checking that the dictionary is smooth in both directions, and that is where inverting a matrix of smooth functions enters.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), proofs of Prop. 3.18 (pp. 66–67), Prop. 10.4 (p. 252), Lemma 10.5 (pp. 252–253) and Prop. 10.19 (pp. 259–260)

1. The tangent bundle. Given a chart (U,φ)(U,\varphi) with coordinate functions xix^i, define φ~:π−1(U)→R2n\tilde\varphi:\pi^{-1}(U)\to\mathbb{R}^{2n} by

φ~(vi∂∂xi∣p)=(x1(p),…,xn(p), v1,…,vn).\tilde\varphi\Bigl(v^{i}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^{i}}\Big|_p\Bigr) = \bigl(x^1(p),\dots,x^n(p),\,v^1,\dots,v^n\bigr).
  • It is a bijection onto an open set. Its image is φ(U)×Rn\varphi(U)\times\mathbb{R}^n, open in R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n}, and the inverse sends (x,v)(x,v) to vi∂/∂xiv^i\partial/\partial x^i at φ−1(x)\varphi^{-1}(x). This uses that the coordinate vectors are a basis of each tangent space over UU.
  • Two such charts are smoothly compatible. If (V,ψ)(V,\psi) is a second chart with coordinates x~j\tilde x^{j}, then on the overlap the chain rule gives v~j=(∂x~j/∂xi)vi\tilde v^{j} = \bigl(\partial\tilde x^{j}/\partial x^{i}\bigr)v^{i}, so ψ~∘φ~−1(x,v)=(ψ∘φ−1(x), J(x)v)\tilde\psi\circ\tilde\varphi^{-1}(x,v) = \bigl(\psi\circ\varphi^{-1}(x),\,J(x)v\bigr) with J(x)J(x) the Jacobian of ψ∘φ−1\psi\circ\varphi^{-1}. Both components are smooth, the first because MM is a smooth manifold and the second because it is linear in vv with smooth coefficients.

These charts therefore give TMTM a smooth structure of dimension 2n2n, with π\pi smooth because in charts it is (x,v)↦x(x,v)\mapsto x. The map Φ=(φ−1×Id)∘φ~\Phi = (\varphi^{-1}\times \mathrm{Id})\circ\tilde\varphi is then a diffeomorphism π−1(U)→U×Rn\pi^{-1}(U)\to U\times\mathbb{R}^n, is linear on each fibre, and satisfies πU∘Φ=π\pi_U\circ\Phi = \pi: it is a smooth local trivialization. The computation above identifies the transition function as τ(p)=J(φ(p))\tau(p) = J(\varphi(p)).

2. Frames and triviality. Let E→ME\to M be a smooth bundle of rank kk and (σi)(\sigma_i) a smooth local frame over UU. Define Ψ:U×Rk→π−1(U)\Psi: U\times\mathbb{R}^k\to\pi^{-1}(U) by Ψ(p,v)=viσi(p)\Psi(p,v) = v^{i}\sigma_i(p).

  • Ψ\Psi is a bijection, because the σi(p)\sigma_i(p) form a basis of EpE_p for each pp, and it is linear on each {p}×Rk\{p\}\times\mathbb{R}^k.
  • Ψ\Psi is smooth, and so is its inverse. Both are local questions, so fix q∈Uq\in U and choose a smooth local trivialization Φ\Phi of EE over a neighbourhood V⊆UV\subseteq U of qq. Write Φ∘σi(p)=(p,σi1(p),…,σik(p))\Phi\circ\sigma_i(p) = \bigl(p,\sigma_i^1(p),\dots,\sigma_i^k(p)\bigr) with σij\sigma_i^j smooth. Then Φ∘Ψ(p,v)=(p,viσi1(p),…,viσik(p))\Phi\circ\Psi(p,v) = \bigl(p, v^{i}\sigma^{1}_{i}(p),\dots,v^{i}\sigma^{k}_{i}(p)\bigr), which is smooth. The matrix (σij(p))\bigl(\sigma^{j}_{i}(p)\bigr) is invertible at each pp, because the σi(p)\sigma_i(p) are a basis and Φ\Phi is a fibrewise isomorphism; matrix inversion is smooth on GL(k,R)GL(k,\mathbb{R}), so the entries of the inverse matrix are smooth functions of pp, and substituting them gives a smooth formula for (Φ∘Ψ)−1(\Phi\circ\Psi)^{-1}.

Hence Ψ\Psi is a diffeomorphism and Φ′=Ψ−1\Phi' = \Psi^{-1} is a smooth local trivialization; its associated frame Φ′−1(p,ei)=Ψ(p,ei)=σi(p)\Phi'^{-1}(p,e_i) = \Psi(p,e_i)=\sigma_i(p) is the one we started with. Conversely any smooth local trivialization Φ\Phi produces the smooth local frame σi=Φ−1(⋅,ei)\sigma_i = \Phi^{-1}(\cdot,e_i), which is a frame because Φ\Phi restricts to an isomorphism on each fibre. Taking U=MU = M in both directions gives the stated equivalence, and applying it to E=TME = TM, whose smooth global frames are by definition what a parallelizable manifold has, gives the last sentence.

3. Cotangent and tensor bundles. Repeat part 1 with TpMT_pM replaced by Tp∗MT_p^{*}M: a chart gives the dual basis (λi∣p)(\lambda^i|_p) of (∂/∂xi∣p)(\partial/\partial x^i|_p) at each p∈Up\in U, hence a bijection π−1(U)→φ(U)×Rn\pi^{-1}(U)\to\varphi(U)\times\mathbb{R}^{n} recording the nn components ωi\omega_i of a covector. The chain rule for the coordinate vector fields transposes into ωi=(∂x~j/∂xi) ω~j\omega_i = (\partial\tilde x^{j}/\partial x^{i})\,\tilde\omega_j for the components of a covector, so the transition function is again a smooth GL(n,R)GL(n,\mathbb{R})-valued map — this time the inverse transpose of the Jacobian — and the same argument as in part 1 applies. For T(k,l)TMT^{(k,l)}TM, take the basis of T(k,l)(TpM)T^{(k,l)}(T_pM) built from tensor products of the ∂/∂xi∣p\partial/\partial x^i|_p and the λj∣p\lambda^{j}|_p; there are nk+ln^{k+l} of them, the components of a mixed tensor transform by the corresponding product of Jacobians and inverse-transpose Jacobians, which is smooth and invertible, and the construction goes through unchanged. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 10 (pp. 250–252) and Problem 16-6 (p. 435)
  • Local triviality is a local hypothesis only, and that is the whole point. The Möbius bundle — the quotient of R2\mathbb{R}^2 by (x,y)∼(x+1,−y)(x,y)\sim(x+1,-y), fibred over the circle by the first coordinate — satisfies every clause of the definition but is not trivial: a global section is a continuous ff on R\mathbb{R} with f(x+1)=−f(x)f(x+1) = -f(x), which must vanish somewhere by the intermediate value theorem, so there is no global frame and part 2 denies a global trivialization. Dropping condition (ii) from the definition would leave a family of vector spaces with no way to compare neighbouring fibres.
  • Linearity of Φ\Phi on fibres is used in both directions of part 2; without it a trivialization would carry no information about the vector space structure, and the matrix (σij)(\sigma^{j}_i) in the proof would not be the change-of-basis matrix it needs to be.
  • Smoothness of the transition functions is what makes the charts of part 1 compatible. If the coordinate change on MM were merely C1C^1, the Jacobian would be only continuous and TMTM would be a topological, not a smooth, manifold.
  • Invertibility of (σij(p))(\sigma^{j}_i(p)) at every point — not just at one point — is needed in part 2, because smoothness of Ψ−1\Psi^{-1} is proved by inverting that matrix throughout a neighbourhood. A kk-tuple of smooth sections that is a basis at one point only generates a frame on some neighbourhood of that point, not globally.
  • The equivalence in part 2 is not vacuous. Lee's hairy ball theorem says a nowhere-vanishing vector field exists on SnS^{n} exactly when nn is odd. So TS2TS^{2} has no global frame and is not trivial, even though S2S^2 is as well behaved a manifold as one could want; while TS1TS^{1} and TS3TS^{3} are trivial.
Method(Recognising or building a vector bundle)Original

Given a family {Ep}p∈M\{E_p\}_{p\in M} of kk-dimensional vector spaces and E=∐pEpE = \coprod_p E_p with the obvious projection π\pi:

  1. Cover MM by open sets UαU_\alpha on which a basis (σ1α,…,σkα)(\sigma^{\alpha}_1,\dots,\sigma^{\alpha}_k) of EpE_p is given for every p∈Uαp\in U_\alpha, varying in whatever way the construction supplies.
  2. Define Φα:π−1(Uα)→Uα×Rk\Phi_\alpha:\pi^{-1}(U_\alpha)\to U_\alpha\times\mathbb{R}^k by reading off components in that basis. Each Φα\Phi_\alpha is automatically a fibrewise isomorphism.
  3. On each overlap compute the change-of-basis matrix ταβ(p)\tau_{\alpha\beta}(p) with σiβ(p)=ταβ(p)ji σjα(p)\sigma^{\beta}_i(p) = \tau_{\alpha\beta}(p)^{j}{}_{i}\,\sigma^{\alpha}_j(p), and check that p↦ταβ(p)p\mapsto \tau_{\alpha\beta}(p) is smooth into GL(k,R)GL(k,\mathbb{R}). This is the only real work.
  4. Declare the maps (φα×Id)∘Φα(\varphi_\alpha\times\mathrm{Id})\circ\Phi_\alpha to be charts on EE; step 3 makes them smoothly compatible, so EE is a smooth manifold and a smooth rank-kk bundle.
  5. To decide whether the result is trivial, look for a global frame; to show it is not, exhibit an obstruction to one (a section that must vanish, as for the Möbius bundle, or a theorem such as the hairy ball theorem).
Example(The transition function of TS2TS^{2} in stereographic charts)Original

Give S2⊂R3S^2\subset\mathbb{R}^3 the two stereographic charts

φN(x,y,z)=(x,y)1−z(z≠1),φS(x,y,z)=(x,y)1+z(z≠−1).\varphi_N(x,y,z) = \frac{(x,y)}{1-z} \quad (z\neq 1), \qquad \varphi_S(x,y,z) = \frac{(x,y)}{1+z} \quad (z\neq -1).

The coordinate transition map. If u=φN(p)u = \varphi_N(p) then ∣u∣2=(x2+y2)/(1−z)2=(1−z2)/(1−z)2=(1+z)/(1−z)|u|^2 = (x^2+y^2)/(1-z)^2 = (1-z^2)/(1-z)^2 = (1+z)/(1-z), so

φS∘φN−1(u)=(x,y)1+z=(x,y)1−z⋅1−z1+z=u∣u∣2(u≠0).\varphi_S\circ\varphi_N^{-1}(u) = \frac{(x,y)}{1+z} = \frac{(x,y)}{1-z}\cdot\frac{1-z}{1+z} = \frac{u}{|u|^{2}} \qquad (u\neq 0).

The transition function of the bundle. By part 1 it is the Jacobian of this map. Differentiating ui/∣u∣2u^{i}/|u|^2,

τ(u)ij=δji∣u∣2−2uiuj∣u∣4.\tau(u)^{i}{}_{j} = \frac{\delta^{i}_{j}}{|u|^{2}} - \frac{2u^{i}u^{j}}{|u|^{4}} .

A numerical check. Take u=(1,2)u = (1,2), so ∣u∣2=5|u|^2 = 5. Then (1+z)/(1−z)=5(1+z)/(1-z)=5 gives z=2/3z = 2/3, 1−z=1/31-z = 1/3 and (x,y)=(1−z)u=(1/3,2/3)(x,y) = (1-z)u = (1/3,2/3); the point is p=(1/3, 2/3, 2/3)p = (1/3,\,2/3,\,2/3), and indeed 19+49+49=1\tfrac19+\tfrac49+\tfrac49 = 1. Its second chart image is φS(p)=(1/3,2/3)/(5/3)=(1/5,2/5)=u/∣u∣2\varphi_S(p) = (1/3,2/3)/(5/3) = (1/5,2/5) = u/|u|^2, as the formula predicts. The transition matrix there is

τ(1,2)=15(1001)−225(1224)=125(3−4−4−3),\tau(1,2) = \frac15\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&1\end{pmatrix} - \frac{2}{25}\begin{pmatrix}1&2\\2&4\end{pmatrix} = \frac{1}{25}\begin{pmatrix}3&-4\\-4&-3\end{pmatrix},

with det⁡τ(1,2)=(−9−16)/625=−1/25\det\tau(1,2) = (-9-16)/625 = -1/25, which agrees with the general value det⁡τ(u)=−∣u∣−4=−1/25\det\tau(u) = -|u|^{-4} = -1/25. So the tangent vector ∂/∂u1\partial/\partial u^1 at pp, with components (1,0)(1,0) in the chart φN\varphi_N, has components

τ(1,2)(10)=(325, −425)\tau(1,2)\begin{pmatrix}1\\0\end{pmatrix} = \left(\tfrac{3}{25},\,-\tfrac{4}{25}\right)

in the chart φS\varphi_S. The determinant is negative at every uu, so the two charts induce opposite orientations; and because τ\tau is nowhere constant and the pair of charts cannot be reduced to one, the two trivializations really do have to be glued. By the hairy ball theorem no third trivialization covers the whole sphere: TS2TS^2 is a rank-22 bundle over S2S^2 that is not a product.

ApplicationOriginal

Vector bundles are the language in which fields that take values in a space attached to each point are written, and the twisting measured by the transition functions is physical.

  • Gauge theories. A matter field in electrodynamics or the standard model is a section of a vector bundle over spacetime; the gauge group is the structure group into which the transition functions take values, and the gauge potential is a connection that says how to differentiate sections (the Christoffel symbols of the covariant derivative are the special case E=TME = TM). A change of gauge is a change of local trivialization, and the field strength is the obstruction to trivializing the connection away.
  • Band theory and the Berry phase. For a crystal the occupied electronic states form a bundle over the Brillouin torus. The system is an ordinary insulator when that bundle is trivial and a topological insulator when it is not; the integer that distinguishes them, the Chern number, is computed from the transition functions and is what quantizes the Hall conductance.
  • Mechanics. Velocities live in TQTQ and momenta in T∗QT^{*}Q for a configuration manifold QQ, which is why the Lagrangian is a function on the tangent bundle and the Hamiltonian a function on the cotangent bundle; see the canonical equations and symplectic manifolds.
  • Continuum physics. Stress, strain and conductivity are sections of tensor bundles over the body or the sample, so that a statement such as "the stress is symmetric" is a statement about a section of a subbundle of T(0,2)TMT^{(0,2)}TM, independent of coordinates; see stress and strain.

Sources

  • Lee (2013), Ch. 3, Ch. 10, Ch. 11, Ch. 12, pp. 65–67, 249–261, 275–276, 316–317, 435

Definition · advanced

Pushforwards, pullbacks and immersions

Adapted

Gives the one linear map a smooth map induces between tangent spaces, the operation in the opposite direction it induces on covariant tensors and forms, a rule for computing both in coordinates, and the names for maps whose differential is everywhere injective or everywhere surjective.

Prerequisites: Tangent vectors and vector fields, Differential forms, Smooth manifolds, Implicit and inverse function theorems

Definition(The differential and the pushforward)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 3, p. 55 and eqs. (3.9)–(3.10), pp. 61–63; do Carmo (2016), §2-4, Props. 1–2, pp. 86–87

Let MM and NN be smooth manifolds (smooth manifolds) and let F:M→NF : M \to N be smooth. Tangent vectors are derivations, as in tangent vectors and vector fields.

  • The differential of FF at p∈Mp \in M is the map dFp:TpM→TF(p)N,(dFpv)(f)=v(f∘F)for f∈C∞(N).dF_p : T_pM \to T_{F(p)}N, \qquad \bigl(dF_p v\bigr)(f) = v(f \circ F) \quad\text{for } f \in C^\infty(N). It is also called the pushforward at pp and written F∗pF_{*p} or F∗F_*; do Carmo and much of the physics literature write dφpd\varphi_p or φ∗\varphi_*.
  • In charts (U,xi)(U, x^i) around pp and (V,yj)(V, y^j) around F(p)F(p), write Fj=yj∘FF^j = y^j \circ F for the component functions of FF. Then dFp(∂∂xi∣p)=∂Fj∂xi(p) ∂∂yj∣F(p),dF_p\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial x^i}\Big|_p\right) = \frac{\partial F^j}{\partial x^i}(p)\,\frac{\partial}{\partial y^j}\Big|_{F(p)} , with the summation convention: the matrix of dFpdF_p in the coordinate bases is the Jacobian matrix of FF read in those charts.
  • A smooth curve γ:J→M\gamma : J \to M has velocity γ′(t)=dγt(d/dt∣t)∈Tγ(t)M\gamma'(t) = d\gamma_t(d/dt|_t) \in T_{\gamma(t)}M, and (F∘γ)′(t)=dFγ(t)(γ′(t))(F \circ \gamma)'(t) = dF_{\gamma(t)}\bigl(\gamma'(t)\bigr). For surfaces in R3\mathbb{R}^3 this is do Carmo's definition: dφp(w)d\varphi_p(w) is the velocity at 00 of φ∘α\varphi \circ \alpha for any curve α\alpha with α(0)=p\alpha(0) = p, α′(0)=w\alpha'(0) = w.

A single tangent vector pushes forward, but a vector field in general does not: F∗XF_*X would have to assign a vector to each q∈Nq \in N, and F−1(q)F^{-1}(q) may be empty or contain several points carrying different images. Pushforward of vector fields is defined when FF is a diffeomorphism, by (F∗X)F(p)=dFp(Xp)(F_*X)_{F(p)} = dF_p(X_p). Covariant objects behave better, as the next definition shows.

Definition(Pullback of covariant tensors, forms and metrics)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), eq. (11.13) and Prop. 11.25, pp. 284–285; Lee (2013), Ch. 12, pp. 320–321; Lee (2013), Ch. 13, pp. 330–331; Lee (2013), Lemma 14.16, p. 361; Hassani (2013), Definition 28.5.2, p. 888

With F:M→NF : M \to N smooth and p∈Mp \in M:

  • The pointwise pullback dFp∗:Tk(TF(p)∗N)→Tk(Tp∗M)dF_p^* : T^k\bigl(T^*_{F(p)}N\bigr) \to T^k\bigl(T^*_pM\bigr) sends a covariant kk-tensor α\alpha at F(p)F(p) to (dFp∗α)(v1,…,vk)=α(dFpv1,…,dFpvk),v1,…,vk∈TpM.\bigl(dF_p^*\alpha\bigr)(v_1, \dots, v_k) = \alpha\bigl(dF_p v_1, \dots, dF_p v_k\bigr), \qquad v_1, \dots, v_k \in T_pM . For k=1k = 1 this is the dual map dFp∗:TF(p)∗N→Tp∗MdF_p^* : T^*_{F(p)}N \to T^*_pM, also called the cotangent map.
  • The pullback of a covariant kk-tensor field AA on NN is the kk-tensor field F∗AF^*A on MM with (F∗A)p=dFp∗(AF(p))(F^*A)_p = dF_p^*\bigl(A_{F(p)}\bigr). It is defined at every p∈Mp \in M, with no condition on FF, because the value at pp is built from the value of AA at the single point F(p)F(p). For a function uu (a 00-tensor) the convention is F∗u=u∘FF^*u = u \circ F.
  • A differential kk-form is an alternating covariant kk-tensor field (differential forms), and pulling back preserves this, so F∗:Ωk(N)→Ωk(M)F^* : \Omega^k(N) \to \Omega^k(M).
  • If gg is a Riemannian metric on NN (Riemannian manifolds), F∗gF^*g is a symmetric 22-tensor field on MM; when it is positive definite it is a metric on MM, the pullback metric.
Definition(Rank, immersions, submersions, embeddings)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 4, pp. 77–78 and p. 85

Let F:M→NF : M \to N be smooth, dim⁡M=m\dim M = m, dim⁡N=n\dim N = n.

  • The rank of FF at pp is the rank of the linear map dFpdF_p, equivalently the rank of the Jacobian matrix in any charts. If it is the same number rr at every point, FF has constant rank rr. Since a linear map's rank is at most the dimension of its domain and of its codomain, the rank is at most min⁡{m,n}\min\{m, n\}; FF has full rank at pp when it attains this bound there.
  • FF is a smooth immersion if dFpdF_p is injective for every pp (equivalently, FF has constant rank mm).
  • FF is a smooth submersion if dFpdF_p is surjective for every pp (equivalently, constant rank nn).
  • FF is a smooth embedding if it is a smooth immersion and also a topological embedding, that is, a homeomorphism from MM onto F(M)F(M) with the subspace topology. Lee emphasises that this is more than a topological embedding that happens to be smooth; do Carmo's Definition 7 for abstract surfaces is the same requirement.
  • FF is a local diffeomorphism if every p∈Mp \in M has a neighbourhood UU with F(U)F(U) open and F∣U:U→F(U)F|_U : U \to F(U) a diffeomorphism.
DefinitionAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 3.6, p. 55; Lee (2013), Prop. 4.8, p. 80; Lee (2013), Rank Theorem 4.12, p. 81; Lee (2013), Prop. 4.22, p. 87; Lee (2013), Prop. 11.25 and eq. (11.13), pp. 284–285; Lee (2013), Prop. 12.25 and Cor. 12.28, pp. 320–321; Lee (2013), Prop. 13.9, p. 331; Lee (2013), Lemma 14.16, p. 361; Hassani (2013), eq. (28.37), p. 888

Let F:M→NF : M \to N and G:N→PG : N \to P be smooth and let p∈Mp \in M.

  1. Functoriality. dFpdF_p is linear; d(G∘F)p=dGF(p)∘dFpd(G \circ F)_p = dG_{F(p)} \circ dF_p; d(IdM)p=IdTpMd(\mathrm{Id}_M)_p = \mathrm{Id}_{T_pM}. If FF is a diffeomorphism then dFpdF_p is an isomorphism with inverse d(F−1)F(p)d(F^{-1})_{F(p)}.
  2. Pullback is contravariant and multiplicative. For covariant tensor fields A,BA, B on NN and a function uu on NN: F∗(A+B)=F∗A+F∗B,F∗(uB)=(u∘F) F∗B,F∗(A⊗B)=F∗A⊗F∗B,F^*(A + B) = F^*A + F^*B, \quad F^*(uB) = (u \circ F)\,F^*B, \quad F^*(A \otimes B) = F^*A \otimes F^*B, (G∘F)∗B=F∗(G∗B),(IdN)∗B=B.(G \circ F)^*B = F^*(G^*B), \qquad (\mathrm{Id}_N)^*B = B . F∗BF^*B is smooth whenever BB is. On forms, F∗(ω∧η)=F∗ω∧F∗ηF^*(\omega \wedge \eta) = F^*\omega \wedge F^*\eta, and F∗(du)=d(u∘F)F^*(du) = d(u \circ F) for smooth uu.
  3. Coordinate rule. If yjy^j are coordinates on a neighbourhood of F(p)F(p) and B=Bi1…ik dyi1⊗⋯⊗dyikB = B_{i_1 \dots i_k}\,dy^{i_1} \otimes \cdots \otimes dy^{i_k} there, then near pp F∗B=(Bi1…ik∘F) dFi1⊗⋯⊗dFik,Fj=yj∘F,F^*B = (B_{i_1 \dots i_k} \circ F)\, d F^{i_1} \otimes \cdots \otimes d F^{i_k}, \qquad F^j = y^j \circ F, and the same substitution with ∧\wedge in place of ⊗\otimes computes the pullback of a form. If dim⁡M=dim⁡N=n\dim M = \dim N = n and xix^i are coordinates near pp, then for a continuous uu, F∗(u dy1∧⋯∧dyn)=(u∘F) (det⁡DF) dx1∧⋯∧dxn.F^*\bigl(u\, dy^1 \wedge \cdots \wedge dy^n\bigr) = (u \circ F)\,(\det DF)\, dx^1 \wedge \cdots \wedge dx^n .
  4. Rank theorem. If FF has constant rank rr, then for each pp there are charts (U,φ)(U, \varphi) centred at pp and (V,ψ)(V, \psi) centred at F(p)F(p) with F(U)⊂VF(U) \subset V, in which F^(x1,…,xr,xr+1,…,xm)=(x1,…,xr,0,…,0).\widehat F\bigl(x^1, \dots, x^r, x^{r+1}, \dots, x^m\bigr) = \bigl(x^1, \dots, x^r, 0, \dots, 0\bigr). For a submersion this reads F^(x1,…,xn,xn+1,…,xm)=(x1,…,xn)\widehat F(x^1, \dots, x^n, x^{n+1}, \dots, x^m) = (x^1, \dots, x^n), and for an immersion F^(x1,…,xm)=(x1,…,xm,0,…,0)\widehat F(x^1, \dots, x^m) = (x^1, \dots, x^m, 0, \dots, 0).
  5. Immersion plus submersion. Being a local diffeomorphism is the same thing as being an immersion and a submersion at once. Where the two dimensions agree, dim⁡M=dim⁡N\dim M = \dim N, either half of that condition already forces the other, so either half alone is enough.
  6. When an injective immersion is an embedding. An injective smooth immersion FF is a smooth embedding if any of the following holds: FF is an open map or a closed map; FF is proper; MM is compact; MM has empty boundary and dim⁡M=dim⁡N\dim M = \dim N.
  7. Pullback-metric criterion. Let gg be a Riemannian metric on NN. Then the symmetric 22-tensor field F∗gF^*g is positive definite at every point, and so a metric on MM, exactly in the case that FF is an immersion.
Idea of the proofOriginal

Everything here rests on one line: dFpdF_p is defined so that differentiating after composing with FF is the same as composing with FF after differentiating. Functoriality and the Jacobian formula are both that line applied to a composite. Covariant objects are machines that eat tangent vectors, so feeding them pushed-forward vectors turns a machine on NN into a machine on MM with no inversion of FF anywhere; that is why pullback is unconditional while pushforward of fields is not. Finally, the rank theorem says a constant-rank map is, after a change of coordinates at both ends, exactly its own linearisation, so the local questions about immersions and submersions are answered by linear algebra.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 3.6, p. 55; Lee (2013), eqs. (3.9)–(3.10), pp. 61–63; Lee (2013), Prop. 4.8, p. 80; Lee (2013), Prop. 11.25, p. 285; Lee (2013), Cor. 12.28, p. 320; Lee (2013), Prop. 13.9 (Exercise 13.10), p. 331; Lee (2013), Prop. 14.20, p. 362

We prove 1, 2, 3, 5 and 7, and the immersion and submersion cases of 4 from the general statement; the full rank theorem is proved in Lee by applying the inverse function theorem to a map whose first rr components have been made into the first rr coordinates.

  1. Functoriality. Linearity of dFpvdF_p v in vv is immediate from v↦v(f∘F)v \mapsto v(f \circ F) being linear. For the chain rule, let v∈TpMv \in T_pM and f∈C∞(P)f \in C^\infty(P); then (d(G∘F)pv)(f)=v(f∘G∘F)=(dFpv)(f∘G)=(dGF(p)(dFpv))(f),\bigl(d(G\circ F)_p v\bigr)(f) = v\bigl(f \circ G \circ F\bigr) = \bigl(dF_p v\bigr)(f \circ G) = \Bigl(dG_{F(p)}\bigl(dF_p v\bigr)\Bigr)(f), where the middle equality is the definition of dFpdF_p applied to the function f∘G∈C∞(N)f \circ G \in C^\infty(N). Taking G=F−1G = F^{-1} and using d(Id)p=Idd(\mathrm{Id})_p = \mathrm{Id}, which holds because f∘Id=ff \circ \mathrm{Id} = f, gives the last assertion.
  2. Pullback identities. Additivity and the two product rules are read off pointwise from the defining formula, because α↦α(dFpv1,…,dFpvk)\alpha \mapsto \alpha(dF_pv_1, \dots, dF_pv_k) is linear in α\alpha and multiplicative on tensor products. Contravariance is the chain rule of part 1 inserted into the definition: ((G∘F)∗B)p(v1,…,vk)=BG(F(p))(dG dF v1,… )=(G∗B)F(p)(dFv1,… )=(F∗(G∗B))p.\bigl((G\circ F)^*B\bigr)_p(v_1,\dots,v_k) = B_{G(F(p))}\bigl(dG\,dF\,v_1, \dots\bigr) = \bigl(G^*B\bigr)_{F(p)}\bigl(dFv_1,\dots\bigr) = \bigl(F^*(G^*B)\bigr)_p . Since dFp∗dF_p^* is linear on each fibre, it carries alternating tensors to alternating tensors, and the wedge product being built from ⊗\otimes and antisymmetrisation gives F∗(ω∧η)=F∗ω∧F∗ηF^*(\omega \wedge \eta) = F^*\omega \wedge F^*\eta. For F∗du=d(u∘F)F^*du = d(u\circ F), evaluate both sides on v∈TpMv \in T_pM: the left side is duF(p)(dFpv)=(dFpv)(u)=v(u∘F)du_{F(p)}(dF_pv) = (dF_pv)(u) = v(u \circ F) by the definition of the differential of a function and of dFpdF_p, and the right side is d(u∘F)p(v)=v(u∘F)d(u\circ F)_p(v) = v(u \circ F) as well.
  3. Coordinate rule. Apply part 2 repeatedly: F∗F^* of a sum of products of coefficient functions and tensor products of the dyidy^i replaces each coefficient Bi1…ikB_{i_1\dots i_k} by Bi1…ik∘FB_{i_1 \dots i_k} \circ F and each dyidy^i by F∗(dyi)=d(yi∘F)=dFiF^*(dy^i) = d(y^i \circ F) = dF^i. In words, substitute the components of FF wherever a target coordinate appears and expand. For the top-degree formula, both sides are multiples of dx1∧⋯∧dxndx^1 \wedge \cdots \wedge dx^n, so it is enough to evaluate on (∂/∂x1,…,∂/∂xn)(\partial/\partial x^1, \dots, \partial/\partial x^n). The left side gives (u∘F)  (dF1∧⋯∧dFn) ⁣(∂∂x1,…,∂∂xn)=(u∘F) det⁡(∂Fj∂xi),(u\circ F)\;\bigl(dF^1 \wedge \cdots \wedge dF^n\bigr)\!\left(\frac{\partial}{\partial x^1}, \dots, \frac{\partial}{\partial x^n}\right) = (u\circ F)\,\det\left(\frac{\partial F^j}{\partial x^i}\right), because a wedge of nn covectors evaluated on nn vectors is the determinant of the matrix of pairings, and dFj(∂/∂xi)=∂Fj/∂xidF^j(\partial/\partial x^i) = \partial F^j/\partial x^i. The right side gives the same, since dx1∧⋯∧dxndx^1 \wedge \cdots \wedge dx^n evaluated on the coordinate frame is 11.
  4. Normal forms from the rank. An immersion has constant rank mm and a submersion constant rank nn by definition, so the two displayed forms are the general one with r=mr = m and r=nr = n.
  5. Local diffeomorphisms. If FF is a local diffeomorphism, then near each pp it restricts to a diffeomorphism, so dFpdF_p is an isomorphism by part 1; hence dFpdF_p is injective and surjective and FF is both an immersion and a submersion. Conversely, if it is both, then dFpdF_p is bijective at every pp, and the inverse function theorem for manifolds — the chart form of the inverse function theorem — makes FF a diffeomorphism from a neighbourhood of pp onto a neighbourhood of F(p)F(p). If dim⁡M=dim⁡N\dim M = \dim N, injectivity and surjectivity of the linear map dFpdF_p are equivalent, so one hypothesis gives the other.
  6. Pullback-metric criterion. F∗gF^*g is smooth and symmetric for any smooth FF, so only positivity is at issue. For v∈TpMv \in T_pM, (F∗g)p(v,v)=gF(p)(dFpv, dFpv)≥0,(F^*g)_p(v, v) = g_{F(p)}\bigl(dF_pv,\, dF_pv\bigr) \ge 0, with equality exactly when dFpv=0dF_pv = 0, because gF(p)g_{F(p)} is positive definite. So (F∗g)p(F^*g)_p is positive definite if and only if ker⁡dFp=0\ker dF_p = 0. Requiring this at every pp is exactly the definition of an immersion. □\square
Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Examples 4.18–4.20, pp. 85–86; Lee (2013), Prop. 4.22, p. 87; do Carmo (2016), §5-10, pp. 440–441
  • Why pushforward of fields needs a diffeomorphism. The formula (F∗X)F(p)=dFp(Xp)(F_*X)_{F(p)} = dF_p(X_p) assigns nothing to points off F(M)F(M), and assigns two values at a point with two preimages carrying different vectors. Nothing of the kind can go wrong for F∗AF^*A, whose value at pp reads AA only at F(p)F(p).
  • Injectivity of dFpdF_p is not injectivity of FF, and conversely. The curve t↦(t3,0)t \mapsto (t^3, 0) in R2\mathbb{R}^2 is injective and a topological embedding, but it is not an immersion: its velocity vanishes at t=0t = 0. The lemniscate t↦(sin⁡2t,sin⁡t)t \mapsto (\sin 2t, \sin t) on (−π,π)(-\pi, \pi) is an injective immersion whose image is compact while its domain is not, so it is not a homeomorphism onto its image. The line of irrational slope t↦(e2πit,e2πiαt)t \mapsto (e^{2\pi i t}, e^{2\pi i \alpha t}) in the torus is an injective immersion with dense image, again not an embedding. Part 6 of the statement is what rules these out: the lemniscate's domain is not compact and the map is not closed; the dense line is not proper.
  • Constant rank, not just rank at a point, is what the normal form needs. Rank can only jump up under a small perturbation, so a point of full rank has a neighbourhood of full rank, and that is why immersions and submersions automatically have constant rank. A map such as F(x)=x2F(x) = x^2 on R\mathbb{R} has rank 11 off the origin and rank 00 at it, and no change of coordinates turns it into a linear map near 00.
  • The pullback metric may degenerate, and even when it does not, the image may be badly placed. Where dFpdF_p has a kernel, F∗gF^*g has a null direction and is only a semi-definite form. Even for an injective immersion the pullback metric sees only the intrinsic geometry: do Carmo's flat torus carries the pullback of the Euclidean metric of R4\mathbb{R}^4 under an isometric immersion, yet it admits no isometric immersion into R3\mathbb{R}^3 at all, since compactness would force a point of positive Gaussian curvature while the flat torus has curvature 00 everywhere (the Theorema Egregium).
Method(Computing a pullback in coordinates)Original

To compute F∗BF^*B for a covariant tensor field or form BB:

  1. Fix coordinates x1,…,xmx^1, \dots, x^m on the source and y1,…,yny^1, \dots, y^n on the target, and write FF as nn functions yj=Fj(x1,…,xm)y^j = F^j(x^1, \dots, x^m).
  2. Write BB in the target coordinates, as a sum of coefficient functions times tensor products (or wedge products) of the dyjdy^j.
  3. In every coefficient, replace each yjy^j by Fj(x)F^j(x).
  4. Replace each dyjdy^j by the 11-form dFj=∂Fj∂xi dxidF^j = \dfrac{\partial F^j}{\partial x^i}\,dx^i.
  5. Expand, using bilinearity for ⊗\otimes and antisymmetry (dxi∧dxi=0dx^i \wedge dx^i = 0, dxj∧dxi=− dxi∧dxjdx^j \wedge dx^i = -\,dx^i \wedge dx^j) for ∧\wedge. Nothing else is needed: steps 3–5 are exactly part 3 of the statement.

To decide whether FF is an immersion, compute the n×mn \times m Jacobian and check that its rank is mm at every point; the pullback metric F∗gF^*g is then a metric, and its component matrix is (F∗g)ik=(gjℓ∘F) ∂Fj∂xi∂Fℓ∂xk(F^*g)_{ik} = (g_{j\ell} \circ F)\,\dfrac{\partial F^j}{\partial x^i}\dfrac{\partial F^\ell}{\partial x^k}.

Example(A saddle as an embedded surface, and the geometry it inherits)Original

Let F:R2→R3F : \mathbb{R}^2 \to \mathbb{R}^3 be

F(s,t)=(s+t,  s−t,  st),F(s, t) = \bigl(s + t,\; s - t,\; st\bigr),

with target coordinates (x,y,z)(x, y, z) and the Euclidean metric gˉ=dx2+dy2+dz2\bar g = dx^2 + dy^2 + dz^2 (the notation dx2dx^2 means the symmetric product dx dxdx\,dx).

Step 1: FF is an embedding. The Jacobian has columns

∂F∂s=(1,1,t),∂F∂t=(1,−1,s).\frac{\partial F}{\partial s} = (1, 1, t), \qquad \frac{\partial F}{\partial t} = (1, -1, s).

Their first two entries form the matrix (111−1)\begin{pmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 1 & -1\end{pmatrix}, of determinant −2≠0-2 \ne 0, so the two columns are independent at every (s,t)(s,t) and FF is an immersion. It is injective, because x=s+tx = s+t and y=s−ty = s-t already determine s=(x+y)/2s = (x+y)/2 and t=(x−y)/2t = (x-y)/2; these formulas also give a continuous inverse on the image, so FF is a homeomorphism onto its image and hence an embedding. Substituting them into z=stz = st shows the image is the graph z=(x2−y2)/4z = (x^2 - y^2)/4, a saddle.

Step 2: the pullback metric. By the method, dx=ds+dtdx = ds + dt, dy=ds−dtdy = ds - dt, dz=t ds+s dtdz = t\,ds + s\,dt, so

F∗gˉ=(ds+dt)2+(ds−dt)2+(t ds+s dt)2=(2+t2) ds2+2st ds dt+(2+s2) dt2.F^*\bar g = (ds + dt)^2 + (ds - dt)^2 + (t\,ds + s\,dt)^2 = (2 + t^2)\,ds^2 + 2st\,ds\,dt + (2 + s^2)\,dt^2 .

In the classical notation of the first fundamental form, E=2+t2E = 2 + t^2, FI=stF_{\mathrm{I}} = st, G=2+s2G = 2 + s^2, and

EG−FI2=(2+t2)(2+s2)−s2t2=4+2s2+2t2.EG - F_{\mathrm{I}}^2 = (2+t^2)(2+s^2) - s^2t^2 = 4 + 2s^2 + 2t^2 .

This is positive everywhere, as part 7 of the statement promises for an immersion. As a cross-check, ∂sF×∂tF=(s+t,  t−s,  −2)\partial_sF \times \partial_tF = (s+t,\; t-s,\; -2), whose squared length is (s+t)2+(t−s)2+4=2s2+2t2+4(s+t)^2 + (t-s)^2 + 4 = 2s^2 + 2t^2 + 4: the same number.

Step 3: numbers at one point. At (s,t)=(1,2)(s, t) = (1, 2) the component matrix is

(F∗gˉ)(1,2)=(6223),det⁡=18−4=14.\bigl(F^*\bar g\bigr)_{(1,2)} = \begin{pmatrix} 6 & 2 \\ 2 & 3\end{pmatrix}, \qquad \det = 18 - 4 = 14 .

So the area element there is 14 ds∧dt\sqrt{14}\,ds \wedge dt with 14=3.741657…\sqrt{14} = 3.741657\ldots, and the angle θ\theta between the two coordinate curves satisfies

cos⁡θ=FIEG=218=23=0.471405…,θ=61.8745∘.\cos\theta = \frac{F_{\mathrm{I}}}{\sqrt{EG}} = \frac{2}{\sqrt{18}} = \frac{\sqrt2}{3} = 0.471405\ldots, \qquad \theta = 61.8745^\circ .

Step 4: a 22-form. Pull back ω=z dx∧dy\omega = z\,dx \wedge dy. Substituting, F∗ω=st (ds+dt)∧(ds−dt)=−2st ds∧dtF^*\omega = st\,(ds + dt)\wedge(ds - dt) = -2st\,ds\wedge dt, using ds∧ds=dt∧dt=0ds \wedge ds = dt \wedge dt = 0 and dt∧ds=− ds∧dtdt \wedge ds = -\,ds \wedge dt. At (1,2)(1,2) this is −4 ds∧dt-4\,ds\wedge dt.

ApplicationOriginal

Pullback is how a physical field defined on a big space is read on a small one. The induced metric on a surface in R3\mathbb{R}^3 — the first fundamental form — is the pullback of the Euclidean metric by the parametrisation, which is why a parametrisation must be an immersion for the surface to have a sensible geometry. The same construction gives the induced metric on a spacelike hypersurface in general relativity, used to pose the initial-value problem, and the induced metric on a string or brane worldsheet, whose area is the Nambu–Goto action. In mechanics, a holonomic constraint is an embedding of the constraint manifold into configuration space, and the kinetic-energy metric pulled back along it is what produces the reduced Lagrangian (holonomic constraints). A change of coordinates is just the identity map pulled back with different charts on domain and codomain, which is why the same substitution rule reproduces the classical transformation laws of tensors, and why the Jacobian determinant appears in the change of variables for integrals of top-degree forms (integration of forms). Submersions appear as the projection of a bundle onto its base (tangent and vector bundles) and as the momentum or energy map whose regular level sets are the invariant submanifolds of a dynamical system.

Sources

  • Lee (2013), Ch. 3, Ch. 4, Ch. 11, Ch. 12, Ch. 13, Ch. 14, pp. 55, 61–63, 77–78, 80–81, 85–87, 284–285, 320–321, 330–331, 361–362
  • do Carmo (2016), §2–4, §5–10, pp. 86–87, 440–441
  • Hassani (2013), §28.5, p. 888

Theorem · advanced

Flows and integral curves

Adapted

Shows that a smooth vector field on a manifold has a unique maximal integral curve through each point, that these assemble into a single smooth flow whose time-tt maps are diffeomorphisms obeying the group law, and that differentiating a second vector field along this flow returns the Lie bracket.

Prerequisites: Tangent vectors and vector fields, Existence and uniqueness of solutions, Smooth manifolds, Dependence on initial data and Gronwall's inequality

Definition(Integral curves, flows and completeness)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), pp. 206–207, 209, 211–212; Hassani (2013), Definition 28.4.5, p. 879 and eqs. (28.20)–(28.21), p. 881

Let MM be a smooth manifold and VV a smooth vector field on MM (tangent vectors and vector fields).

  • An integral curve of VV is a differentiable curve γ:J→M\gamma : J \to M, J⊂RJ \subset \mathbb{R} an interval, with γ′(t)=Vγ(t)for all t∈J.\gamma'(t) = V_{\gamma(t)} \qquad \text{for all } t \in J . If 0∈J0 \in J, the point γ(0)\gamma(0) is the starting point. In a chart, writing γi\gamma^i for the coordinates of γ\gamma and V=Vi ∂/∂xiV = V^i\,\partial/\partial x^i, this is the autonomous first-order system γ˙i(t)=Vi(γ1(t),…,γn(t)),i=1,…,n.\dot\gamma^i(t) = V^i\bigl(\gamma^1(t), \dots, \gamma^n(t)\bigr), \qquad i = 1, \dots, n . Hassani's streamline picture is the right one: VV is a velocity field and the integral curves are the paths of the particles it carries.
  • A flow domain for MM is an open set D⊂R×M\mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R} \times M such that for each p∈Mp \in M the slice D(p)={t:(t,p)∈D}\mathcal{D}^{(p)} = \{t : (t, p) \in \mathcal{D}\} is an open interval containing 00.
  • A flow on MM is a continuous map θ:D→M\theta : \mathcal{D} \to M on a flow domain obeying the group laws θ(0,p)=p,θ(t,θ(s,p))=θ(t+s,p)\theta(0, p) = p, \qquad \theta\bigl(t, \theta(s, p)\bigr) = \theta(t + s, p) whenever s∈D(p)s \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)}, t∈D(θ(s,p))t \in \mathcal{D}^{(\theta(s,p))} and s+t∈D(p)s + t \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)}. We write θt(p)=θ(p)(t)=θ(t,p)\theta_t(p) = \theta^{(p)}(t) = \theta(t, p) and set Mt={p:(t,p)∈D}M_t = \{p : (t, p) \in \mathcal{D}\}. When D=R×M\mathcal{D} = \mathbb{R} \times M, θ\theta is a global flow, equivalently a (left) action of the additive group R\mathbb{R} on MM; the group laws then read θt∘θs=θt+s\theta_t \circ \theta_s = \theta_{t+s}, θ0=IdM\theta_0 = \mathrm{Id}_M, and {θt}t∈R\{\theta_t\}_{t\in\mathbb{R}} is a one-parameter group of transformations.
  • A flow is a smooth flow when it is smooth, and not merely continuous, as a map D→M\mathcal{D} \to M. The infinitesimal generator of a smooth flow θ\theta is the vector field Vp=θ(p)′(0)V_p = \theta^{(p)\prime}(0).
  • A smooth vector field is called complete when every one of its maximal integral curves has the whole of R\mathbb{R} as its domain; equivalently, when the flow it generates is a global one.
  • A maximal integral curve is one that is not the restriction of an integral curve on a strictly larger open interval; a maximal flow admits no extension to a larger flow domain.

Hassani writes the flow of XX as Ft=exp⁡(tX)F_t = \exp(tX), which turns the group laws into exp⁡(tX)exp⁡(sX)=exp⁡((t+s)X)\exp(tX)\exp(sX) = \exp((t+s)X) and exp⁡(0X)=Id\exp(0X) = \mathrm{Id}; the exponential map explains why that notation is not an accident.

Theorem(Fundamental theorem on flows)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Thm 9.12, pp. 212–213; Lee (2013), Thm 9.16 and Cor. 9.17, p. 216; Lee (2013), Thm 9.38, p. 229; Hassani (2013), Thm 28.4.6, p. 880 and eq. (28.31), p. 886

Throughout, MM is a smooth manifold carrying a smooth vector field VV.

  1. One flow, and only one. Among all flows on MM there is exactly one that is smooth, is maximal, and has VV for its infinitesimal generator. Write it θ\theta, on the flow domain D\mathcal{D}.
  2. Its tt-slices are the integral curves. Through each point pp of MM runs one and only one maximal integral curve with starting point pp; it is t↦θ(t,p)t \mapsto \theta(t,p), defined precisely on the interval D(p)\mathcal{D}^{(p)}.
  3. Along an orbit the domains are translates. Take s∈D(p)s \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)} and set q=θs(p)q = \theta_s(p). Then D(q)\mathcal{D}^{(q)} is obtained from D(p)\mathcal{D}^{(p)} by subtracting ss: D(q)={t−s:t∈D(p)}\mathcal{D}^{(q)} = \{t - s : t \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)}\}. So all points of one orbit have domains of the same length.
  4. Each time slice is a diffeomorphism. Fix t∈Rt \in \mathbb{R}. The set MtM_t of points that survive to time tt is an open subset of MM; the map θt\theta_t carries it bijectively onto M−tM_{-t}; and θt\theta_t, θ−t\theta_{-t} are mutually inverse diffeomorphisms between these two open sets.
  5. Compact support forces completeness. Should VV vanish outside a compact set — in particular should MM itself be compact — then D=R×M\mathcal{D} = \mathbb{R}\times M and VV is complete.
  6. Differentiating a second field along the flow. Let WW be any smooth vector field on MM. The Lie derivative (LVW)p=ddt∣t=0  d(θ−t)θt(p)(Wθt(p))=lim⁡t→0d(θ−t)θt(p)(Wθt(p))−Wpt(\mathcal{L}_VW)_p = \frac{d}{dt}\Big|_{t=0}\; d(\theta_{-t})_{\theta_t(p)}\bigl(W_{\theta_t(p)}\bigr) = \lim_{t\to 0}\frac{d(\theta_{-t})_{\theta_t(p)}\bigl(W_{\theta_t(p)}\bigr) - W_p}{t} exists at every pp, defines a smooth vector field, and equals the Lie bracket: LVW=[V,W].\mathcal{L}_VW = [V, W]. Consequently LVW=−LWV\mathcal{L}_VW = -\mathcal{L}_WV and LV(gW)=(Vg)W+g LVW\mathcal{L}_V(gW) = (Vg)W + g\,\mathcal{L}_VW for g∈C∞(M)g \in C^\infty(M).
Idea of the proofOriginal

In a chart the equation γ′=Vγ\gamma' = V_\gamma is an autonomous ODE system with a smooth right-hand side, so the Picard–Lindelöf theorem gives a solution through each point and forbids two solutions from separating once they meet. Two global facts follow from that local statement by soft arguments. Uniqueness is a connectedness argument: the set where two integral curves on a common interval agree is non-empty, closed by continuity and open by local uniqueness. The group law is the observation that the equation does not mention tt explicitly, so a time-shifted integral curve is again one; following the flow for time ss and then for time tt therefore lands where following it for time s+ts+t does. The one remaining point, that the maximal domain D\mathcal{D} is open and θ\theta is smooth on it, is proved by walking along an integral curve and patching the local solutions supplied by the ODE theorem. For the last part, expanding the flow to first order in tt turns the difference quotient into Vk∂kWi−Wk∂kViV^k\partial_kW^i - W^k\partial_kV^i, which is the bracket.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), proof of Thm 9.12, pp. 213–214; Lee (2013), Thm D.1(c), p. 664; Lee (2013), Lemma 9.4 and Prop. 9.6, p. 208; Lee (2013), Lemma 9.15 and Thm 9.16, pp. 215–216; Hirsch, Smale & Devaney (2013), §7.2, pp. 144, 146 and §17.4, pp. 397–398

Local existence. Around any pp choose a chart. In it the condition on γ\gamma is the autonomous system above with smooth right-hand side, hence locally Lipschitz, so the Picard–Lindelöf theorem gives ε>0\varepsilon > 0 and a solution on (−ε,ε)(-\varepsilon, \varepsilon) with γ(0)=p\gamma(0) = p. Smoothness of VV also makes the solution smooth in tt, and continuous dependence on initial data makes it depend continuously on the starting point. More than that is true and is what the rest of the proof needs: shrinking J0∋0J_0 \ni 0 and the neighbourhood U0U_0 of pp if necessary, the map (t,x)↦γx(t)(t, x) \mapsto \gamma_x(t) sending a starting point x∈U0x \in U_0 to the solution through it is smooth on J0×U0J_0 \times U_0. That is the smoothness half of the fundamental theorem for autonomous ODEs, which ODE texts usually leave out and which we take from Lee’s Thm D.1(c), p. 664.

Two integral curves that meet once agree. Let γ,γ~:J→M\gamma, \tilde\gamma : J \to M be integral curves on a common interval with γ(t0)=γ~(t0)\gamma(t_0) = \tilde\gamma(t_0), and let S={t∈J:γ(t)=γ~(t)}S = \{t \in J : \gamma(t) = \tilde\gamma(t)\}.

  • S≠∅S \ne \varnothing, since t0∈St_0 \in S.
  • SS is closed in JJ: it is the preimage of the diagonal, which is closed because MM is Hausdorff, under the continuous map t↦(γ(t),γ~(t))t \mapsto (\gamma(t), \tilde\gamma(t)).
  • SS is open in JJ: if t1∈St_1 \in S, work in a chart around γ(t1)\gamma(t_1); both curves solve the same ODE with the same value at t1t_1, so the uniqueness half of Picard–Lindelöf makes them agree on an interval around t1t_1.

Since JJ is connected, S=JS = J.

The maximal integral curve. Define D(p)\mathcal{D}^{(p)} by taking every open interval around 00 that carries an integral curve starting at pp, and forming their union; set θ(p)(t)\theta^{(p)}(t) equal to the value at tt shared by all those curves; the previous paragraph makes this well defined, and by construction no integral curve starting at pp has a larger domain. Put D={(t,p):t∈D(p)}\mathcal{D} = \{(t,p) : t \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)}\} and θ(t,p)=θ(p)(t)\theta(t,p) = \theta^{(p)}(t). This proves part 2 once θ\theta is known to be a flow.

The group laws and part 3. Because the system is autonomous, if γ\gamma is an integral curve then so is t↦γ(t+s)t \mapsto \gamma(t + s) (the translation lemma): its velocity at tt is the velocity of γ\gamma at t+st+s, which is VV at the same point. Fix pp and s∈D(p)s \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)}, and set q=θs(p)q = \theta_s(p). The curve σ(t)=θ(p)(t+s)\sigma(t) = \theta^{(p)}(t+s), defined for t∈D(p)−st \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)} - s, is therefore an integral curve starting at qq, so by uniqueness it agrees with θ(q)\theta^{(q)} where both are defined, and maximality of θ(q)\theta^{(q)} gives D(p)−s⊂D(q)\mathcal{D}^{(p)} - s \subset \mathcal{D}^{(q)}; this is the second group law, and θ(0,p)=p\theta(0,p) = p is the definition. Since 0∈D(p)0 \in \mathcal{D}^{(p)}, the inclusion gives −s∈D(q)-s \in \mathcal{D}^{(q)} and θ(q)(−s)=p\theta^{(q)}(-s) = p. Running the same argument with (−s,q)(-s, q) in place of (s,p)(s,p) gives D(q)+s⊂D(p)\mathcal{D}^{(q)} + s \subset \mathcal{D}^{(p)}, so the two intervals agree: part 3.

D\mathcal{D} is open and θ\theta is smooth (sketch of Lee's argument). Call a pair (t,p)∈D(t,p) \in \mathcal{D} tame when some product J×U⊂DJ \times U \subset \mathcal{D}, with JJ an interval holding both 00 and tt and UU a neighbourhood of pp, lies in the region where θ\theta is already known to be defined and smooth; let WW collect the tame pairs. Then WW is open and θ∣W\theta|_W is smooth, so it suffices that W=DW = \mathcal{D}. If not, pick (τ,p0)∈D∖W(\tau, p_0) \in \mathcal{D}\setminus W, say with τ>0\tau > 0, and let t0=inf⁡{t:(t,p0)∉W}t_0 = \inf\{t : (t, p_0) \notin W\}. The ODE theorem applied in a chart around p0p_0 puts a whole product neighbourhood of (0,p0)(0, p_0) into WW, so t0>0t_0 > 0; applied in a chart around q0=θ(p0)(t0)q_0 = \theta^{(p_0)}(t_0) it gives ε>0\varepsilon > 0 and a neighbourhood U0U_0 of q0q_0 with (−ε,ε)×U0⊂W(-\varepsilon,\varepsilon)\times U_0 \subset W. Choosing t1<t0t_1 < t_0 with t1+ε>t0t_1 + \varepsilon > t_0 and θ(p0)(t1)∈U0\theta^{(p_0)}(t_1) \in U_0, the two smooth formulas θt\theta_t (for tt near and below t1t_1) and θt−t1∘θt1\theta_{t - t_1}\circ\theta_{t_1} (for tt near t0t_0) agree where they overlap, by the group law, and together define θ\theta smoothly past t0t_0 — contradicting the choice of t0t_0.

Part 4. MtM_t is a slice of the open set D\mathcal{D}, hence open. If p∈Mtp \in M_t, part 3 with s=ts = t gives D(θt(p))=D(p)−t∋−t\mathcal{D}^{(\theta_t(p))} = \mathcal{D}^{(p)} - t \ni -t, so θt(p)∈M−t\theta_t(p) \in M_{-t}; and the group law gives θ−t∘θt=Id\theta_{-t}\circ\theta_t = \mathrm{Id} on MtM_t and θt∘θ−t=Id\theta_t \circ \theta_{-t} = \mathrm{Id} on M−tM_{-t}. Both maps are smooth, so each is a diffeomorphism.

Part 5 (completeness). First, a uniform time lemma: if there is ε>0\varepsilon > 0 with (−ε,ε)⊂D(p)(-\varepsilon, \varepsilon) \subset \mathcal{D}^{(p)} for every pp, then VV is complete. Indeed, suppose b=sup⁡D(p)<∞b = \sup\mathcal{D}^{(p)} < \infty; pick t0∈(b−ε,b)t_0 \in (b - \varepsilon, b) and q=θ(p)(t0)q = \theta^{(p)}(t_0). By the hypothesis θ(q)\theta^{(q)} is defined on (−ε,ε)(-\varepsilon, \varepsilon), and by the group law θ(q)(t−t0)=θ(p)(t)\theta^{(q)}(t - t_0) = \theta^{(p)}(t) wherever both are defined, so the two formulas splice to an integral curve starting at pp on (−ε,t0+ε)(-\varepsilon, t_0 + \varepsilon), whose right endpoint exceeds bb — contradicting maximality. Now let K=supp⁡VK = \operatorname{supp}V be compact. Each p∈Kp \in K has a neighbourhood UpU_p and εp>0\varepsilon_p > 0 with (−εp,εp)×Up⊂D(-\varepsilon_p, \varepsilon_p) \times U_p \subset \mathcal{D}; finitely many Up1,…,UpkU_{p_1}, \dots, U_{p_k} cover KK, and ε=min⁡jεpj\varepsilon = \min_j \varepsilon_{p_j} works for every starting point in KK. A point outside KK has V=0V = 0 there, and the constant curve is its integral curve, defined on all of R\mathbb{R}. The uniform time lemma applies.

Part 6 (the Lie derivative is the bracket). The existence and smoothness come from the formula below, which exhibits the quantity as the tt-derivative, at t=0t = 0, of a smooth function of (t,x)(t, x) — so the resulting coefficients are smooth in xx as well, and LVW\mathcal{L}_VW is a smooth vector field. Fix pp and a chart xix^i around pp; for tt small, θt(p)\theta_t(p) stays in the chart. Write θi(t,x)\theta^i(t,x) for the components of the flow and set

A(t)ij=∂θi(−t,y)∂yj∣y=θt(p),w(t)j=Wj(θt(p)),A(t)^i{}_j = \frac{\partial\theta^i(-t, y)}{\partial y^j}\bigg|_{y = \theta_t(p)}, \qquad w(t)^j = W^j\bigl(\theta_t(p)\bigr),

so that the vector being differentiated is A(t)ij w(t)j ∂/∂xi∣pA(t)^i{}_j\,w(t)^j\,\partial/\partial x^i|_p, since the matrix of d(θ−t)d(\theta_{-t}) in coordinates is the Jacobian of θ−t\theta_{-t}. Both AA and ww are smooth in tt, so the derivative at t=0t = 0 exists and the product rule gives

(LVW)pi=A˙(0)ij Wj(p)+w˙(0)i,(\mathcal{L}_VW)^i_p = \dot A(0)^i{}_j\,W^j(p) + \dot w(0)^i ,

because A(0)=IA(0) = I by θ0=Id\theta_0 = \mathrm{Id}.

  • w˙(0)i=Vk(p) ∂kWi(p)\dot w(0)^i = V^k(p)\,\partial_kW^i(p), by the chain rule and ∂tθk(0,p)=Vk(p)\partial_t\theta^k(0,p) = V^k(p).
  • For A˙(0)\dot A(0), note that θi(0,y)=yi\theta^i(0, y) = y^i, so ∂θi(0,y)/∂yj=δji\partial\theta^i(0,y)/\partial y^j = \delta^i_j is constant in yy; hence the motion of the evaluation point contributes nothing at t=0t=0, and A˙(0)ij=∂∂t∣t=0∂θi(−t,y)∂yj∣y=p=∂∂yj∣y=p∂θi(−t,y)∂t∣t=0=− ∂jVi(p),\dot A(0)^i{}_j = \frac{\partial}{\partial t}\bigg|_{t=0}\frac{\partial\theta^i(-t,y)}{\partial y^j}\bigg|_{y=p} = \frac{\partial}{\partial y^j}\bigg|_{y=p}\frac{\partial\theta^i(-t,y)}{\partial t}\bigg|_{t=0} = -\,\partial_jV^i(p), the exchange of the two derivatives being legitimate because θ\theta is smooth in (t,y)(t,y) jointly.

Therefore (LVW)pi=Vk∂kWi−Wj∂jVi(\mathcal{L}_VW)^i_p = V^k\partial_kW^i - W^j\partial_jV^i at pp, which is the coordinate expression of [V,W][V,W]. The two listed consequences follow from antisymmetry of the bracket and from its derivation property in the second slot. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Examples 9.9–9.10, p. 211; Lee (2013), Thm 9.16, p. 216; Lee (2013), Thm 9.38, p. 229; Lee (2013), commuting flows and Thm 9.44, pp. 232–233
  • Smoothness of VV is used twice. It makes the right-hand side of the ODE locally Lipschitz, which is what uniqueness needs; a merely continuous field still has integral curves but may have several through a point, as x˙=x2/3\dot x = x^{2/3} shows (existence and uniqueness), and then no flow exists, because θt\theta_t would not be well defined. It is also what makes θ\theta jointly smooth in (t,p)(t, p), without which d(θ−t)d(\theta_{-t}) in part 6 would not be differentiable in tt.
  • Nothing forces completeness. On M=R2∖{0}M = \mathbb{R}^2\setminus\{0\} the field ∂/∂x\partial/\partial x is as smooth as can be, yet the integral curve starting at (−1,0)(-1, 0) runs into the missing origin and stops at t=1t = 1: the obstruction is a hole in MM. Lee’s second example, transplanted from the plane to the line: on M=RM = \mathbb{R} the field x2 ∂/∂xx^2\,\partial/\partial x has the integral curve t↦1/(1−t)t \mapsto 1/(1-t) from x=1x = 1, which escapes to infinity in finite time, the obstruction now being growth of VV rather than a hole. (Lee states it on M=R2M = \mathbb{R}^2 with the field x2 ∂/∂xx^2\,\partial/\partial x and the curve t↦(1/(1−t),0)t \mapsto (1/(1-t), 0) from (1,0)(1,0); the second coordinate is inert.) Compact support removes both, which is why part 5 is true; a flow that is only local is exactly why D\mathcal{D}, rather than R×M\mathbb{R}\times M, appears throughout.
  • Why the Lie derivative needs a vector field, not a tangent vector. The naive difference Wγ(t)−WpW_{\gamma(t)} - W_p is meaningless because the two vectors live in different tangent spaces. Part 4 is what repairs this: θ−t\theta_{-t} is a diffeomorphism near θt(p)\theta_t(p), so d(θ−t)d(\theta_{-t}) transports Wθt(p)W_{\theta_t(p)} back to TpMT_pM before the subtraction. That the answer is antisymmetric in VV and WW — not obvious from the definition, which treats them very differently — is the content of LVW=[V,W]\mathcal{L}_VW = [V, W].
  • Flows do not in general commute. LVW=[V,W]\mathcal{L}_VW = [V,W] is the infinitesimal statement of this: the flows of VV and WW commute precisely when their bracket vanishes (Lee, Thm 9.44, p. 233). For incomplete fields “commute” has to be read in the local sense Lee defines on pp. 232–233: whenever one of θt∘ψs(p)\theta_t\circ\psi_s(p), ψs∘θt(p)\psi_s\circ\theta_t(p) is defined for all (s,t)(s,t) in a rectangle J×KJ \times K around the origin, both are and they agree.
Method(Finding the flow and the maximal domains)Original
  1. Write VV in a convenient chart and read off the system x˙i=Vi(x)\dot x^i = V^i(x).
  2. Solve it with a general initial condition x(0)=px(0) = p. The solution θt(p)\theta_t(p), as a function of (t,p)(t, p), is the flow.
  3. For each pp, find the largest open interval around t=0t = 0 on which the solution stays in MM and stays finite. That interval is D(p)\mathcal{D}^{(p)}, and the union of {p}×D(p)\{p\}\times\mathcal{D}^{(p)} is the flow domain.
  4. Check the answer against the group law θt∘θs=θt+s\theta_t\circ\theta_s = \theta_{t+s} and against ∂tθt(p)∣t=0=Vp\partial_t\theta_t(p)|_{t=0} = V_p.
  5. To differentiate another field along the flow, you do not need the flow: compute [V,W]i=Vk∂kWi−Wk∂kVi[V, W]^i = V^k\partial_kW^i - W^k\partial_kV^i in any chart.
Example(An incomplete flow on the line, with its exact domain)AdaptedAdapted from Hirsch, Smale & Devaney (2013), §7.2, p. 146

The equation and its solution family are the standard blow-up example of Hirsch, Smale and Devaney (p. 146), which existence and uniqueness also reports; what is ours here is the flow written as a function of its starting point, the exact maximal domains and the numbers.

Let M=RM = \mathbb{R} and V=(1+x2) d/dxV = (1 + x^2)\,d/dx, a smooth and nowhere-vanishing field. The system is x˙=1+x2\dot x = 1 + x^2, which separates:

∫dx1+x2=∫dt⟹arctan⁡x(t)=t+arctan⁡x0,\int\frac{dx}{1+x^2} = \int dt \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \arctan x(t) = t + \arctan x_0 ,

so

θt(x0)=tan⁡(t+arctan⁡x0).\theta_t(x_0) = \tan\bigl(t + \arctan x_0\bigr).

Check. θ0(x0)=x0\theta_0(x_0) = x_0; and ddttan⁡u=sec⁡2u=1+tan⁡2u=1+θt(x0)2\frac{d}{dt}\tan u = \sec^2 u = 1 + \tan^2 u = 1 + \theta_t(x_0)^2, as required. The group law holds because arctan⁡θs(x0)=s+arctan⁡x0\arctan\theta_s(x_0) = s + \arctan x_0, so applying the formula again adds tt to the same angle.

Maximal domain. The solution exists exactly while t+arctan⁡x0t + \arctan x_0 stays in (−π/2,π/2)(-\pi/2, \pi/2), so

D(x0)=(−π2−arctan⁡x0,  π2−arctan⁡x0),\mathcal{D}^{(x_0)} = \Bigl(-\tfrac{\pi}{2} - \arctan x_0,\; \tfrac{\pi}{2} - \arctan x_0\Bigr),

an interval of length π\pi for every starting point — consistent with part 3 of the theorem, which says the domains of different points on one orbit are translates of each other. Starting at x0=1x_0 = 1 gives arctan⁡x0=π/4\arctan x_0 = \pi/4 and

D(1)=(−3π/4,  π/4)=(−2.356194…,  0.785398…),\mathcal{D}^{(1)} = \bigl(-3\pi/4,\; \pi/4\bigr) = (-2.356194\ldots,\; 0.785398\ldots),

and for instance θ0.5(1)=tan⁡(0.5+π/4)=3.408223…\theta_{0.5}(1) = \tan(0.5 + \pi/4) = 3.408223\ldots, while θt(1)→+∞\theta_t(1) \to +\infty as t↑π/4t \uparrow \pi/4. So VV is not complete, and Mt=∅M_t = \varnothing for ∣t∣≥π|t| \ge \pi: no single diffeomorphism θt\theta_t moves the whole line for such tt.

Example(A Lie derivative computed twice)Original

On M=R2M = \mathbb{R}^2 take

V=x ∂∂x+2y ∂∂y,W=y ∂∂x.V = x\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x} + 2y\,\frac{\partial}{\partial y}, \qquad W = y\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x}.

The flow of VV. The system x˙=x\dot x = x, y˙=2y\dot y = 2y gives θt(x,y)=(etx, e2ty)\theta_t(x, y) = (e^tx,\, e^{2t}y), defined for all tt: VV is complete and {θt}\{\theta_t\} is a one-parameter group of linear diffeomorphisms.

By the definition. θ−t\theta_{-t} is linear, so d(θ−t)d(\theta_{-t}) is the matrix diag⁡(e−t,e−2t)\operatorname{diag}(e^{-t}, e^{-2t}) at every point. At p=(x,y)p = (x,y), the field WW evaluated at θt(p)=(etx,e2ty)\theta_t(p) = (e^tx, e^{2t}y) is e2ty ∂/∂xe^{2t}y\,\partial/\partial x, and transporting it back,

d(θ−t)θt(p)(Wθt(p))=e−t⋅e2ty ∂∂x∣p=et y ∂∂x∣p=etWp.d(\theta_{-t})_{\theta_t(p)}\bigl(W_{\theta_t(p)}\bigr) = e^{-t}\cdot e^{2t}y\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x}\bigg|_p = e^{t}\,y\,\frac{\partial}{\partial x}\bigg|_p = e^tW_p .

Differentiating at t=0t = 0 gives LVW=y ∂/∂x=W\mathcal{L}_VW = y\,\partial/\partial x = W.

By the bracket. With V=(x,2y)V = (x, 2y) and W=(y,0)W = (y, 0),

[V,W]1=Vk∂kW1−Wk∂kV1=(x∂x+2y∂y)(y)−(y∂x)(x)=2y−y=y,[V,W]^1 = V^k\partial_kW^1 - W^k\partial_kV^1 = (x\partial_x + 2y\partial_y)(y) - (y\partial_x)(x) = 2y - y = y,[V,W]2=(x∂x+2y∂y)(0)−(y∂x)(2y)=0−0=0,[V,W]^2 = (x\partial_x + 2y\partial_y)(0) - (y\partial_x)(2y) = 0 - 0 = 0 ,

so [V,W]=y ∂/∂x=W[V,W] = y\,\partial/\partial x = W. The two routes agree, as part 6 requires.

Numbers. Take p=(1,3)p = (1, 3) and t=ln⁡2t = \ln 2. Then θt(p)=(2,12)\theta_t(p) = (2, 12) and Wθt(p)=12 ∂/∂xW_{\theta_t(p)} = 12\,\partial/\partial x. Transporting back multiplies the xx-component by e−t=1/2e^{-t} = 1/2, giving 6 ∂/∂x6\,\partial/\partial x in TpMT_pM — which is eln⁡2 Wp=2⋅3 ∂/∂xe^{\ln 2}\,W_p = 2\cdot 3\,\partial/\partial x, as the formula etWpe^tW_p predicts. Its tt-derivative at t=0t=0 is 3 ∂/∂x=(LVW)p3\,\partial/\partial x = (\mathcal{L}_VW)_p. Because the transported field is exactly etWpe^tW_p, the whole family stays parallel to WpW_p: WW is an eigenvector of the flow's action with eigenvalue ete^t.

ApplicationOriginal

A flow is the time evolution of an autonomous system, and the theorem is the statement that such evolution is well defined, reversible and smooth in the initial data for as long as it lasts. In Hamiltonian mechanics the Hamiltonian vector field of HH has a flow whose time-tt maps are canonical transformations preserving phase-space volume (the canonical equations and symplectic manifolds); the group law θt∘θs=θt+s\theta_t\circ\theta_s = \theta_{t+s} is the statement that the dynamics has no preferred origin of time. In fluid mechanics, θt\theta_t is the map from a fluid parcel's initial to its current position, so the Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions are related exactly by the flow, and LV\mathcal{L}_V is the rate of change seen by an observer carried along with the fluid. Incompleteness is not a technicality: it is the blow-up of a solution in finite time, which is the behaviour the example above displays and which the x˙=1+x2\dot x = 1 + x^2 model shares with the simplest nonlinear reaction equations. One-parameter groups of diffeomorphisms are the geometric form of a continuous symmetry, so a symmetry of a Lagrangian is a flow under which it is invariant, and Noether's theorem (Noether's theorem) converts each such flow into a conserved quantity; when the flow preserves a metric its generator is a Killing field (Killing vector fields).

Definition · advanced

The exponential map

Adapted

Gives the two constructions that turn a tangent vector at a distinguished point into a point of the manifold — integrating a left-invariant field on a Lie group, and running a geodesic for unit time on a Riemannian manifold — shows that both reduce to the matrix exponential or to normal coordinates in the familiar cases, and says exactly how far each one is a diffeomorphism.

Prerequisites: Flows and integral curves, Matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras, Geodesics, Riemannian manifolds, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential

Definition(The exponential map of a Lie group)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 20, p. 516 and p. 518; Hassani (2013), p. 881 and Thm 29.1.21, p. 925

Let GG be a Lie group with identity ee and Lie algebra g\mathfrak{g}, realised as the left-invariant vector fields on GG or, equivalently, as TeGT_eG (matrix Lie groups and Lie algebras).

  • A one-parameter subgroup of GG is a Lie group homomorphism γ:R→G\gamma : \mathbb{R} \to G, where R\mathbb{R} carries addition. It is a homomorphism into GG, not a subgroup of GG.
  • Left-invariant vector fields are complete, so each X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g} has a maximal integral curve γX:R→G\gamma_X : \mathbb{R}\to G with γX(0)=e\gamma_X(0) = e (flows and integral curves).
  • The exponential map of GG is exp⁡:g→G,exp⁡X=γX(1).\exp : \mathfrak{g}\to G, \qquad \exp X = \gamma_X(1).

Hassani writes the flow of any vector field XX as Ft=exp⁡(tX)F_t = \exp(tX); on a Lie group with XX left-invariant this notation agrees with the definition above, because the flow of XX is right translation by exp⁡tX\exp tX.

Definition(The exponential map of a Riemannian manifold)AdaptedAdapted from do Carmo (2016), §4-6, p. 288 and pp. 289–290

Let (M,g)(M, g) be a Riemannian manifold (Riemannian manifolds) and p∈Mp \in M. For v∈TpMv \in T_pM let γ( ⋅ ,v)\gamma(\,\cdot\,, v) be the unique maximal geodesic with γ(0,v)=p\gamma(0, v) = p and γ′(0,v)=v\gamma'(0, v) = v; existence and uniqueness come from the geodesic equation being a second-order ODE with smooth coefficients (geodesics).

  • The exponential map at pp is exp⁡p(v)=γ(1,v),exp⁡p(0)=p,\exp_p(v) = \gamma(1, v), \qquad \exp_p(0) = p, defined for those vv for which γ( ⋅ ,v)\gamma(\,\cdot\,, v) reaches t=1t = 1. Geometrically: walk from pp a distance ∣v∣g|v|_g along the geodesic in the direction of vv.
  • A normal neighbourhood of pp is a set V=exp⁡p(U)V = \exp_p(U), where U⊂TpMU \subset T_pM is a neighbourhood of 00 on which exp⁡p\exp_p is a diffeomorphism.
  • Normal coordinates centred at pp are the coordinates on VV obtained from an orthonormal basis of TpMT_pM through exp⁡p\exp_p: the point exp⁡p(uiei)\exp_p(u^ie_i) gets coordinates (u1,…,un)(u^1, \dots, u^n). Geodesic polar coordinates (ρ,θ)(\rho, \theta) on a surface come instead from polar coordinates in TpST_pS; they omit one radial geodesic, the image of the half-line θ=0\theta = 0. The images of circles about 00 are the geodesic circles, the images of lines through 00 the radial geodesics.
DefinitionAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 20.2, pp. 517–518; Lee (2013), Thm 20.1, p. 516; Lee (2013), Prop. 20.5, p. 518; Lee (2013), Prop. 20.8, pp. 519–521; do Carmo (2016), Lemma 1, p. 287; do Carmo (2016), Props. 1–2, p. 289; do Carmo (2016), Prop. 3, p. 291

A. On a Lie group. Let GG be a Lie group with Lie algebra g\mathfrak{g}.

  1. A curve γ:R→G\gamma : \mathbb{R}\to G is a one-parameter subgroup exactly when, for some left-invariant field XX, it is the maximal curve that integrates XX and has γ(0)=e\gamma(0) = e. For X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g} the map s↦exp⁡sXs \mapsto \exp sX is the one-parameter subgroup that XX generates.
  2. exp⁡\exp is smooth, and for X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g}, s,t∈Rs, t\in\mathbb{R}, n∈Zn \in \mathbb{Z}: exp⁡((s+t)X)=(exp⁡sX)(exp⁡tX),(exp⁡X)−1=exp⁡(−X),(exp⁡X)n=exp⁡(nX).\exp\bigl((s+t)X\bigr) = (\exp sX)(\exp tX), \qquad (\exp X)^{-1} = \exp(-X), \qquad (\exp X)^n = \exp(nX).
  3. (dexp⁡)0:T0g→TeG(d\exp)_0 : T_0\mathfrak{g}\to T_eG is the identity, under the canonical identifications of both with g\mathfrak{g}; consequently exp⁡\exp restricts to a diffeomorphism from a neighbourhood of 00 in g\mathfrak{g} onto a neighbourhood of ee in GG.
  4. If Φ:G→H\Phi : G \to H is a Lie group homomorphism then Φ(exp⁡X)=exp⁡(dΦeX)\Phi(\exp X) = \exp\bigl(d\Phi_e X\bigr) for all X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g}.
  5. For AA in gl(n,R)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{R}), the series eA=∑k≥0Ak/k!e^A = \sum_{k\ge0}A^k/k! converges to an invertible matrix, the one-parameter subgroup of GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}) generated by AA is t↦etAt\mapsto e^{tA}, and the exponential map of GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}) — and of every Lie subgroup of it, restricted to the corresponding subalgebra — is exp⁡A=eA\exp A = e^A.

B. On a Riemannian manifold. Let (M,g)(M,g) be Riemannian and p∈Mp \in M.

  1. Homogeneity. If γ(t,v)\gamma(t, v) is defined for t∈(−ε,ε)t \in(-\varepsilon,\varepsilon) and λ>0\lambda > 0, then γ(t,λv)\gamma(t, \lambda v) is defined for t∈(−ε/λ,ε/λ)t \in (-\varepsilon/\lambda, \varepsilon/\lambda) and γ(t,λv)=γ(λt,v)\gamma(t, \lambda v) = \gamma(\lambda t, v). Hence exp⁡p(tv)=γ(t,v)\exp_p(tv) = \gamma(t, v) whenever either side is defined.
  2. There is ε>0\varepsilon > 0 such that exp⁡p\exp_p is defined and smooth on the ball Bε⊂TpMB_\varepsilon \subset T_pM of radius ε\varepsilon about 00.
  3. (dexp⁡p)0=IdTpM\bigl(d\exp_p\bigr)_0 = \mathrm{Id}_{T_pM}, so exp⁡p\exp_p is a diffeomorphism of some neighbourhood of 00 onto a normal neighbourhood of pp.
  4. In normal coordinates centred at pp on a surface, the geodesics through pp are the images of the straight lines u=atu = at, v=btv = bt, and the coefficients of the first fundamental form at pp itself are E(p)=G(p)=1E(p) = G(p) = 1, F(p)=0F(p) = 0.
  5. In geodesic polar coordinates (ρ,θ)(\rho, \theta) on a surface, E=1,F=0,lim⁡ρ→0G=0,lim⁡ρ→0(G)ρ=1.E = 1, \qquad F = 0, \qquad \lim_{\rho\to0}\sqrt{G} = 0, \qquad \lim_{\rho\to0}\bigl(\sqrt G\bigr)_\rho = 1 .
Idea of the proofOriginal

Both constructions answer the same question: a tangent vector at a point is an infinitesimal displacement, so what finite displacement does it name? Each answers by solving an autonomous differential equation for one unit of time — the integral-curve equation on a Lie group, the geodesic equation on a Riemannian manifold. Both equations are homogeneous under rescaling: doubling the initial vector and halving the time gives the same endpoint. That single fact is what makes t↦exp⁡(tX)t \mapsto \exp(tX) a group homomorphism in the first case and exp⁡p(tv)\exp_p(tv) a geodesic in the second, and it is what makes exp⁡\exp differentiable at the origin with derivative the identity, since along a ray the map is just the parametrised solution. The inverse function theorem then does the rest. In the one case where everything can be written down, G=GL(n,R)G = \mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}), the equation is the linear system γ˙=γA\dot\gamma = \gamma A, whose solution is the matrix exponential series.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), proof of Thm 20.1, p. 516; Lee (2013), proof of Prop. 20.2, pp. 517–518; Lee (2013), proof of Prop. 20.5, p. 519; Lee (2013), proof of Prop. 20.8(b),(e),(f), pp. 520–521; do Carmo (2016), proof of Lemma 1, p. 287 and proof of Prop. 2, p. 289

A1, one-parameter subgroups. Let X∈gX \in \mathfrak{g} with maximal integral curve γ\gamma starting at ee; it is defined on all of R\mathbb{R}, because left-invariant fields are complete. Left invariance says XX is LhL_h-related to itself for every h∈Gh\in G, so LhL_h carries integral curves of XX to integral curves of XX. Taking h=γ(s)h = \gamma(s), the curve t↦γ(s)γ(t)t\mapsto \gamma(s)\gamma(t) integrates XX and begins at the point γ(s)\gamma(s); the translation lemma of flows and integral curves says t↦γ(s+t)t\mapsto\gamma(s+t) is too, with the same starting point. By uniqueness of integral curves they coincide:

γ(s)γ(t)=γ(s+t),\gamma(s)\gamma(t) = \gamma(s+t),

which is exactly the homomorphism property. Conversely, a one-parameter subgroup γ\gamma has γ(0)=e\gamma(0) = e, and the left-invariant field XX with Xe=γ′(0)X_e = \gamma'(0) has γ\gamma as integral curve, by differentiating γ(t0+t)=γ(t0)γ(t)\gamma(t_0 + t) = \gamma(t_0)\gamma(t) at t=0t = 0.

A2. Rescaling: if γ\gamma is an integral curve of XX then t↦γ(st)t\mapsto\gamma(st) is an integral curve of sXsX, by the chain rule. Hence the one-parameter subgroup generated by sXsX evaluated at t=1t=1 is γX(s)\gamma_X(s), i.e. exp⁡sX=γX(s)\exp sX = \gamma_X(s). Then exp⁡((s+t)X)=γX(s+t)=γX(s)γX(t)\exp((s+t)X) = \gamma_X(s+t) = \gamma_X(s)\gamma_X(t) by A1, and the inverse and power formulas follow from t↦exp⁡tXt\mapsto\exp tX being a homomorphism of R\mathbb{R} into GG. Smoothness of exp⁡\exp in XX is Lee's argument that the flow of the single vector field Θ(h,X)=(Xh,0)\Theta_{(h,X)} = (X_h, 0) on G×gG\times\mathfrak{g} is smooth by the fundamental theorem on flows, and exp⁡X\exp X is a projection of that flow at t=1t=1.

A3. Let X∈gX\in\mathfrak{g} and let σ(t)=tX\sigma(t) = tX, a curve in the vector space g\mathfrak{g} with σ′(0)=X\sigma'(0) = X. Then

(dexp⁡)0(X)=(exp⁡∘ σ)′(0)=ddt∣t=0exp⁡(tX)=γX′(0)=X,(d\exp)_0(X) = (\exp\circ\,\sigma)'(0) = \frac{d}{dt}\Big|_{t=0}\exp(tX) = \gamma_X'(0) = X ,

using exp⁡(tX)=γX(t)\exp(tX) = \gamma_X(t) from A2. So (dexp⁡)0(d\exp)_0 is the identity, in particular invertible, and the inverse function theorem gives the local diffeomorphism.

A5, the matrix case. With the Frobenius norm, ∣Ak∣≤∣A∣k|A^k| \le |A|^k, so the series ∑Ak/k!\sum A^k/k! is dominated termwise by ∑ck/k!=ec\sum c^k/k! = e^c on {∣A∣≤c}\{|A|\le c\} and converges uniformly there; the same bound applies to the termwise derivative, so term-by-term differentiation of t↦etAt\mapsto e^{tA} is legitimate and gives ddtetA=etAA\frac{d}{dt}e^{tA} = e^{tA}A. Under the standard identification of gl(n,R)\mathfrak{gl}(n,\mathbb{R}) with left-invariant fields on GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}), the integral curve of AA starting at II is the solution of γ˙=γA\dot\gamma = \gamma A, γ(0)=I\gamma(0) = I; so γ(t)=etA\gamma(t) = e^{tA}. Finally η(t)=etAe−tA\eta(t) = e^{tA}e^{-tA} has η′(t)=etAAe−tA−etAAe−tA=0\eta'(t) = e^{tA}Ae^{-tA} - e^{tA}Ae^{-tA} = 0 and η(0)=I\eta(0) = I, so etAe^{tA} is invertible with inverse e−tAe^{-tA} and the curve does take values in GL(n,R)\mathrm{GL}(n,\mathbb{R}). For a Lie subgroup HH, a one-parameter subgroup of HH is one of GG with initial velocity in TeHT_eH, so the exponential of HH is the restriction of that of GG. (See the matrix exponential for the linear-algebra side of this series.)

B6, homogeneity. Fix vv and λ>0\lambda>0 and set α(t)=γ(λt,v)\alpha(t) = \gamma(\lambda t, v), defined for ∣t∣<ε/λ|t| < \varepsilon/\lambda. Then α(0)=p\alpha(0) = p and α′(0)=λv\alpha'(0) = \lambda v by the chain rule. The geodesic equation is Dα′α′=0D_{\alpha'}\alpha' = 0 with DD the covariant derivative along the curve (Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative), and reparametrising by a constant factor multiplies it by λ2\lambda^2:

Dα′(t)α′(t)=λ2 (Dγ′γ′)(λt)=0,D_{\alpha'(t)}\alpha'(t) = \lambda^2\,\bigl(D_{\gamma'}\gamma'\bigr)(\lambda t) = 0 ,

so α\alpha is a geodesic with initial data (p,λv)(p, \lambda v). By uniqueness of geodesics, α(t)=γ(t,λv)\alpha(t) = \gamma(t, \lambda v). Setting t=1t = 1 and renaming gives exp⁡p(tv)=γ(t,v)\exp_p(tv) = \gamma(t,v): a geodesic is a straight ray in TpMT_pM seen through exp⁡p\exp_p.

B7. Smooth dependence of the geodesic on its initial data gives ε1,ε2>0\varepsilon_1,\varepsilon_2>0 and a smooth γ\gamma on (−ε2,ε2)×Bε1(-\varepsilon_2,\varepsilon_2)\times B_{\varepsilon_1}. The interval of definition shrinks as ∣v∣|v| grows, but by B6 it shrinks in a controlled way: γ(t,(ε2/2)v)\gamma(t, (\varepsilon_2/2)v) exists for ∣t∣<2|t| < 2 whenever ∣v∣<ε1|v| < \varepsilon_1. So for ε<ε1ε2/2\varepsilon < \varepsilon_1\varepsilon_2/2 and w∈Bεw \in B_\varepsilon, γ(1,w)=exp⁡pw\gamma(1, w) = \exp_p w is defined, and it is smooth in ww because γ\gamma is.

B8. Identify T0(TpM)T_0(T_pM) with TpMT_pM. For v∈TpMv \in T_pM take the curve α(t)=tv\alpha(t) = tv in TpMT_pM; then α′(0)=v\alpha'(0)=v and, by B6,

(dexp⁡p)0(v)=ddt∣t=0exp⁡p(tv)=ddt∣t=0γ(t,v)=v.\bigl(d\exp_p\bigr)_0(v) = \frac{d}{dt}\Big|_{t=0}\exp_p(tv) = \frac{d}{dt}\Big|_{t=0}\gamma(t,v) = v .

So (dexp⁡p)0(d\exp_p)_0 is the identity and the inverse function theorem applies.

B9. In normal coordinates the curve t↦exp⁡p(t(ae1+be2))t\mapsto\exp_p(t(ae_1 + be_2)) is, by B6, the geodesic with initial velocity ae1+be2ae_1+be_2, and it has coordinate representation u=atu = at, v=btv = bt. Since (dexp⁡p)0=Id(d\exp_p)_0 = \mathrm{Id} and (e1,e2)(e_1, e_2) is orthonormal, the coordinate frame at pp is (e1,e2)(e_1, e_2), whence E(p)=⟨e1,e1⟩=1E(p) = \langle e_1,e_1\rangle = 1, F(p)=⟨e1,e2⟩=0F(p) = \langle e_1,e_2\rangle = 0, G(p)=1G(p) = 1.

B10. ρ\rho is arc length along each radial geodesic θ=const\theta = \mathrm{const}, so E=⟨xρ,xρ⟩=1E = \langle x_\rho, x_\rho\rangle = 1. For FF: differentiating F=⟨xρ,xθ⟩F = \langle x_\rho, x_\theta\rangle in ρ\rho and using that the θ\theta-curves are geodesics, so the ρ\rho-derivative of xρx_\rho has no tangential part,

Fρ=⟨xρρ,xθ⟩+⟨xρ,xθρ⟩=0+12 ∂θ⟨xρ,xρ⟩=12 ∂θ(1)=0,F_\rho = \langle x_{\rho\rho}, x_\theta\rangle + \langle x_\rho, x_{\theta\rho}\rangle = 0 + \tfrac12\,\partial_\theta\langle x_\rho, x_\rho\rangle = \tfrac12\,\partial_\theta(1) = 0 ,

so FF does not depend on ρ\rho; letting ρ→0\rho\to0, where all the radial geodesics meet at pp, forces F=0F = 0. The two limits for G\sqrt G say that the geodesic circles shrink to the point pp and that their circumference is 2πρ2\pi\rho to leading order, which is the statement that in the limit the geometry is Euclidean. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), p. 521; do Carmo (2016), p. 288; Hassani (2013), Thm 29.1.21, p. 925
  • Completeness is what makes the Lie-group exp⁡\exp global. The definition exp⁡X=γX(1)\exp X = \gamma_X(1) needs γX\gamma_X to reach t=1t=1. On a Lie group this is free, because left translation moves any short integral curve anywhere, so left-invariant fields are complete. On a Riemannian manifold nothing of the kind holds, and exp⁡p\exp_p is only defined on a star-shaped neighbourhood of 00: on the cone minus its vertex, exp⁡p(v)\exp_p(v) fails to exist for vv pointing at the vertex once ∣v∣|v| reaches the distance to it.
  • (dexp⁡)0=Id(d\exp)_0 = \mathrm{Id} gives only a local diffeomorphism. Globally exp⁡\exp may fail to be injective and may fail to be surjective. On the unit sphere, exp⁡p\exp_p sends every vector of length π\pi to the antipode of pp and every vector of length 2π2\pi back to pp, so it is injective only on the open ball of radius π\pi. On a Lie group, Hassani's Theorem 29.1.21 and Lee's Proposition 20.8(f) both claim only a neighbourhood of the origin.
  • The group law holds along a line, not across the algebra. exp⁡((s+t)X)=exp⁡sXexp⁡tX\exp((s+t)X) = \exp sX\exp tX is a statement about one XX. For X≠YX \ne Y one has exp⁡(X+Y)≠exp⁡Xexp⁡Y\exp(X+Y) \ne \exp X \exp Y in general; the two agree for all X,YX,Y in a connected group only when the group is abelian, and the discrepancy at second order is governed by [X,Y][X, Y].
  • The two exponential maps are different constructions. One integrates a first-order equation determined by the group structure, the other a second-order equation determined by the metric. They share a name because both are built by running an autonomous flow for unit time out of a tangent vector, and both have differential the identity at the origin; they are not instances of one definition, and a unit should say which is meant.
  • The limits in B10 are limits. F=0F = 0 and E=1E = 1 hold on the whole chart, but G\sqrt G is only pinned down at ρ=0\rho = 0; how it departs from ρ\rho for ρ>0\rho>0 is where the curvature lives, and is the computation behind the Gauss-Bonnet theorem.
Method(Computing an exponential)Original

On a matrix group. To find exp⁡A\exp A for AA in the Lie algebra:

  1. Find a polynomial identity satisfied by AA — its characteristic or minimal polynomial.
  2. Use it to reduce every power AkA^k in the series ∑Ak/k!\sum A^k/k! to a combination of I,A,…,Am−1I, A, \dots, A^{m-1}.
  3. Collect the scalar series multiplying each of these; they are elementary functions.
  4. Check the answer: exp⁡A\exp A must lie in the group (orthogonal, unitary, unit determinant, as the case may be), and ddtetA∣t=0=A\frac{d}{dt}e^{tA}|_{t=0} = A.

On a Riemannian manifold. To find exp⁡p(v)\exp_p(v):

  1. Solve the geodesic equation with γ(0)=p\gamma(0) = p, γ′(0)=v/∣v∣\gamma'(0) = v/|v|, parametrised by arc length ss.
  2. Evaluate at s=∣v∣s = |v|; by homogeneity this is γ(1,v)=exp⁡p(v)\gamma(1, v) = \exp_p(v).
  3. For normal coordinates, repeat with v=uieiv = u^ie_i for an orthonormal basis (ei)(e_i) and read the result as a parametrisation; for geodesic polar coordinates use v=ρ(cos⁡θ e1+sin⁡θ e2)v = \rho(\cos\theta\,e_1 + \sin\theta\,e_2).
  4. Check against B9 and B10: the metric must be the identity at pp, and in polar form E=1E = 1, F=0F = 0, G∼ρ\sqrt G \sim \rho.
Example(A rotation from its generator)Original

Let n=13(2,1,2)n = \tfrac13(2, 1, 2), a unit vector, and let KK be the matrix with Kw=n×wKw = n\times w:

K=13(0−2120−2−120),KT=−K,K = \frac13\begin{pmatrix} 0 & -2 & 1\\ 2 & 0 & -2\\ -1 & 2 & 0\end{pmatrix}, \qquad K^\mathsf{T} = -K ,

so K∈so(3)K \in \mathfrak{so}(3). Because nn is a unit vector, K2=nnT−IK^2 = nn^\mathsf{T} - I and hence K3=−KK^3 = -K: that is the polynomial identity of step 1. Splitting the series by parity,

eθK=I+(θ−θ33!+⋯ )K+(θ22!−θ44!+⋯ )K2=I+sin⁡θ K+(1−cos⁡θ) K2.e^{\theta K} = I + \Bigl(\theta - \frac{\theta^3}{3!} + \cdots\Bigr)K + \Bigl(\frac{\theta^2}{2!} - \frac{\theta^4}{4!}+\cdots\Bigr)K^2 = I + \sin\theta\,K + (1-\cos\theta)\,K^2 .

Take θ=π/2\theta = \pi/2, so sin⁡θ=1\sin\theta = 1 and 1−cos⁡θ=11 - \cos\theta = 1. With

K2=nnT−I=19(−5242−8242−5),K^2 = nn^\mathsf{T} - I = \frac19\begin{pmatrix}-5 & 2 & 4\\ 2 & -8 & 2\\ 4 & 2 & -5\end{pmatrix},

we get

R=e(π/2)K=19(4−4781−4184).R = e^{(\pi/2)K} = \frac19\begin{pmatrix} 4 & -4 & 7\\ 8 & 1 & -4\\ 1 & 8 & 4 \end{pmatrix}.

Checks. RTR=IR^\mathsf{T}R = I and det⁡R=1\det R = 1, so R∈SO(3)R \in \mathrm{SO}(3), as statement A5 requires for the exponential of a skew-symmetric matrix. Its trace is (4+1+4)/9=1(4+1+4)/9 = 1, matching 1+2cos⁡θ=11 + 2\cos\theta = 1 for θ=π/2\theta = \pi/2. The axis is fixed: Rn=nRn = n, since Kn=n×n=0Kn = n\times n = 0. And Re1=19(4,8,1)Re_1 = \tfrac19(4, 8, 1), a unit vector making angle arccos⁡(4/9)=63.6122∘\arccos(4/9) = 63.6122^\circ with e1e_1 — the correct angle for a 90∘90^\circ rotation about an axis that is not perpendicular to e1e_1.

Example(Normal and geodesic polar coordinates on the unit sphere)Original

Let S2⊂R3S^2 \subset\mathbb{R}^3 be the unit sphere with the induced metric and p=(0,0,1)p = (0,0,1).

The geodesics. For a unit vector v∈TpS2v \in T_pS^2 put γ(s)=cos⁡s p+sin⁡s v\gamma(s) = \cos s\,p + \sin s\,v. This curve lies on S2S^2 (since p⊥vp \perp v and both are unit vectors) and has γ′′=−γ\gamma'' = -\gamma, which is normal to the sphere at γ(s)\gamma(s); so its tangential acceleration vanishes and it is a geodesic, with γ(0)=p\gamma(0)=p, γ′(0)=v\gamma'(0)=v and ∣γ′∣=1|\gamma'| = 1. By homogeneity (statement B6), for general v≠0v \ne 0

exp⁡p(v)=cos⁡∣v∣ p+sin⁡∣v∣ v∣v∣.\exp_p(v) = \cos|v|\,p + \sin|v|\,\frac{v}{|v|}.

A number. With v=π6(1,0,0)v = \tfrac{\pi}{6}(1,0,0), ∣v∣=π/6|v| = \pi/6 and

exp⁡p(v)=(sin⁡π6, 0, cos⁡π6)=(12, 0, 32)=(0.5, 0, 0.8660254…),\exp_p(v) = \Bigl(\sin\tfrac{\pi}{6},\, 0,\, \cos\tfrac{\pi}{6}\Bigr) = \Bigl(\tfrac12,\, 0,\, \tfrac{\sqrt3}{2}\Bigr) = (0.5,\, 0,\, 0.8660254\ldots),

a point at colatitude 30∘30^\circ: the walk of length π/6\pi/6 along a meridian, as the definition says.

Geodesic polar coordinates. Taking v=ρ(cos⁡θ,sin⁡θ,0)v = \rho(\cos\theta, \sin\theta, 0),

x(ρ,θ)=(sin⁡ρcos⁡θ, sin⁡ρsin⁡θ, cos⁡ρ),x(\rho,\theta) = \bigl(\sin\rho\cos\theta,\ \sin\rho\sin\theta,\ \cos\rho\bigr),

so xρ=(cos⁡ρcos⁡θ,cos⁡ρsin⁡θ,−sin⁡ρ)x_\rho = (\cos\rho\cos\theta, \cos\rho\sin\theta, -\sin\rho) and xθ=(−sin⁡ρsin⁡θ,sin⁡ρcos⁡θ,0)x_\theta = (-\sin\rho\sin\theta, \sin\rho\cos\theta, 0). Hence

E=1,F=0,G=sin⁡2ρ,ds2=dρ2+sin⁡2 ⁣ρ dθ2.E = 1, \qquad F = 0, \qquad G = \sin^2\rho, \qquad ds^2 = d\rho^2 + \sin^2\!\rho\,d\theta^2 .

This matches statement B10 exactly: G=sin⁡ρ→0\sqrt G = \sin\rho \to 0 and (G)ρ=cos⁡ρ→1(\sqrt G)_\rho = \cos\rho \to 1 as ρ→0\rho\to0. In normal coordinates (u,w)=ρ(cos⁡θ,sin⁡θ)(u, w) = \rho(\cos\theta,\sin\theta) the metric at pp itself is du2+dw2du^2 + dw^2, as statement B9 says.

A second number. The area of the geodesic disc of radius ρ0\rho_0 is

∫02π ⁣ ⁣∫0ρ0EG−F2  dρ dθ=2π(1−cos⁡ρ0).\int_0^{2\pi}\!\!\int_0^{\rho_0}\sqrt{EG - F^2}\;d\rho\,d\theta = 2\pi\bigl(1 - \cos\rho_0\bigr).

For ρ0=π/3\rho_0 = \pi/3 this is 2π(1−12)=π=3.14159…2\pi(1 - \tfrac12) = \pi = 3.14159\ldots, whereas the Euclidean value πρ02=π3/9=3.44514…\pi\rho_0^2 = \pi^3/9 = 3.44514\ldots is larger. The deficit is the first visible effect of positive curvature, and exp⁡p\exp_p is what makes the comparison meaningful: both numbers are areas of the same coordinate disc in TpS2T_pS^2.

Where it stops being a diffeomorphism. exp⁡p\exp_p is injective exactly on the open disc ∣v∣<π|v| < \pi; every vector of length π\pi is sent to the south pole, and G=sin⁡ρ\sqrt G = \sin\rho vanishes there.

ApplicationOriginal

In quantum mechanics every continuous symmetry acts through an exponential of its generator: the time-evolution operator is U(t)=e−iHt/ℏU(t) = e^{-iHt/\hbar}, a one-parameter subgroup of the unitary group generated by the Hamiltonian, and a rotation by θ\theta about nn acts as e−iθ n⋅J/ℏe^{-i\theta\,n\cdot J/\hbar}, the same construction in the rotation group and SU(2). Statement A4 is why a representation of a Lie group is determined near the identity by a representation of its algebra, the working principle behind angular momentum algebra. The 3×33\times3 example above is Rodrigues's rotation formula, used in robotics and in attitude control to turn an angular-velocity vector into a rotation matrix. On the Riemannian side, normal coordinates at pp are the local inertial frame of general relativity: the metric is ημν\eta_{\mu\nu} at pp and the Christoffel symbols vanish there, so a freely falling observer sees special relativity to first order, and the leading correction is the curvature that cannot be transformed away (the Riemann curvature tensor). Geodesic polar coordinates are the natural frame for the local Gauss-Bonnet theorem and for the Bertrand-Puiseux formula, which recovers the Gaussian curvature of a surface from the circumference of a small geodesic circle.

Theorem · advanced

Partitions of unity

Adapted

Every indexed open cover of a smooth manifold admits a subordinate smooth partition of unity, the standard device for assembling a global metric, integral or field out of pieces defined chart by chart.

Prerequisites: Smooth manifolds, Compactness, Topological and metric spaces

Definition(Support, local finiteness, subordinate partition of unity)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 1, p. 9, and Ch. 2, p. 43

Let MM be a smooth nn-manifold (Hausdorff, second countable and locally Euclidean, with a smooth atlas; see Smooth manifolds).

  • The support of a function u:M→Ru : M \to \mathbb{R} is supp⁡u={p∈M:u(p)≠0}‾\operatorname{supp} u = \overline{\{p \in M : u(p) \neq 0\}}. We say uu is supported in a set UU if supp⁡u⊂U\operatorname{supp} u \subset U, and compactly supported if supp⁡u\operatorname{supp} u is compact.

  • A family (Aα)α∈A(A_\alpha)_{\alpha \in A} of subsets of MM is locally finite if every point of MM has a neighbourhood meeting AαA_\alpha for only finitely many α\alpha.

  • A cover V\mathcal{V} refines a cover U\mathcal{U} if every member of V\mathcal{V} is contained in some member of U\mathcal{U}. The space is paracompact if every open cover has a locally finite open refinement.

  • Let X=(Xα)α∈A\mathcal{X} = (X_\alpha)_{\alpha \in A} be an open cover of MM indexed by a set AA. A smooth partition of unity subordinate to X\mathcal{X} is a family (ψα)α∈A(\psi_\alpha)_{\alpha \in A} of smooth functions ψα:M→R\psi_\alpha : M \to \mathbb{R}, indexed by the same set AA, which partitions the constant function 11,

    ∑α∈Aψα≡1,\sum_{\alpha \in A}\psi_\alpha \equiv 1 ,

    and does so subject to three side conditions: the family of supports (supp⁡ψα)α∈A(\operatorname{supp}\psi_\alpha)_{\alpha\in A} is locally finite; each support sits inside the matching cover element, supp⁡ψα⊂Xα\operatorname{supp}\psi_\alpha \subset X_\alpha; and the shares are fractions, 0≤ψα≤10 \le \psi_\alpha \le 1. The first of these makes the displayed sum a finite sum near each point, so no convergence question arises; in the third, the upper bound is a consequence of the lower one and the displayed sum, since each ψα≤∑βψβ=1\psi_\alpha \le \sum_\beta \psi_\beta = 1 once all terms are non-negative, but it is convenient to record both.

  • For A⊂MA \subset M closed and U⊃AU \supset A open, a bump function for AA supported in UU is a smooth χ:M→R\chi : M \to \mathbb{R} with 0≤χ≤10 \le \chi \le 1, χ≡1\chi \equiv 1 on AA and supp⁡χ⊂U\operatorname{supp}\chi \subset U.

Theorem(Existence of smooth partitions of unity)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 2, Thm 2.23, p. 43, Prop. 2.25, p. 44, and Lemma 2.26, pp. 44-45

Fix a smooth manifold MM, an index set AA, and a family X=(Xα)α∈A\mathcal{X} = (X_\alpha)_{\alpha\in A} of open sets whose union is all of MM. No restriction whatever is placed on the cover: AA may be uncountable, the XαX_\alpha may be unbounded, and they may repeat. Then:

  1. Some family (ψα)α∈A(\psi_\alpha)_{\alpha\in A}, indexed by that same AA, is a smooth partition of unity subordinate to X\mathcal{X}.
  2. (Bump functions.) For every closed S⊂MS \subset M and every open U⊃SU \supset S there is a smooth bump function for SS supported in UU.
  3. (Extension lemma.) If S⊂MS \subset M is closed, U⊃SU \supset S is open, and f:S→Rkf : S \to \mathbb{R}^k is smooth on SS in the sense that each point of SS has a neighbourhood in MM on which some smooth map agrees with ff, then there is a smooth f~:M→Rk\tilde f : M \to \mathbb{R}^k with f~∣S=f\tilde f|_S = f and supp⁡f~⊂U\operatorname{supp}\tilde f \subset U.

Lee states all three for smooth manifolds with or without boundary; we use only the boundaryless case.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Three ingredients, each cheap on its own.

First, smoothness allows functions that are positive on a ball and identically zero outside a slightly larger one: e−1/te^{-1/t} is flat to infinite order at t=0t = 0, so it can be switched on without leaving a trace in any derivative.

Second, a manifold is second countable and locally compact, and those two facts let any open cover be thinned to a countable, locally finite family of coordinate balls that still refines it. Local finiteness is what lets us add infinitely many bumps.

Third, having put one bump fif_i on each ball, the sum f=∑ifif = \sum_i f_i is smooth and strictly positive, so dividing by it normalises the family to sum to 11. The only remaining work is bookkeeping: the bumps are indexed by balls, the partition must be indexed by the cover, so the bumps belonging to the same cover element are added together.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 2, Lemmas 2.20-2.22 and Thm 2.23, pp. 41-44

Step 1: a flat-topped bump on Rn\mathbb{R}^n. Put f(t)=e−1/tf(t) = e^{-1/t} for t>0t > 0 and f(t)=0f(t) = 0 for t≤0t \le 0.

  • ff is smooth. On t≠0t \neq 0 this is a composition of smooth functions. For t>0t > 0, induction gives f(k)(t)=Pk(1/t) e−1/tf^{(k)}(t) = P_k(1/t)\,e^{-1/t} with PkP_k a polynomial: differentiating P(1/t)e−1/tP(1/t)e^{-1/t} produces (P(1/t)−P′(1/t))t−2e−1/t\bigl(P(1/t) - P'(1/t)\bigr)t^{-2}e^{-1/t}, which has the same shape with Pk+1(u)=u2(Pk(u)−Pk′(u))P_{k+1}(u) = u^2\bigl(P_k(u) - P_k'(u)\bigr). Now argue by induction that f(k)(0)=0f^{(k)}(0) = 0. This holds for k=0k = 0. If it holds for kk, the difference quotient of f(k)f^{(k)} at 00 vanishes from the left, and from the right it is f(k)(t)/t=u Pk(u)e−uf^{(k)}(t)/t = u\,P_k(u)e^{-u} with u=1/t→+∞u = 1/t \to +\infty, which tends to 00 because e−ue^{-u} beats every power of uu. So f(k+1)(0)f^{(k+1)}(0) exists and is 00. Each f(k)f^{(k)} is therefore differentiable everywhere, hence continuous, and f∈C∞(R)f \in C^\infty(\mathbb{R}).
  • A cutoff. Fix 0<r1<r20 < r_1 < r_2 and set h(t)=f(r2−t)/(f(r2−t)+f(t−r1))h(t) = f(r_2 - t)\big/\bigl(f(r_2-t) + f(t - r_1)\bigr). At least one of r2−tr_2 - t, t−r1t - r_1 is positive for every tt, so the denominator never vanishes and hh is smooth; h≡1h \equiv 1 for t≤r1t \le r_1, h≡0h \equiv 0 for t≥r2t \ge r_2, and 0<h<10 < h < 1 in between.
  • A bump. Set H(x)=h(∣x∣)H(x) = h(|x|) on Rn\mathbb{R}^n. Away from the origin this is a composition of smooth maps, and near the origin H≡1H \equiv 1; so HH is smooth, equals 11 on Br1(0)‾\overline{B_{r_1}(0)} and vanishes off Br2(0)B_{r_2}(0).

Step 2: a good refinement of the cover. Each XαX_\alpha is itself a smooth manifold, so by Lee's Prop. 1.19 it has a countable basis of regular coordinate balls: sets BB for which there are a chart φ:B′→Rn\varphi : B' \to \mathbb{R}^n with B‾⊂B′\overline{B} \subset B' and radii r<r′r < r' such that φ(B)=Br(0)\varphi(B) = B_r(0), φ(B‾)=Br(0)‾\varphi(\overline B) = \overline{B_r(0)} and φ(B′)=Br′(0)\varphi(B') = B_{r'}(0). The union over α\alpha of these bases is a basis B\mathcal{B} for MM: given p∈Mp \in M and an open W∋pW \ni p, choose α\alpha with p∈Xαp \in X_\alpha, note that W∩XαW \cap X_\alpha is open in the subspace XαX_\alpha, and take a regular coordinate ball of XαX_\alpha with p∈B⊂W∩Xαp \in B \subset W \cap X_\alpha; such a BB is open in XαX_\alpha, hence open in MM because XαX_\alpha is. By Lee's Thm 1.15 (manifolds are paracompact, and the refinement may be taken from any prescribed basis) there is a countable, locally finite refinement (Bi)i∈N(B_i)_{i\in\mathbb{N}} of X\mathcal{X} with every Bi∈BB_i \in \mathcal{B}; the closures Bi‾\overline{B_i} are then locally finite as well. Both of these facts use second countability, through the exhaustion of MM by compact sets that proves Thm 1.15 (see Compactness).

Step 3: one bump per ball. Fix ii, with chart φi:Bi′→Rn\varphi_i : B_i' \to \mathbb{R}^n and radii ri<ri′r_i < r_i' as above, and let HiH_i be the bump of Step 1 built from the pair (ri/2, ri)(r_i/2,\, r_i), so that Hi>0H_i > 0 exactly on Bri(0)B_{r_i}(0). Define

fi={Hi∘φion Bi′,0on M∖Bi‾.f_i = \begin{cases} H_i \circ \varphi_i & \text{on } B_i',\\ 0 & \text{on } M \setminus \overline{B_i}.\end{cases}

The two formulas agree (both give 00) on the overlap Bi′∖Bi‾B_i' \setminus \overline{B_i}, and those two open sets cover MM, so fif_i is a well-defined smooth function. Because φi(Bi)=Bri(0)\varphi_i(B_i) = B_{r_i}(0), it is strictly positive on BiB_i and zero off it, so supp⁡fi=Bi‾⊂Bi′\operatorname{supp} f_i = \overline{B_i} \subset B_i'.

Step 4: normalise. Near any point only finitely many fif_i are not identically zero, by local finiteness of (Bi‾)(\overline{B_i}), so f=∑ifif = \sum_i f_i is smooth. Every fif_i is non-negative, and every p∈Mp \in M lies in some BiB_i, where fi(p)>0f_i(p) > 0; hence f>0f > 0 everywhere. Therefore gi=fi/fg_i = f_i/f is smooth, with 0≤gi≤10 \le g_i \le 1, supp⁡gi=Bi‾\operatorname{supp} g_i = \overline{B_i} and ∑igi≡1\sum_i g_i \equiv 1.

Step 5: reindex. Since (Bi)(B_i) refines X\mathcal{X}, choose for each ii an index a(i)∈Aa(i) \in A with Bi′⊂Xa(i)B_i' \subset X_{a(i)}, which is possible because BiB_i was drawn from the basis of regular coordinate balls of one of the XαX_\alpha, and set ψα=∑i:a(i)=αgi\psi_\alpha = \sum_{i : a(i) = \alpha} g_i (the empty sum being 00). Each ψα\psi_\alpha is smooth, because near any point the sum is finite. For a locally finite family of sets the closure of the union is the union of the closures, so supp⁡ψα⊂⋃a(i)=αBi‾⊂Xα\operatorname{supp}\psi_\alpha \subset \bigcup_{a(i)=\alpha}\overline{B_i} \subset X_\alpha, and the family of these supports is locally finite because (Bi‾)(\overline{B_i}) is. Finally ∑αψα=∑igi≡1\sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha = \sum_i g_i \equiv 1. This proves part 1.

Part 2. Apply part 1 to the two-element cover U0=UU_0 = U, U1=M∖SU_1 = M\setminus S, getting ψ0,ψ1\psi_0, \psi_1. On SS we have ψ1=0\psi_1 = 0, hence ψ0=1\psi_0 = 1; and supp⁡ψ0⊂U\operatorname{supp}\psi_0 \subset U. So χ=ψ0\chi = \psi_0 is the required bump function.

Part 3. For each p∈Sp \in S choose an open Wp⊂UW_p \subset U containing pp and a smooth fp:Wp→Rkf_p : W_p \to \mathbb{R}^k agreeing with ff on Wp∩SW_p \cap S. The sets {Wp}p∈S\{W_p\}_{p\in S} together with M∖SM \setminus S form an open cover; take a subordinate smooth partition of unity {ψp}p∈S∪{ψ0}\{\psi_p\}_{p\in S} \cup \{\psi_0\}. Each product ψpfp\psi_p f_p, extended by 00 off supp⁡ψp\operatorname{supp}\psi_p, is smooth on MM by the same two-open-sets argument as in Step 3. Put f~=∑pψpfp\tilde f = \sum_{p} \psi_p f_p, a locally finite sum, hence smooth. For x∈Sx \in S we have ψ0(x)=0\psi_0(x) = 0 and fp(x)=f(x)f_p(x) = f(x) whenever ψp(x)≠0\psi_p(x) \neq 0, so f~(x)=(ψ0(x)+∑pψp(x))f(x)=f(x)\tilde f(x) = \bigl(\psi_0(x) + \sum_p \psi_p(x)\bigr)f(x) = f(x). And supp⁡f~⊂⋃psupp⁡ψp⊂U\operatorname{supp}\tilde f \subset \bigcup_p \operatorname{supp}\psi_p \subset U, again because a locally finite union of closed sets is closed. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Second countability is used exactly once, in Step 2, and it is indispensable. If a space admits a smooth partition of unity subordinate to every open cover then it is paracompact, because the open sets {ψα≠0}\{\psi_\alpha \neq 0\} form a locally finite open refinement of the given cover. So any Hausdorff locally Euclidean space that is not paracompact — the long line is the standard example — carries no such partitions, and the theorem genuinely needs the countability clause in the definition of a manifold.
  • Smoothness, not analyticity. Step 1 is where C∞C^\infty is strictly weaker than CωC^\omega. A real-analytic function that vanishes on a non-empty open subset of a connected real-analytic manifold vanishes identically, so a real-analytic partition of unity subordinate to a cover by two proper open sets of a connected manifold cannot exist. Every gluing argument below is therefore unavailable in the analytic category, and in the holomorphic category, where it is replaced by sheaf cohomology.
  • Local finiteness is what makes ∑αψα\sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha and every sum built from it a finite sum near each point; without it, "smooth" would require an argument about differentiating a series term by term.
  • Indexing by the same set AA costs Step 5 but is worth it: the sum ∑αψαAα\sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha A_\alpha over a cover with chosen local objects AαA_\alpha then has one term per cover element.
  • Supports need not be compact. They are compact if the cover is by precompact sets; the proof gives compactly supported gig_i in any case, and the recombination in Step 5 is what can destroy compactness.
Remark(Two global objects built this way)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Ch. 13, Prop. 13.3, p. 329, and Ch. 16, eq. (16.2) and Prop. 16.5, pp. 405-406

Every smooth manifold carries a Riemannian metric. Cover MM by charts (Uα,φα)(U_\alpha, \varphi_\alpha) and let gαg_\alpha be the pullback φα∗gˉ\varphi_\alpha^*\bar g of the Euclidean metric, a Riemannian metric on UαU_\alpha. With (ψα)(\psi_\alpha) subordinate to (Uα)(U_\alpha), set g=∑αψαgαg = \sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha g_\alpha, each term read as 00 outside supp⁡ψα\operatorname{supp}\psi_\alpha. The sum is a smooth symmetric 22-tensor field by local finiteness, and for v≠0v \neq 0 in TpMT_pM every term ψα(p) gα∣p(v,v)\psi_\alpha(p)\,g_\alpha|_p(v,v) is ≥0\ge 0 while at least one ψα(p)\psi_\alpha(p) is positive, so gp(v,v)>0g_p(v,v) > 0. See Riemannian manifolds. The argument works because positive definiteness is preserved by convex combinations; there is nothing canonical about the resulting gg.

The integral of a form is well defined. For a compactly supported nn-form ω\omega on an oriented nn-manifold, cover supp⁡ω\operatorname{supp}\omega by finitely many oriented chart domains UiU_i, take a subordinate partition of unity (ψi)(\psi_i), and define ∫Mω=∑i∫Mψiω\int_M\omega = \sum_i \int_M \psi_i\omega, each term being an ordinary integral in one chart. Given a second such cover and partition (ψ~j)(\tilde\psi_j), inserting ∑jψ~j=1\sum_j\tilde\psi_j = 1 into each term and ∑iψi=1\sum_i\psi_i = 1 into each term of the other sum exhibits both answers as ∑i,j∫Mψ~jψiω\sum_{i,j}\int_M \tilde\psi_j\psi_i\omega, so they agree. See Integration of forms and the general Stokes theorem.

Method(Gluing local constructions into a global one)Original

To build a global object on MM from objects defined chart by chart:

  1. Choose an open cover (Uα)(U_\alpha) of MM on which the local objects AαA_\alpha exist — usually a cover by chart domains, so that AαA_\alpha is whatever the construction gives in Rn\mathbb{R}^n.
  2. Take a smooth partition of unity (ψα)(\psi_\alpha) subordinate to (Uα)(U_\alpha).
  3. Form A=∑αψαAαA = \sum_\alpha \psi_\alpha A_\alpha, reading each term as zero outside supp⁡ψα\operatorname{supp}\psi_\alpha. Local finiteness makes AA smooth.
  4. Check that the defining property of AA survives the averaging. This is the only step with content, and it succeeds exactly when the admissible objects at each point form a convex set: Riemannian metrics (positive definite forms), connections (an affine space), volume densities, subordinate cutoffs. It fails for properties that are not convex — being nowhere zero, satisfying a nonlinear equation, being a complex structure — and for those one needs agreement on overlaps instead, or a genuinely different argument.
  5. If the local objects do agree on overlaps, skip the partition of unity: the pieces then define AA directly, and the result is canonical rather than arbitrary.
Example(An explicit partition of unity on the circle, and a length computed with it)Original

Let M=S1M = S^1, with the angle θ\theta taken modulo 2π2\pi, covered by the two chart domains

U0={θ:−π<θ<π},U1={θ:0<θ<2π}.U_0 = \{\theta : -\pi < \theta < \pi\}, \qquad U_1 = \{\theta : 0 < \theta < 2\pi\} .

Let ff and h( ⋅ ;r1,r2)h(\,\cdot\,; r_1, r_2) be as in Step 1 of the proof, and set

a(θ)=h(1−cos⁡θ; 1, 32),b(θ)=h(1+cos⁡θ; 12, 32).a(\theta) = h\bigl(1 - \cos\theta;\ 1,\ \tfrac32\bigr), \qquad b(\theta) = h\bigl(1 + \cos\theta;\ \tfrac12,\ \tfrac32\bigr).

Both are smooth functions on the circle, because cos⁡θ\cos\theta is.

Supports. aa vanishes where 1−cos⁡θ≥321 - \cos\theta \ge \tfrac32, i.e. where cos⁡θ≤−12\cos\theta \le -\tfrac12, so supp⁡a⊂{∣θ∣≤2π/3}⊂U0\operatorname{supp} a \subset \{|\theta| \le 2\pi/3\} \subset U_0. Likewise bb vanishes where cos⁡θ≥12\cos\theta \ge \tfrac12, so supp⁡b⊂{π/3≤∣θ∣≤π}⊂U1\operatorname{supp} b \subset \{\pi/3 \le |\theta| \le \pi\} \subset U_1.

Positivity of the sum. If cos⁡θ>−12\cos\theta > -\tfrac12 then 1−cos⁡θ<321 - \cos\theta < \tfrac32 and a(θ)>0a(\theta) > 0; if cos⁡θ≤−12\cos\theta \le -\tfrac12 then 1+cos⁡θ≤121 + \cos\theta \le \tfrac12 and b(θ)=1b(\theta) = 1. So a+b>0a + b > 0 everywhere, and

ψ0=aa+b,ψ1=ba+b\psi_0 = \frac{a}{a+b}, \qquad \psi_1 = \frac{b}{a+b}

is a smooth partition of unity subordinate to (U0,U1)(U_0, U_1).

Two exact values. At θ=π/2\theta = \pi/2: 1−cos⁡θ=1=r11 - \cos\theta = 1 = r_1 for aa, so a=1a = 1; and 1+cos⁡θ=11 + \cos\theta = 1, which is the midpoint of [12,32][\tfrac12, \tfrac32], so b=f(12)/(f(12)+f(12))=12b = f(\tfrac12)/\bigl(f(\tfrac12)+f(\tfrac12)\bigr) = \tfrac12. Hence

ψ0(π/2)=11+1/2=23,ψ1(π/2)=13.\psi_0(\pi/2) = \frac{1}{1 + 1/2} = \frac23, \qquad \psi_1(\pi/2) = \frac13 .

At θ=0\theta = 0, (ψ0,ψ1)=(1,0)(\psi_0,\psi_1) = (1,0); at θ=π\theta = \pi, (0,1)(0,1).

A checkable number. The length of S1S^1, computed the way the integral of a form is defined, is the sum of two chart integrals:

∫−ππψ0(θ) dθ  =  3.348757…,∫02πψ1(θ) dθ  =  2.934428…\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\psi_0(\theta)\,d\theta \;=\; 3.348757\ldots, \qquad \int_{0}^{2\pi}\psi_1(\theta)\,d\theta \;=\; 2.934428\ldots

(evaluated numerically; neither has a closed form, and the two differ because the cutoff radii chosen for aa and bb differ). Their sum is

∫−ππ(ψ0(θ)+ψ1(θ)) dθ=∫−ππ1 dθ=2π=6.283185…,\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\bigl(\psi_0(\theta) + \psi_1(\theta)\bigr)\,d\theta = \int_{-\pi}^{\pi} 1\,d\theta = 2\pi = 6.283185\ldots,

which is the circumference, as it must be: the individual pieces depend on the partition, the total does not. This is exactly the cancellation behind the well-definedness argument in the remark above.

ApplicationOriginal

Partitions of unity are the reason "define it in coordinates, then glue" is a legitimate move in mathematical physics.

In general relativity the metric is given chart by chart; the existence argument above says that the obstruction to a global Lorentzian metric — which does not exist on every manifold, since the local models are not a convex family — is of a different kind from the Riemannian case, where there is none.

In PDE theory a bounded domain is covered by balls and boundary half-balls, the problem is solved or estimated in each, and a subordinate partition of unity reassembles the pieces; this is how local approximation of Sobolev functions by smooth ones is proved (Weak solutions and Sobolev spaces), and the same cutoffs give the interior estimates used throughout elliptic theory.

The finite element method (The finite element method) is a partition of unity made computational: the nodal hat functions sum to one on the mesh, and the global approximation is the sum of the local ones weighted by them. In quantum chemistry the same device appears as the atom-centred weight functions of Becke's numerical integration scheme, which break a molecular integral into single-atom pieces.

Folland proves a continuous version with no manifold in sight: on a locally compact Hausdorff space, a compact set covered by finitely many open sets carries a partition of unity on it by compactly supported continuous functions, built from Urysohn's lemma instead of from e−1/te^{-1/t}. That is the form used in measure theory, for instance in the Riesz representation theorem.

Definition · advanced

Symplectic manifolds and Hamiltonian vector fields

Adapted

Equips an even-dimensional manifold with a closed nondegenerate 2-form, shows that a cotangent bundle carries one canonically and that every such form looks standard in suitable coordinates, and turns each smooth function into a vector field whose flow preserves both the form and the phase-space volume.

Prerequisites: Differential forms, The canonical equations, The exterior derivative, Flows and integral curves, Tangent and vector bundles, Closed and exact forms, Smooth manifolds, Tangent vectors and vector fields

Definition(Symplectic forms, Darboux coordinates and the Liouville volume)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), p. 565, p. 568, p. 571; Hassani (2013), Def. 26.4.1 and Box 26.4.2, p. 801; Hassani (2013), Def. 28.7.1 and Def. 28.7.3, p. 902

Fix VV, a real vector space of finite dimension, and let ω\omega be a 22-covector on it (differential forms). Attached to ω\omega is the linear map

ω♭:V→V∗,ω♭(v)=ω(v,⋅ ).\omega^{\flat} : V \to V^{*}, \qquad \omega^{\flat}(v) = \omega(v, \cdot\,) .

Call ω\omega nondegenerate when ω♭\omega^{\flat} is invertible; equivalently, when the only vv with ω(v,w)=0\omega(v, w) = 0 for every ww is v=0v = 0; equivalently again, when the matrix ωij=ω(Ei,Ej)\omega_{ij} = \omega(E_i, E_j) in one — hence in every — basis is nonsingular. A nondegenerate 22-covector is a symplectic tensor, and (V,ω)(V,\omega) is then a symplectic vector space. The inverse of ω♭\omega^\flat is written ω♯:V∗→V\omega^{\sharp} : V^{*} \to V.

Now let MM be a smooth manifold.

  • A 22-form ω\omega on MM is nondegenerate if ωp\omega_p is a symplectic tensor on TpMT_pM for every pp.
  • A symplectic form on MM is a 22-form that is both closed (dω=0d\omega = 0, see the exterior derivative) and nondegenerate. The pair (M,ω)(M,\omega) is a symplectic manifold; the form is also called a symplectic structure.
  • A diffeomorphism F:(M1,ω1)→(M2,ω2)F : (M_1,\omega_1) \to (M_2,\omega_2) with F∗ω2=ω1F^{*}\omega_2 = \omega_1 is a symplectomorphism. In mechanics the same map, from a symplectic manifold to itself, is called a canonical transformation.
  • Coordinates (x1,…,xn,y1,…,yn)(x^1,\dots,x^n,y^1,\dots,y^n) on an open set of a 2n2n-dimensional MM in which ω=∑i=1ndxi∧dyi\omega = \sum_{i=1}^{n} dx^i \wedge dy^i are Darboux coordinates, also called symplectic or canonical coordinates. On R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n} this formula in the standard coordinates defines the standard symplectic form.
  • When dim⁡M=2n\dim M = 2n, the Liouville volume form of (M,ω)(M,\omega) is ωn/n!\omega^n/n!, where ωn=ω∧⋯∧ω\omega^n = \omega\wedge\cdots\wedge\omega has nn factors. Part 1 of the statement says it is a volume form, so a symplectic manifold has a canonical notion of phase volume ∫Aωn/n!\int_A \omega^n/n!, with no metric anywhere in sight.

Two pieces of notation recur. The interior product of a vector field XX with a kk-form α\alpha is the (k−1)(k-1)-form

(ιXα)(X1,…,Xk−1)=α(X,X1,…,Xk−1),(\iota_X\alpha)(X_1,\dots,X_{k-1}) = \alpha(X, X_1,\dots,X_{k-1}),

also written X⌟ αX \lrcorner\, \alpha; on functions ιXf=0\iota_X f = 0. And LX\mathcal{L}_X is the Lie derivative along XX (flows and integral curves), extended to tensor fields by (LXA)p=ddt∣t=0(θt∗A)p(\mathcal{L}_XA)_p = \frac{d}{dt}\big|_{t=0}\bigl(\theta_t^{*}A\bigr)_p for the flow θ\theta of XX.

Definition(Hamiltonian vector fields and the Poisson bracket)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), pp. 574–576, 578; Hassani (2013), Def. 28.7.8 and Prop. 28.7.9, p. 905; Hassani (2013), Def. 28.7.13, p. 908

Let (M,ω)(M,\omega) be a symplectic manifold. Nondegeneracy makes ω♭\omega^{\flat} a bundle isomorphism TM→T∗MTM \to T^{*}M, so a 11-form can be converted into a vector field. Applying this to the differential of a function:

  • The Hamiltonian vector field of f∈C∞(M)f \in C^{\infty}(M) is the unique smooth vector field XfX_f with ιXfω=df,equivalentlyω(Xf,Y)=Yf  for every vector field Y.\iota_{X_f}\omega = df, \qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad \omega(X_f, Y) = Yf \ \text{ for every vector field } Y . Hassani writes the same field as Xf=ω♯(df)X_f = \omega^{\sharp}(df). It is the symplectic counterpart of the gradient, but, as part 4 below shows, it behaves quite unlike one.
  • A Hamiltonian system is a symplectic manifold together with a chosen H∈C∞(M)H \in C^{\infty}(M), the Hamiltonian; the integral curves of XHX_H are the trajectories of the system, and the flow of XHX_H is its Hamiltonian flow.
  • A function ff constant on every trajectory is a conserved quantity (a first integral) of the system.
  • The Poisson bracket of f,g∈C∞(M)f, g \in C^{\infty}(M) is {f,g}=ω(Xf,Xg)=df(Xg)=Xgf∈C∞(M).\{f, g\} = \omega(X_f, X_g) = df(X_g) = X_g f \in C^{\infty}(M). Two functions Poisson commute when {f,g}=0\{f,g\} = 0. The last expression is the one to remember: {f,g}\{f,g\} measures how fast ff changes along the Hamiltonian flow of gg.
  • A vector field XX on MM is symplectic if ω\omega is invariant under its flow; Hamiltonian if X=XfX = X_f for some f∈C∞(M)f \in C^{\infty}(M); locally Hamiltonian if every point has a neighbourhood on which XX is Hamiltonian.
Note(Signs, orderings and which book does what)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Prop. 22.11, pp. 569–570 and Prop. 22.8, p. 567; Hassani (2013), Thm 28.7.2, p. 902 and Prop. 28.7.14, p. 908; Gelfand & Fomin (1963), §17, p. 71

Everything below uses ιXfω=df\iota_{X_f}\omega = df and ω=∑idxi∧dyi\omega = \sum_i dx^i\wedge dy^i in Darboux coordinates. With that pair of choices:

  • The Poisson bracket comes out as {f,g}=∑i(∂xif ∂yig−∂yif ∂xig)\{f,g\} = \sum_i(\partial_{x^i}f\,\partial_{y^i}g - \partial_{y^i}f\,\partial_{x^i}g), which is Gelfand and Fomin's (Gelfand & Fomin (1963), §17, p. 71) classical bracket [Φ,H][\Phi, H] with (yi,pi)(y_i, p_i) in place of (xi,yi)(x^i, y^i), and Hassani's (Hassani (2013), Prop. 28.7.14, p. 908) bracket in canonical coordinates (qi,pi)(q^i, p_i). The three agree, so the handbook's canonical equations and this unit use one and the same sign.
  • On a cotangent bundle the canonical form is ω=−dτ\omega = -d\tau, not +dτ+d\tau, where τ\tau is the tautological 11-form; Lee (Lee (2013), Prop. 22.11, p. 569) is explicit about the minus, and it is exactly what makes ω=∑idqi∧dpi\omega = \sum_i dq^i\wedge dp_i rather than its negative.
  • The ordering inside the Liouville form is a genuine fork. Lee's computation of ωn\omega^n gives ωn/n!=dx1∧dy1∧⋯∧dxn∧dyn\omega^n/n! = dx^1\wedge dy^1\wedge\cdots\wedge dx^n\wedge dy^n, alternating the two families. Hassani (Hassani (2013), Thm 28.7.2, p. 902) instead writes the volume element of a symplectic chart as μω=dx1∧⋯∧dxn∧dy1∧⋯∧dyn\mu_\omega = dx^1\wedge\cdots\wedge dx^n\wedge dy^1\wedge\cdots\wedge dy^n, all the xx's first. Sorting one into the other takes 0+1+⋯+(n−1)0 + 1 + \cdots + (n-1) transpositions, so ωnn!=(−1)n(n−1)/2 μω.\frac{\omega^n}{n!} = (-1)^{n(n-1)/2}\,\mu_\omega . For n=1n = 1 the two agree; for n=2n = 2 they differ by a sign. Nothing in this unit depends on the choice, because every statement here is about a form being preserved, but an orientation or an integral computed from one convention and compared with the other will be out by that sign.
  • Hassani's Darboux theorem (Thm 28.7.2) is stated for a 22-form on a 2n2n-manifold as the equivalence "dω=0d\omega = 0 if and only if canonical charts exist". Read literally that would make every closed 22-form, the zero form included, locally standard, which is false; the nondegeneracy of ω\omega is carried silently from the surrounding section on symplectic forms. The statement below follows Lee, who asks for a symplectic form outright.
Definition(What a symplectic structure provides)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Props. 22.7–22.8, pp. 566–567; Lee (2013), p. 568; Lee (2013), Prop. 22.11, pp. 569–570; Lee (2013), Thm 22.13, p. 571; Lee (2013), (22.9) and Props. 22.16–22.17, pp. 574–576; Lee (2013), (22.15)–(22.16), Prop. 22.19 and Cor. 22.20, pp. 578–579; Lee (2013), Prop. 22.21, p. 580; Hassani (2013), Prop. 28.7.9, p. 905; Hassani (2013), Thm 28.7.10, p. 906; Hassani (2013), Prop. 28.7.11 and Cor. 28.7.12, pp. 907–908

Let (M,ω)(M,\omega) be a symplectic manifold and f,g,h,H∈C∞(M)f, g, h, H \in C^{\infty}(M).

  1. Even dimension, orientability, volume. MM has even dimension 2n2n; the 2n2n-form ωn\omega^n vanishes nowhere; consequently MM is orientable and ωn/n!\omega^n/n! is a volume form on it.

  2. Darboux's theorem. Every point of MM lies in the domain of Darboux coordinates centred at it. There is thus no local invariant of a symplectic structure: all symplectic manifolds of the same dimension look alike near a point.

  3. Cotangent bundles. Let QQ be a smooth manifold and π:T∗Q→Q\pi : T^{*}Q \to Q the projection of the cotangent bundle. The tautological 11-form τ\tau on the total space T∗QT^{*}Q, defined at the point (q,φ)(q,\varphi) by τ(q,φ)=dπ(q,φ)∗φ\tau_{(q,\varphi)} = d\pi^{*}_{(q,\varphi)}\varphi — that is, τ(q,φ)(v)=φ(dπ(q,φ)(v))\tau_{(q,\varphi)}(v) = \varphi\bigl(d\pi_{(q,\varphi)}(v)\bigr) — is a smooth 11-form, and the 22-form

    ω=− dτ\omega = -\,d\tau

    is symplectic; it is the canonical symplectic form of the cotangent bundle. In the natural coordinates (qi,pi)(q^i, p_i) induced by coordinates qiq^i on QQ,

    τ=pi dqi,ω=∑i=1ndqi∧dpi,\tau = p_i\,dq^i, \qquad \omega = \sum_{i=1}^{n} dq^i\wedge dp_i ,

    so natural coordinates are automatically Darboux coordinates.

  4. Hamiltonian vector fields. XfX_f exists, is unique and is smooth. In any Darboux coordinates

    Xf=∑i=1n(∂f∂yi∂∂xi−∂f∂xi∂∂yi),X_f = \sum_{i=1}^{n}\left(\frac{\partial f}{\partial y^i}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^i} - \frac{\partial f}{\partial x^i}\frac{\partial}{\partial y^i}\right),

    so on T∗QT^{*}Q with natural coordinates the trajectories of HH are the solutions of Hamilton's equations

    q˙i=∂H∂pi,p˙i=−∂H∂qi.\dot q^i = \frac{\partial H}{\partial p_i}, \qquad \dot p_i = -\frac{\partial H}{\partial q^i} .

    Moreover ff is constant along every integral curve of XfX_f, and at each regular point of ff the field XfX_f is tangent to the level set of ff. In particular the energy HH is conserved by its own flow.

  5. The Poisson bracket. In Darboux coordinates

    {f,g}=∑i=1n(∂f∂xi∂g∂yi−∂f∂yi∂g∂xi),\{f,g\} = \sum_{i=1}^{n}\left(\frac{\partial f}{\partial x^i}\frac{\partial g}{\partial y^i} - \frac{\partial f}{\partial y^i}\frac{\partial g}{\partial x^i}\right),

    and on T∗QT^{*}Q in natural coordinates {qi,qj}=0\{q^i,q^j\} = 0, {pi,pj}=0\{p_i,p_j\} = 0, {qi,pj}=δji\{q^i,p_j\} = \delta^i_j. The bracket is R\mathbb{R}-bilinear, antisymmetric, satisfies the Jacobi identity

    {{f,g},h}+{{g,h},f}+{{h,f},g}=0,\{\{f,g\},h\} + \{\{g,h\},f\} + \{\{h,f\},g\} = 0 ,

    and relates to the Lie bracket of vector fields by

    X{f,g}=− [Xf,Xg].X_{\{f,g\}} = -\,[X_f, X_g] .

    Hence (C∞(M),{⋅,⋅})\bigl(C^{\infty}(M), \{\cdot,\cdot\}\bigr) is a Lie algebra, and f↦Xff \mapsto X_f is a Lie algebra antihomomorphism onto the Hamiltonian vector fields.

  6. Conserved quantities. Along the flow of XHX_H a function evolves by f˙={f,H}\dot f = \{f, H\}; so ff is a conserved quantity of (M,ω,H)(M,\omega,H) if and only if {f,H}=0\{f,H\} = 0. Conserved quantities are closed under the bracket.

  7. Hamiltonian flows preserve ω\omega, and Liouville's theorem. If θ\theta is the flow of XHX_H then θt∗ω=ω\theta_t^{*}\omega = \omega on the set where θt\theta_t is defined: every time-tt map is a symplectomorphism, a canonical transformation. Consequently θt∗(ωn/n!)=ωn/n!\theta_t^{*}(\omega^n/n!) = \omega^n/n!, so the Hamiltonian flow preserves phase volume. This is Liouville's theorem. More generally a smooth vector field is symplectic exactly when it is locally Hamiltonian; and when HdR1(M)=0H^1_{\mathrm{dR}}(M) = 0 — this vanishing being exactly what is required — each locally Hamiltonian field turns out to be the Hamiltonian field of a function defined on all of MM.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Nondegeneracy is a statement of linear algebra at each point, and all of part 1 and part 2's pointwise shadow come from running Gram–Schmidt with ω\omega in place of an inner product: pick A1≠0A_1 \ne 0, find B1B_1 pairing with it, split off the plane they span, and recurse on its ω\omega-orthogonal complement. Pairs come out two at a time, which is why the dimension is even; and in the resulting basis ωn\omega^n is a nonzero multiple of the top basis covector, which is what makes ωn\omega^n a volume form. The cotangent bundle carries a 11-form for a tautological reason — a point of T∗QT^{*}Q is a covector, so it can be pulled back to the point itself — and in natural coordinates that form is pi dqip_i\,dq^i, whose exterior derivative is the standard symplectic form up to sign. Everything about XfX_f and {f,g}\{f,g\} is then bookkeeping with ω♭\omega^{\flat} in Darboux coordinates. The one genuinely non-formal input is closedness, and it enters through Cartan's formula LX=ιXd+d ιX\mathcal{L}_X = \iota_X d + d\,\iota_X: for a Hamiltonian field the second term is d(df)=0d(df) = 0 and the first contains dωd\omega, so when dω=0d\omega = 0 the whole Lie derivative vanishes and the flow moves ω\omega not at all. Liouville's theorem is then automatic, because a map preserving ω\omega preserves anything built out of ω\omega.

Proof(Parts 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), proofs of Props. 22.7–22.8, pp. 567; Lee (2013), proof of Prop. 22.11, pp. 569–570; Lee (2013), the computation of (22.9), pp. 574–575; Lee (2013), proofs of Props. 22.16, 22.17 and 22.19, pp. 575–576, 579; Lee (2013), Thm 14.35, p. 372; Lee (2013), Thm 12.37, p. 324; Hassani (2013), Thm 28.5.10, p. 891; Hassani (2013), proof of Prop. 28.7.11, p. 908

Part 1: a symplectic basis. Work in one tangent space V=TpMV = T_pM with ω=ωp\omega = \omega_p. We induct on m=dim⁡Vm = \dim V, the case m=0m = 0 being vacuous. For m≥1m \ge 1, choose A1≠0A_1 \ne 0; nondegeneracy supplies B1B_1 with ω(A1,B1)≠0\omega(A_1,B_1) \ne 0, and rescaling B1B_1 makes ω(A1,B1)=1\omega(A_1,B_1) = 1. Since ω\omega is alternating, ω(A1,A1)=0\omega(A_1,A_1) = 0, so B1B_1 is not a multiple of A1A_1 and S=span⁡(A1,B1)S = \operatorname{span}(A_1,B_1) is 22-dimensional. Let

S⊥={v∈V:ω(v,w)=0 for all w∈S}.S^{\perp} = \{v \in V : \omega(v,w) = 0 \ \text{for all } w \in S\} .

Then dim⁡S+dim⁡S⊥=dim⁡V\dim S + \dim S^{\perp} = \dim V: the map v↦ω(v,⋅)∣Sv \mapsto \omega(v,\cdot)|_S from VV to S∗S^{*} has kernel S⊥S^{\perp} and is onto, because any φ∈S∗\varphi \in S^{*} extends to V∗V^{*} and ω♭\omega^\flat is surjective, so the rank–nullity theorem applies. Also S∩S⊥={0}S \cap S^{\perp} = \{0\}, since ω∣S\omega|_S has matrix (01−10)\left(\begin{smallmatrix}0&1\\-1&0\end{smallmatrix}\right), which is invertible; hence V=S⊕S⊥V = S \oplus S^{\perp} and ω∣S⊥\omega|_{S^{\perp}} is again nondegenerate. By the inductive hypothesis S⊥S^{\perp} has even dimension and a basis (A2,B2,…,An,Bn)(A_2,B_2,\dots,A_n,B_n) with ω(Ai,Aj)=ω(Bi,Bj)=0\omega(A_i,A_j) = \omega(B_i,B_j) = 0 and ω(Ai,Bj)=δij\omega(A_i,B_j) = \delta_{ij}; adjoining A1,B1A_1, B_1 gives such a basis of VV, and dim⁡V=2n\dim V = 2n.

Let (αi,βi)(\alpha^i,\beta^i) be the dual basis. The relations just listed say precisely that ω=∑iαi∧βi\omega = \sum_i \alpha^i\wedge\beta^i. Expanding the nn-fold wedge, every term with a repeated index dies, the n!n! surviving terms are equal because 22-forms commute under ∧\wedge, and so

ωn=n!  α1∧β1∧⋯∧αn∧βn≠0.\omega^n = n!\;\alpha^1\wedge\beta^1\wedge\cdots\wedge\alpha^n\wedge\beta^n \ne 0 .

As pp varies this is a nowhere-vanishing 2n2n-form on MM, which is exactly an orientation together with a volume form; dividing by n!n! normalises it so that it reads dx1∧dy1∧⋯∧dxn∧dyndx^1\wedge dy^1\wedge\cdots\wedge dx^n\wedge dy^n in Darboux coordinates.

Part 3: the cotangent bundle. Let qiq^i be coordinates on QQ and (qi,pi)(q^i,p_i) the induced natural coordinates on T∗QT^{*}Q, so that the point with these coordinates is the covector pi dqip_i\,dq^i at the point with coordinates qiq^i. In them π(q,p)=q\pi(q,p) = q, hence dπ∗(dqi)=dqid\pi^{*}(dq^i) = dq^i, and therefore

τ(q,p)=dπ(q,p)∗(pi dqi)=pi dqi.\tau_{(q,p)} = d\pi^{*}_{(q,p)}\bigl(p_i\,dq^i\bigr) = p_i\,dq^i .

Its components are linear, so τ\tau is smooth. Then

ω=−dτ=− dpi∧dqi=∑idqi∧dpi,\omega = -d\tau = -\,dp_i\wedge dq^i = \sum_i dq^i\wedge dp_i ,

which is closed because it is exact, and nondegenerate because at each point it is the standard symplectic tensor of part 1 with (Ai,Bi)=(∂/∂qi,∂/∂pi)(A_i,B_i) = (\partial/\partial q^i, \partial/\partial p_i). The sign in ω=−dτ\omega = -d\tau is what turns dpi∧dqidp_i\wedge dq^i into dqi∧dpidq^i\wedge dp_i.

Part 4: the coordinate formula. Fix Darboux coordinates and write Xf=∑i(ai ∂/∂xi+bi ∂/∂yi)X_f = \sum_i\bigl(a^i\,\partial/\partial x^i + b^i\,\partial/\partial y^i\bigr). Feeding this into ω=∑idxi∧dyi\omega = \sum_i dx^i\wedge dy^i and using ιX(α∧β)=(ιXα)∧β−α∧(ιXβ)\iota_X(\alpha\wedge\beta) = (\iota_X\alpha)\wedge\beta - \alpha\wedge(\iota_X\beta) for 11-forms gives

ιXfω=∑i(ai dyi−bi dxi).\iota_{X_f}\omega = \sum_i\bigl(a^i\,dy^i - b^i\,dx^i\bigr).

Setting this equal to df=∑i(∂xif dxi+∂yif dyi)df = \sum_i\bigl(\partial_{x^i}f\,dx^i + \partial_{y^i}f\,dy^i\bigr) and comparing coefficients of the independent 11-forms dxi,dyidx^i, dy^i yields ai=∂f/∂yia^i = \partial f/\partial y^i and bi=−∂f/∂xib^i = -\partial f/\partial x^i, which is the stated formula. Existence and uniqueness of XfX_f are immediate from nondegeneracy: ω♭\omega^{\flat} is a bundle isomorphism, so Xf=(ω♭)−1(df)X_f = (\omega^{\flat})^{-1}(df) is defined and unique, and it is smooth because ω♭\omega^\flat and dfdf are. Writing out γ′(t)=XH∣γ(t)\gamma'(t) = X_H|_{\gamma(t)} in natural coordinates on T∗QT^{*}Q gives Hamilton's equations.

That ff is constant along the integral curves of XfX_f is a one-line consequence of ω\omega being alternating:

Xff=df(Xf)=ω(Xf,Xf)=0.X_f f = df(X_f) = \omega(X_f, X_f) = 0 .

Since the derivative of ff along XfX_f vanishes, f∘γf\circ\gamma is constant for every integral curve γ\gamma; and where dfp≠0df_p \ne 0 the level set of ff through pp is an embedded hypersurface whose tangent space is ker⁡dfp\ker df_p, which contains Xf∣pX_f|_p.

Part 5: the bracket. The coordinate formula follows from {f,g}=Xgf\{f,g\} = X_g f and part 4. For the three algebraic properties, note first that f↦Xff \mapsto X_f is R\mathbb{R}-linear, so bilinearity and antisymmetry are read off from {f,g}=ω(Xf,Xg)\{f,g\} = \omega(X_f,X_g) together with the antisymmetry of ω\omega. For X{f,g}=−[Xf,Xg]X_{\{f,g\}} = -[X_f,X_g] it is enough, again by nondegeneracy, to check that

ω(X{f,g},Y)+ω([Xf,Xg],Y)=0\omega\bigl(X_{\{f,g\}}, Y\bigr) + \omega\bigl([X_f,X_g], Y\bigr) = 0

for every vector field YY. The first term is d{f,g}(Y)=Y{f,g}=YXgfd\{f,g\}(Y) = Y\{f,g\} = Y X_g f. For the second, use that XgX_g is symplectic (part 7, whose proof below does not use part 5) so that LXgω=0\mathcal{L}_{X_g}\omega = 0, and expand that Lie derivative on the pair (Xf,Y)(X_f, Y) by the derivation rule for a 22-tensor:

0=Xg(ω(Xf,Y))−ω([Xg,Xf],Y)−ω(Xf,[Xg,Y]).0 = X_g\bigl(\omega(X_f,Y)\bigr) - \omega\bigl([X_g,X_f],Y\bigr) - \omega\bigl(X_f,[X_g,Y]\bigr).

The first term is Xg(df(Y))=XgYfX_g(df(Y)) = X_gYf. The third is df([Xg,Y])=XgYf−YXgf=XgYf−ω(X{f,g},Y)df([X_g,Y]) = X_gYf - YX_gf = X_gYf - \omega(X_{\{f,g\}},Y). Substituting both and cancelling XgYfX_gYf leaves −ω([Xg,Xf],Y)+ω(X{f,g},Y)=0-\omega([X_g,X_f],Y) + \omega(X_{\{f,g\}},Y) = 0, which is the displayed identity since [Xg,Xf]=−[Xf,Xg][X_g,X_f] = -[X_f,X_g].

The Jacobi identity now follows without further geometry. Using {f,⋅}\{f,\cdot\} twice and the identity just proved,

{f,{g,h}}=X{g,h}f=−[Xg,Xh]f=−XgXhf+XhXgf=−Xg{f,h}+Xh{f,g},\{f,\{g,h\}\} = X_{\{g,h\}}f = -[X_g,X_h]f = -X_gX_hf + X_hX_gf = -X_g\{f,h\} + X_h\{f,g\},

that is, {f,{g,h}}={{f,g},h}−{{f,h},g}\{f,\{g,h\}\} = \{\{f,g\},h\} - \{\{f,h\},g\}. Antisymmetry rewrites the left-hand side as −{{g,h},f}-\{\{g,h\},f\} and the subtracted term as −{{h,f},g}-\{\{h,f\},g\}, so the identity becomes −{{g,h},f}={{f,g},h}+{{h,f},g}-\{\{g,h\},f\} = \{\{f,g\},h\} + \{\{h,f\},g\}, which is the cyclic sum vanishing.

Part 6. Let γ\gamma be a trajectory, so γ′=XH∘γ\gamma' = X_H\circ\gamma. Then (f∘γ)′(t)=df(XH)=XHf={f,H}(f\circ\gamma)'(t) = df(X_H) = X_Hf = \{f,H\} at γ(t)\gamma(t). Hence ff is constant on every trajectory if and only if {f,H}\{f,H\} vanishes on every trajectory, and since a trajectory passes through each point of MM, if and only if {f,H}≡0\{f,H\} \equiv 0. If {f,H}={g,H}=0\{f,H\} = \{g,H\} = 0, apply the Jacobi identity to the triple (f,g,H)(f,g,H): it gives {{f,g},H}=−{{g,H},f}−{{H,f},g}\{\{f,g\},H\} = -\{\{g,H\},f\} - \{\{H,f\},g\}, and both terms on the right vanish because {g,H}=0\{g,H\} = 0 and {H,f}=−{f,H}=0\{H,f\} = -\{f,H\} = 0. So conserved quantities are closed under the bracket. Taking f=Hf = H recovers conservation of energy from antisymmetry.

Part 7. By Cartan's magic formula, valid for any vector field and any form,

LXω=ιX(dω)+d(ιXω).\mathcal{L}_X\omega = \iota_X(d\omega) + d(\iota_X\omega).

Closedness kills the first term, so LXω=d(ιXω)\mathcal{L}_X\omega = d(\iota_X\omega) for every XX. If X=XHX = X_H then ιXHω=dH\iota_{X_H}\omega = dH and d(dH)=0d(dH) = 0, so LXHω=0\mathcal{L}_{X_H}\omega = 0; and a covariant tensor field has vanishing Lie derivative along XX exactly when it is invariant under the flow of XX, so θt∗ω=ω\theta_t^{*}\omega = \omega wherever θt\theta_t is defined. Pullback commutes with ∧\wedge, hence θt∗(ωn)=(θt∗ω)n=ωn\theta_t^{*}(\omega^n) = (\theta_t^{*}\omega)^n = \omega^n and the Liouville volume is preserved; integrating, ∫θt(A)ωn/n!=∫Aωn/n!\int_{\theta_t(A)}\omega^n/n! = \int_A\omega^n/n! for every domain AA on which this makes sense.

The general statement is the same computation read backwards. XX is symplectic iff LXω=0\mathcal{L}_X\omega = 0 iff the 11-form ιXω\iota_X\omega is closed. If XX is locally Hamiltonian, then near each point ιXω=df\iota_X\omega = df is exact, hence closed. Conversely if ιXω\iota_X\omega is closed then by the Poincaré lemma each point has a neighbourhood on which ιXω=df\iota_X\omega = df for some ff, and nondegeneracy upgrades this to X=XfX = X_f there. Finally, the closed 11-forms are all exact exactly when HdR1(M)=0H^1_{\mathrm{dR}}(M) = 0: in that case ιXω=df\iota_X\omega = df globally, so a symplectic XX is globally Hamiltonian; and conversely, given a closed 11-form σ\sigma, the field X=(ω♭)−1σX = (\omega^{\flat})^{-1}\sigma is symplectic, hence by hypothesis equals some XfX_f, and then σ=ιXω=df\sigma = \iota_X\omega = df is exact. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Nondegeneracy is what makes f↦Xff \mapsto X_f possible at all: it is the invertibility of ω♭\omega^{\flat}. Drop it and almost everything collapses. The extreme case ω=0\omega = 0 on R2\mathbb{R}^2 is closed and alternating, but ιXω=df\iota_X\omega = df has no solution unless df=0df = 0, so no function generates a flow. Nondegeneracy also forces the dimension to be even, by the pairing argument in part 1, and supplies the volume form, since ωn≠0\omega^n \ne 0 is equivalent to nondegeneracy. Hassani records the same equivalence as his Prop. 26.4.4.

  • Closedness is used in exactly two places, and both fail without it. (i) In part 7 the term ιX(dω)\iota_X(d\omega) in Cartan's formula drops only because dω=0d\omega = 0; with dω≠0d\omega \ne 0 a Hamiltonian flow need not preserve ω\omega, and Liouville's theorem is lost. (ii) The Jacobi identity is derived from X{f,g}=−[Xf,Xg]X_{\{f,g\}} = -[X_f,X_g], which in turn used LXgω=0\mathcal{L}_{X_g}\omega = 0, that is, part 7. So without closedness the bracket need not be a Lie bracket.

    A concrete failure: on R4\mathbb{R}^4 with coordinates (x1,y1,x2,y2)(x^1,y^1,x^2,y^2) take

    ω=dx1∧dy1+ex1 dx2∧dy2.\omega = dx^1\wedge dy^1 + e^{x^1}\,dx^2\wedge dy^2 .

    It is nondegenerate — its matrix is block diagonal with determinant e2x1≠0e^{2x^1} \ne 0 — but dω=ex1 dx1∧dx2∧dy2≠0d\omega = e^{x^1}\,dx^1\wedge dx^2\wedge dy^2 \ne 0. Solving ιXω=df\iota_X\omega = df gives

    Xf=∂f∂y1∂∂x1−∂f∂x1∂∂y1+e−x1(∂f∂y2∂∂x2−∂f∂x2∂∂y2),X_f = \frac{\partial f}{\partial y^1}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^1} - \frac{\partial f}{\partial x^1}\frac{\partial}{\partial y^1} + e^{-x^1}\left(\frac{\partial f}{\partial y^2}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^2} - \frac{\partial f}{\partial x^2}\frac{\partial}{\partial y^2}\right),

    so {f,g}=∂x1f ∂y1g−∂y1f ∂x1g+e−x1(∂x2f ∂y2g−∂y2f ∂x2g)\{f,g\} = \partial_{x^1}f\,\partial_{y^1}g - \partial_{y^1}f\,\partial_{x^1}g + e^{-x^1}\bigl(\partial_{x^2}f\,\partial_{y^2}g - \partial_{y^2}f\,\partial_{x^2}g\bigr). Take f=y1f = y^1, g=x2g = x^2, h=y2h = y^2. Then {g,h}=e−x1\{g,h\} = e^{-x^1} while {f,g}={h,f}=0\{f,g\} = \{h,f\} = 0, so the cyclic sum reduces to {{g,h},f}={e−x1,y1}=−e−x1\{\{g,h\},f\} = \{e^{-x^1}, y^1\} = -e^{-x^1}, which equals −1-1 on the hyperplane x1=0x^1 = 0. The Jacobi identity fails, by a margin that is exactly as large as dωd\omega.

  • Alternating is used on its own in part 4: ω(Xf,Xf)=0\omega(X_f,X_f) = 0 is the whole proof that ff is conserved by its own flow. A symmetric nondegenerate form — a metric — gives the gradient instead, and a function is emphatically not constant along its own gradient flow.

  • Darboux's theorem needs both hypotheses and is proved elsewhere. It is the one statement above not proved here. Lee proves it by Moser's method: interpolate between ω\omega and its constant-coefficient approximation at pp by ωt\omega_t, solve ιVtωt=α\iota_{V_t}\omega_t = \alpha for a time-dependent field, and let its flow carry one to the other. Hassani states it without proof. The contrast with Riemannian geometry is the point: a metric has local invariants (curvature), a symplectic form has none.

  • HdR1(M)=0H^1_{\mathrm{dR}}(M) = 0 is needed only for the last clause of part 7, and it genuinely bites. On M=R2∖{0}M = \mathbb{R}^2\setminus\{0\} with ω=dx∧dy\omega = dx\wedge dy, take

    X=x ∂/∂x+y ∂/∂yx2+y2,soιXω=x dy−y dxx2+y2=dϑ,X = \frac{x\,\partial/\partial x + y\,\partial/\partial y}{x^2+y^2}, \qquad\text{so}\qquad \iota_X\omega = \frac{x\,dy - y\,dx}{x^2+y^2} = d\vartheta ,

    the angle form. It is closed, so LXω=d(ιXω)=0\mathcal{L}_X\omega = d(\iota_X\omega) = 0 and XX is symplectic — its flow pushes points radially outward at the rate r˙=1/r\dot r = 1/r, carrying the annulus a≤r≤ba \le r \le b to a2+2t≤r≤b2+2t\sqrt{a^2+2t} \le r \le \sqrt{b^2+2t} and preserving its area π(b2−a2)\pi(b^2-a^2), as it must. But dϑd\vartheta is not exact on MM, where HdR1≅RH^1_{\mathrm{dR}} \cong \mathbb{R}, so there is no global ff with X=XfX = X_f: the only candidate is the polar angle, which is not single-valued. Locally, on any half-plane, a branch of ϑ\vartheta does the job.

Method(Working on a symplectic manifold)Original
  1. Get Darboux coordinates. If the manifold is a cotangent bundle T∗QT^{*}Q — which it is in mechanics, with QQ the configuration space — use the natural coordinates (qi,pi)(q^i,p_i): part 3 says they are already Darboux coordinates. Otherwise find coordinates in which ω=∑idxi∧dyi\omega = \sum_i dx^i\wedge dy^i; Darboux's theorem promises they exist locally.
  2. Check that a given 22-form is symplectic. Compute dωd\omega and confirm it vanishes; then write the matrix ωij\omega_{ij} in a coordinate frame and confirm det⁡(ωij)≠0\det(\omega_{ij}) \ne 0 at every point. Equivalently, check ωn≠0\omega^n \ne 0.
  3. Build XfX_f. Either solve ιXω=df\iota_{X}\omega = df coefficient by coefficient, or, in Darboux coordinates, write down Xf=∑i(∂yif ∂xi−∂xif ∂yi)X_f = \sum_i(\partial_{y^i}f\,\partial_{x^i} - \partial_{x^i}f\,\partial_{y^i}) directly.
  4. Test a conserved quantity by computing {f,H}\{f,H\} in coordinates: it vanishes identically if and only if ff is constant on every trajectory. This is cheaper than solving the equations of motion, and is how first integrals are found in practice.
  5. Test a canonical transformation. A diffeomorphism FF is a symplectomorphism iff F∗ω=ωF^{*}\omega = \omega. In Darboux coordinates with F=(X(x,y),Y(x,y))F = (X(x,y), Y(x,y)) this reads ∑idXi∧dYi=∑idxi∧dyi\sum_i dX^i\wedge dY^i = \sum_i dx^i\wedge dy^i; for a linear FF with matrix AA it is the matrix condition ATJA=JA^{\mathsf T}JA = J, with JJ the matrix of ω\omega.
  6. Phase volume. Compute ωn/n!\omega^n/n! once in Darboux coordinates; by part 7 you may then move any region along any Hamiltonian flow without recomputing its volume.
Example(A planar oscillator: energy, angular momentum and phase volume)Original

Take Q=R2Q = \mathbb{R}^2 with coordinates q=(q1,q2)q = (q^1,q^2), so M=T∗Q=R4M = T^{*}Q = \mathbb{R}^4 with natural coordinates (q1,q2,p1,p2)(q^1,q^2,p_1,p_2) and ω=dq1∧dp1+dq2∧dp2\omega = dq^1\wedge dp_1 + dq^2\wedge dp_2. Let the Hamiltonian be that of an isotropic oscillator of unit mass and spring constant k=4k = 4:

H=12(p12+p22)+2((q1)2+(q2)2).H = \tfrac12\bigl(p_1^2 + p_2^2\bigr) + 2\bigl((q^1)^2 + (q^2)^2\bigr).

The Hamiltonian vector field. By part 4,

XH=p1∂∂q1+p2∂∂q2−4q1∂∂p1−4q2∂∂p2,X_H = p_1\frac{\partial}{\partial q^1} + p_2\frac{\partial}{\partial q^2} - 4q^1\frac{\partial}{\partial p_1} - 4q^2\frac{\partial}{\partial p_2},

so Hamilton's equations are q˙i=pi\dot q^i = p_i, p˙i=−4qi\dot p_i = -4q^i: two uncoupled oscillators of angular frequency 22.

A trajectory. Start at (q1,q2,p1,p2)=(1,0,0,3)(q^1,q^2,p_1,p_2) = (1,0,0,3). The solution is

q1=cos⁡2t,p1=−2sin⁡2t,q2=32sin⁡2t,p2=3cos⁡2t.q^1 = \cos 2t,\quad p_1 = -2\sin 2t,\qquad q^2 = \tfrac32\sin 2t,\quad p_2 = 3\cos 2t .

(Check: q˙2=3cos⁡2t=p2\dot q^2 = 3\cos 2t = p_2 and p˙2=−6sin⁡2t=−4⋅32sin⁡2t=−4q2\dot p_2 = -6\sin 2t = -4\cdot\tfrac32\sin 2t = -4q^2.)

Energy. H=12(4sin⁡22t+9cos⁡22t)+2(cos⁡22t+94sin⁡22t)=132H = \tfrac12(4\sin^2 2t + 9\cos^2 2t) + 2(\cos^2 2t + \tfrac94\sin^2 2t) = \tfrac{13}{2}, constant, as part 4 requires. Numerically at t=0.4t = 0.4: q1=0.6967067q^1 = 0.6967067, p1=−1.4347122p_1 = -1.4347122, q2=1.0760341q^2 = 1.0760341, p2=2.0901201p_2 = 2.0901201, and

H=12(2.0583+4.3686)+2(0.48540+1.15785)=3.21345+3.28655=6.5,H = \tfrac12(2.0583 + 4.3686) + 2(0.48540 + 1.15785) = 3.21345 + 3.28655 = 6.5 ,

against H=12⋅9+2⋅1=6.5H = \tfrac12\cdot 9 + 2\cdot 1 = 6.5 at t=0t = 0.

Angular momentum is conserved, without solving anything. Put L=q1p2−q2p1L = q^1p_2 - q^2p_1. Then ∂q1L=p2\partial_{q^1}L = p_2, ∂q2L=−p1\partial_{q^2}L = -p_1, ∂p1L=−q2\partial_{p_1}L = -q^2, ∂p2L=q1\partial_{p_2}L = q^1, while ∂qiH=4qi\partial_{q^i}H = 4q^i and ∂piH=pi\partial_{p_i}H = p_i. By part 5,

{L,H}=(p2p1+4q1q2)+(−p1p2−4q1q2)=0,\{L,H\} = \bigl(p_2p_1 + 4q^1q^2\bigr) + \bigl(-p_1p_2 - 4q^1q^2\bigr) = 0 ,

so by part 6, LL is a conserved quantity. Checking against the trajectory: L=1⋅3−0⋅0=3L = 1\cdot 3 - 0\cdot 0 = 3 at t=0t=0, and at t=0.4t = 0.4

L=0.6967067×2.0901201−1.0760341×(−1.4347122)=1.456222+1.543778=3.000000.L = 0.6967067\times 2.0901201 - 1.0760341\times(-1.4347122) = 1.456222 + 1.543778 = 3.000000 .

Phase volume. Here n=2n = 2 and ω2/2!=dq1∧dp1∧dq2∧dp2\omega^2/2! = dq^1\wedge dp_1\wedge dq^2\wedge dp_2. The time-tt map acts on the (q1,p1)(q^1,p_1) plane by the matrix

A(t)=(cos⁡2t12sin⁡2t−2sin⁡2tcos⁡2t),det⁡A(t)=cos⁡22t+sin⁡22t=1,A(t) = \begin{pmatrix}\cos 2t & \tfrac12\sin 2t\\[2pt] -2\sin 2t & \cos 2t\end{pmatrix}, \qquad \det A(t) = \cos^2 2t + \sin^2 2t = 1 ,

and likewise on (q2,p2)(q^2,p_2), so the Jacobian determinant of θt\theta_t is 1⋅1=11\cdot 1 = 1 and phase volume is preserved — Liouville's theorem made arithmetic. At t=0.4t = 0.4 the entries are 0.69670670.6967067, 0.35867800.3586780, −1.4347122-1.4347122, 0.69670670.6967067, and 0.69670672+0.3586780×1.4347122=0.485400+0.514600=1.0000000.6967067^2 + 0.3586780\times 1.4347122 = 0.485400 + 0.514600 = 1.000000.

A map that is not canonical. The dilation (q,p)↦(2q,p)(q,p)\mapsto(2q,p) pulls ω\omega back to 2 dq1∧dp1+2 dq2∧dp2=2ω2\,dq^1\wedge dp_1 + 2\,dq^2\wedge dp_2 = 2\omega, so it is not a symplectomorphism and multiplies phase volume by 22=42^2 = 4. No Hamiltonian flow can reach it.

ApplicationOriginal

Symplectic geometry is the coordinate-free form of Hamiltonian mechanics. The configuration space of a mechanical system is a manifold QQ — a circle for a pendulum, SO(3)SO(3) for a rigid body, a submanifold of R3N\mathbb{R}^{3N} for constrained particles — and part 3 says its phase space T∗QT^{*}Q comes with a symplectic form for free, with no choice of coordinates and no metric. The Legendre transformation of the canonical equations is what moves a Lagrangian on TQTQ to a Hamiltonian on T∗QT^{*}Q, and Hamilton's equations are then nothing but the statement that the motion is an integral curve of XHX_H. Because the formulation is coordinate-free, the "canonical transformations" that classical mechanics uses to simplify a problem — action–angle variables, generating functions, the Hamilton–Jacobi substitution of the Hamilton–Jacobi equation — are exactly the symplectomorphisms, and a change of variables is legitimate precisely when it preserves ω\omega.

Liouville's theorem is the foundation of statistical mechanics. A probability density ρ\rho on phase space evolves so that ρ ωn/n!\rho\,\omega^n/n! is carried along by the flow; since the flow preserves ωn/n!\omega^n/n!, the density is constant along trajectories, which is Liouville's equation ∂tρ+{ρ,H}=0\partial_t\rho + \{\rho, H\} = 0 and the reason the microcanonical ensemble — uniform measure on an energy shell — is stationary. In accelerator and plasma physics the same statement is the conservation of emittance: a beam's phase-space area cannot be reduced by any Hamiltonian optics, only reshaped.

The correspondence {⋅,⋅}↔1iℏ[⋅,⋅]\{\cdot,\cdot\} \leftrightarrow \tfrac{1}{i\hbar}[\cdot,\cdot] between the Poisson bracket and the commutator is the bridge to quantum mechanics; the relations {qi,pj}=δji\{q^i,p_j\} = \delta^i_j of part 5 become the canonical commutation relations, and part 5's statement that C∞(M)C^\infty(M) is a Lie algebra is what makes the comparison meaningful. In numerical work, symplectic integrators (leapfrog, Störmer–Verlet and their higher-order relatives) are designed so that each step is exactly a symplectomorphism; they do not conserve energy exactly, but because they preserve a nearby symplectic structure their energy error stays bounded over times at which an ordinary Runge–Kutta scheme has drifted away, which is why solar-system integrations over millions of years are done with them. Finally, the identification of a conserved quantity with a symmetry — a function ff with {f,H}=0\{f,H\} = 0 generates a flow preserving HH, and conversely — is the Hamiltonian face of Noether's theorem, and on a Riemannian manifold the symmetries in question are generated by Killing vector fields.

Definition · advanced

Killing vector fields and symmetries

Adapted

Identifies the vector fields whose flows move a Riemannian manifold without distorting it, gives the Killing equation in both coordinate and covariant form, shows that they close under the Lie bracket and that each one produces a quantity conserved along every geodesic, and lists them all for Euclidean space and the round sphere.

Prerequisites: Riemannian manifolds, Flows and integral curves, Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative, Geodesics, Tangent vectors and vector fields, Smooth manifolds

Definition(Isometries, Killing fields and the Killing equation)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), p. 332; Lee (2013), Problem 13-13, pp. 345–346; Lee (2013), (12.11), p. 323

Let (M,g)(M,g) and (M~,g~)(\widetilde M,\widetilde g) be Riemannian manifolds.

  • A (Riemannian) isometry F:M→M~F : M \to \widetilde M is a diffeomorphism with F∗g~=gF^{*}\widetilde g = g; written out, g~F(p)(dFpv,dFpw)=gp(v,w)\widetilde g_{F(p)}(dF_pv, dF_pw) = g_p(v,w) for all p∈Mp\in M and v,w∈TpMv,w \in T_pM. A local isometry is a local diffeomorphism with the same property, so that every point has a neighbourhood mapped isometrically onto an open set of M~\widetilde M. An isometry preserves lengths of curves, angles, distances and volumes, because each of those is built from gg alone.
  • Call KK, smooth and defined on all of MM, a Killing vector field of the metric gg when its flow acts by isometries: for every tt, the time-tt map θt\theta_t of the flow (flows and integral curves) satisfies θt∗g=g\theta_t^{*}g = g on the open set MtM_t where it is defined. A tensor field with this property is said to be invariant under the flow.
  • In coordinates, writing K=Kk ∂/∂xkK = K^k\,\partial/\partial x^k and summing repeated indices, the Killing equation is Kk ∂gij∂xk  +  gkj ∂Kk∂xi  +  gik ∂Kk∂xj  =  0,i,j=1,…,n.K^{k}\,\frac{\partial g_{ij}}{\partial x^{k}} \;+\; g_{kj}\,\frac{\partial K^{k}}{\partial x^{i}} \;+\; g_{ik}\,\frac{\partial K^{k}}{\partial x^{j}} \;=\; 0 , \qquad i,j = 1,\dots,n . Lowering the index with Kj=gjkKkK_j = g_{jk}K^k and using the Levi-Civita connection ∇\nabla of gg (Christoffel symbols and the covariant derivative), the same equation reads ∇iKj+∇jKi=0:\nabla_{i}K_{j} + \nabla_{j}K_{i} = 0 : the covariant derivative of the covector K♭=Kj dxjK_\flat = K_j\,dx^j is antisymmetric.

Throughout, LK\mathcal{L}_K is the Lie derivative along KK, defined on a covariant tensor field AA by (LKA)p=ddt∣t=0(θt∗A)p(\mathcal{L}_KA)_p = \frac{d}{dt}\big|_{t=0}(\theta_t^{*}A)_p.

Definition(Killing fields: four descriptions, an algebra, and a constant of the motion)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Thm 12.37, p. 324; Lee (2013), Example 12.35, p. 323; Lee (2013), Problem 13-13, pp. 345–346; Lee (2013), Problem 13-14, p. 346

Let (M,g)(M,g) be a Riemannian manifold of dimension nn and KK a smooth vector field on MM.

  1. Four equivalent conditions. The following say the same thing.

    • (a) KK is a Killing field: the flow of KK acts by isometries of gg.
    • (b) LKg=0\mathcal{L}_Kg = 0.
    • (c) In every smooth chart, Kk∂kgij+gkj∂iKk+gik∂jKk=0K^{k}\partial_kg_{ij} + g_{kj}\partial_iK^{k} + g_{ik}\partial_jK^{k} = 0.
    • (d) ∇iKj+∇jKi=0\nabla_iK_j + \nabla_jK_i = 0, where Kj=gjkKkK_j = g_{jk}K^k.
  2. They form a Lie algebra. The Killing fields of (M,g)(M,g) are a linear subspace of the smooth vector fields on MM and are closed under the Lie bracket; that is, they form a Lie subalgebra of X(M)\mathfrak{X}(M).

  3. A conserved quantity along every geodesic. If KK is a Killing field and γ\gamma is a geodesic of (M,g)(M,g) (geodesics), then

    g(Kγ(t), γ′(t))is constant in t.g\bigl(K_{\gamma(t)},\ \gamma'(t)\bigr) \quad\text{is constant in } t .

    Each independent Killing field therefore supplies one first integral of the geodesic equations.

  4. Euclidean space, completely. For Rn\mathbb{R}^n with the Euclidean metric gˉ=δij dxidxj\bar g = \delta_{ij}\,dx^i dx^j, the Killing fields are exactly the linear combinations, with constant coefficients, of

    ∂∂xi  (1≤i≤n)andxi∂∂xj−xj∂∂xi  (1≤i<j≤n),\frac{\partial}{\partial x^{i}}\ \ (1 \le i \le n) \qquad\text{and}\qquad x^{i}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^{j}} - x^{j}\frac{\partial}{\partial x^{i}}\ \ (1 \le i < j \le n) ,

    and these n+(n2)=12n(n+1)n + \binom{n}{2} = \tfrac12 n(n+1) fields are a basis. They generate the translations and the rotations: the Killing algebra of Euclidean space is the Lie algebra of its group of rigid motions.

Idea of the proofOriginal

A flow preserves a tensor field exactly when the field's derivative along the flow vanishes, so "moves without distorting" becomes the single equation LKg=0\mathcal{L}_Kg = 0; writing that Lie derivative out in a chart gives (c), and trading partial derivatives for covariant ones absorbs the term Kk∂kgijK^k\partial_kg_{ij} into the Christoffel symbols and leaves the clean antisymmetry (d). The conserved quantity in part 3 is then a two-line computation: differentiating g(K,γ′)g(K,\gamma') along γ\gamma produces two terms, one killed by the geodesic equation and the other equal to ∇(iKj)γ′iγ′j\nabla_{(i}K_{j)}\gamma'^i\gamma'^j, which is the symmetric part of ∇K\nabla K contracted with a symmetric pair — zero precisely by (d). For part 2, the bracket of two Killing fields is Killing because L[V,W]=LVLW−LWLV\mathcal{L}_{[V,W]} = \mathcal{L}_V\mathcal{L}_W - \mathcal{L}_W\mathcal{L}_V on tensor fields, an identity that falls out of expanding the Lie derivative in Lie brackets and using the Jacobi identity. Part 4 is the observation that in flat coordinates (d) says the matrix ∂iKj\partial_iK_j is antisymmetric, and differentiating that relation once more forces the second derivatives of KK to vanish — so a Killing field of Euclidean space is affine, with constant part a translation and linear part an antisymmetric matrix, that is, an infinitesimal rotation.

Proof(Parts 1 to 4)AdaptedAdapted from Lee (2013), Thm 12.37, p. 324; Lee (2013), Cor. 12.33 and Example 12.35, p. 323; Lee (2013), Problems 13-13 and 13-14, pp. 345–346

Part 1, (a) ⇔\Leftrightarrow (b). Lee's flow-invariance criterion reads: for smooth VV and smooth covariant AA, the equation LVA=0\mathcal{L}_VA = 0 holds exactly when the flow of VV carries AA to itself. Applied with V=KV = K and A=gA = g, invariance is the statement θt∗g=g\theta_t^{*}g = g wherever θt\theta_t is defined; each θt\theta_t is a diffeomorphism from MtM_t onto M−tM_{-t}, so this is exactly the statement that θt\theta_t is an isometry of the open set MtM_t onto M−tM_{-t}.

Part 1, (b) ⇔\Leftrightarrow (c). Take a chart and expand g=gij dxi⊗dxjg = g_{ij}\,dx^i\otimes dx^j. The Lie derivative is a derivation that commutes with dd on functions, so LK(dxi)=d(LKxi)=d(Kxi)=dKi\mathcal{L}_K(dx^i) = d(\mathcal{L}_Kx^i) = d(Kx^i) = dK^i, and the product rule gives

LKg=(Kgij) dxi⊗dxj+gij dKi⊗dxj+gij dxi⊗dKj=(Kk∂kgij+gkj∂iKk+gik∂jKk)dxi⊗dxj,\mathcal{L}_Kg = (Kg_{ij})\,dx^i\otimes dx^j + g_{ij}\,dK^i\otimes dx^j + g_{ij}\,dx^i\otimes dK^j = \Bigl(K^k\partial_kg_{ij} + g_{kj}\partial_iK^k + g_{ik}\partial_jK^k\Bigr)dx^i\otimes dx^j ,

after relabelling the summation indices in the last two terms. Since the dxi⊗dxjdx^i\otimes dx^j are linearly independent at each point, LKg=0\mathcal{L}_Kg = 0 is equivalent to the vanishing of each coefficient, which is (c).

Part 1, (c) ⇔\Leftrightarrow (d). Write Kj=gjkKkK_j = g_{jk}K^k. By the definition of the covariant derivative of a covector field,

∇iKj+∇jKi=∂iKj+∂jKi−2ΓijlKl,\nabla_iK_j + \nabla_jK_i = \partial_i K_j + \partial_j K_i - 2\Gamma^{l}_{ij}K_l ,

the two Christoffel terms coinciding because Γijl\Gamma^l_{ij} is symmetric in ii and jj. Expanding the partial derivatives,

∂iKj+∂jKi=gjk∂iKk+gik∂jKk+Kk(∂igjk+∂jgik).\partial_iK_j + \partial_jK_i = g_{jk}\partial_iK^k + g_{ik}\partial_jK^k + K^k\bigl(\partial_ig_{jk} + \partial_jg_{ik}\bigr).

For the Christoffel term, lowering the index in the formula Γijl=12glm(∂igjm+∂jgim−∂mgij)\Gamma^{l}_{ij} = \tfrac12 g^{lm}(\partial_ig_{jm} + \partial_jg_{im} - \partial_mg_{ij}) gives 2Γijlglk=∂igjk+∂jgik−∂kgij2\Gamma^{l}_{ij}g_{lk} = \partial_ig_{jk} + \partial_jg_{ik} - \partial_kg_{ij}, so that

2ΓijlKl=2ΓijlglkKk=Kk(∂igjk+∂jgik)−Kk∂kgij.2\Gamma^{l}_{ij}K_l = 2\Gamma^{l}_{ij}g_{lk}K^k = K^k\bigl(\partial_ig_{jk} + \partial_jg_{ik}\bigr) - K^k\partial_kg_{ij} .

Subtracting, the terms carrying ∂igjk\partial_i g_{jk} and ∂jgik\partial_j g_{ik} cancel and what remains is

∇iKj+∇jKi=Kk∂kgij+gkj∂iKk+gik∂jKk=(LKg)ij,\nabla_iK_j + \nabla_jK_i = K^k\partial_kg_{ij} + g_{kj}\partial_iK^k + g_{ik}\partial_jK^k = (\mathcal{L}_Kg)_{ij},

so (c) and (d) are the same equation written two ways. This also records, for later use, the identity (LKg)ij=∇iKj+∇jKi(\mathcal{L}_Kg)_{ij} = \nabla_iK_j + \nabla_jK_i.

Part 2. Expanding the Lie derivative of a covariant 22-tensor in Lie brackets gives, for any vector fields V,X,YV, X, Y,

(LVA)(X,Y)=V(A(X,Y))−A([V,X],Y)−A(X,[V,Y]).(∗)(\mathcal{L}_VA)(X,Y) = V\bigl(A(X,Y)\bigr) - A\bigl([V,X],Y\bigr) - A\bigl(X,[V,Y]\bigr). \tag{$\ast$}

This is R\mathbb{R}-linear in VV, so a constant-coefficient combination of Killing fields is Killing and the Killing fields form a linear subspace. For the bracket, apply (∗)(\ast) twice. Writing B=LWAB = \mathcal{L}_WA and expanding (LVB)(X,Y)(\mathcal{L}_VB)(X,Y) by (∗)(\ast) gives nine terms; subtracting the same expression with VV and WW interchanged, every term in which one of V,WV, W differentiates a function and the other supplies a bracket occurs twice with opposite signs and cancels, as do the two terms A([V,X],[W,Y])A([V,X],[W,Y]) and A([W,X],[V,Y])A([W,X],[V,Y]). What survives is

(LVLWA−LWLVA)(X,Y)=[V,W](A(X,Y))+A([W,[V,X]]−[V,[W,X]], Y)+A(X, [W,[V,Y]]−[V,[W,Y]]).\bigl(\mathcal{L}_V\mathcal{L}_WA - \mathcal{L}_W\mathcal{L}_VA\bigr)(X,Y) = [V,W]\bigl(A(X,Y)\bigr) + A\bigl([W,[V,X]] - [V,[W,X]],\,Y\bigr) + A\bigl(X,\,[W,[V,Y]] - [V,[W,Y]]\bigr).

The Jacobi identity for the Lie bracket turns [V,[W,X]]−[W,[V,X]][V,[W,X]] - [W,[V,X]] into [[V,W],X][[V,W],X], so the second and third groups are −A([[V,W],X],Y)-A([[V,W],X],Y) and −A(X,[[V,W],Y])-A(X,[[V,W],Y]). Comparing with (∗)(\ast) for the field [V,W][V,W],

L[V,W]A=LVLWA−LWLVA.\mathcal{L}_{[V,W]}A = \mathcal{L}_V\mathcal{L}_WA - \mathcal{L}_W\mathcal{L}_VA .

Now let V,WV, W be Killing: LVg=LWg=0\mathcal{L}_Vg = \mathcal{L}_Wg = 0. Then L[V,W]g=LV(0)−LW(0)=0\mathcal{L}_{[V,W]}g = \mathcal{L}_V(0) - \mathcal{L}_W(0) = 0, so [V,W][V,W] is Killing.

Part 3. Let γ\gamma be a geodesic and put f(t)=g(K,γ′)f(t) = g(K,\gamma') along it. The Levi-Civita connection is compatible with gg, so differentiating the product along γ\gamma gives

f′(t)=g(∇γ′K, γ′)+g(K, ∇γ′γ′).f'(t) = g\bigl(\nabla_{\gamma'}K,\ \gamma'\bigr) + g\bigl(K,\ \nabla_{\gamma'}\gamma'\bigr).

The second term vanishes because γ\gamma is a geodesic, ∇γ′γ′=0\nabla_{\gamma'}\gamma' = 0. The first term is, in coordinates, (∇iKj) γ′iγ′j(\nabla_iK_j)\,\gamma'^i\gamma'^j. Since γ′iγ′j\gamma'^i\gamma'^j is symmetric under i↔ji \leftrightarrow j, only the symmetric part of ∇iKj\nabla_iK_j contributes:

(∇iKj)γ′iγ′j=12(∇iKj+∇jKi)γ′iγ′j=0(\nabla_iK_j)\gamma'^i\gamma'^j = \tfrac12\bigl(\nabla_iK_j + \nabla_jK_i\bigr)\gamma'^i\gamma'^j = 0

by the Killing equation in form (d). Hence f′≡0f' \equiv 0.

Part 4. In the standard coordinates on Rn\mathbb{R}^n the metric has constant components δij\delta_{ij}, so all Christoffel symbols vanish, indices are raised and lowered by δ\delta, and (c) becomes simply

∂iKj+∂jKi=0,Kj=Kj.\partial_iK_j + \partial_jK_i = 0, \qquad K_j = K^j .

The listed fields satisfy it. For K=∂/∂xaK = \partial/\partial x^a every ∂iKj\partial_iK_j is zero. For K=xa∂/∂xb−xb∂/∂xaK = x^a\partial/\partial x^b - x^b\partial/\partial x^a the components are Kj=xaδjb−xbδjaK_j = x^a\delta_{jb} - x^b\delta_{ja}, so ∂iKj=δiaδjb−δibδja\partial_iK_j = \delta_{ia}\delta_{jb} - \delta_{ib}\delta_{ja}, which is antisymmetric in i,ji,j; hence ∂iKj+∂jKi=0\partial_iK_j + \partial_jK_i = 0.

There are no others. Set Sij=∂iKjS_{ij} = \partial_iK_j, so the equation says Sij=−SjiS_{ij} = -S_{ji}, and let Tkij=∂kSij=∂k∂iKjT_{kij} = \partial_kS_{ij} = \partial_k\partial_iK_j. Then TT is symmetric in its first two indices, because mixed partial derivatives of the smooth function KjK_j commute, and antisymmetric in its last two, by the Killing equation differentiated. These two symmetries are incompatible:

Tkij=Tikj=−Tijk=−Tjik=Tjki=Tkji=−Tkij,T_{kij} = T_{ikj} = -T_{ijk} = -T_{jik} = T_{jki} = T_{kji} = -T_{kij},

using alternately the symmetry in the first pair and the antisymmetry in the last pair; hence T≡0T \equiv 0. So all second derivatives of KK vanish and Kj(x)=aj+SijxiK_j(x) = a_j + S_{ij}x^i with aja_j and SijS_{ij} constant and SS antisymmetric. Splitting the linear part over the pairs i<ji<j,

K=aj∂∂xj+∑i<jSij(xi∂∂xj−xj∂∂xi),K = a_j\frac{\partial}{\partial x^j} + \sum_{i<j} S_{ij}\left(x^i\frac{\partial}{\partial x^j} - x^j\frac{\partial}{\partial x^i}\right),

which is the asserted combination. The listed fields are linearly independent, because the translations are the fields with S=0S = 0 and the rotations are determined by the antisymmetric matrix SS, which is zero only if all the coefficients are; so they are a basis, and the dimension is n+12n(n−1)=12n(n+1)n + \tfrac12 n(n-1) = \tfrac12n(n+1). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Smoothness of KK is what gives it a flow at all, and the equivalence (a) ⇔\Leftrightarrow (b) is a statement about that flow. Note also that the flow need not be complete: θt\theta_t is only defined on an open set MtM_t, and "acts by isometries" has to be read there. Removing a point from R2\mathbb{R}^2 leaves ∂/∂x\partial/\partial x a Killing field whose flow is defined only for a finite time at each point.
  • Geodesy is essential in part 3, and only there. Drop ∇γ′γ′=0\nabla_{\gamma'}\gamma' = 0 and the quantity g(K,γ′)g(K,\gamma') picks up the term g(K,∇γ′γ′)g(K,\nabla_{\gamma'}\gamma'), which has no reason to vanish. Concretely, on the round sphere take a unit-speed curve along which φ˙\dot\varphi is held constant while θ\theta varies, so that θ˙2=1−sin⁡2 ⁣θ φ˙2\dot\theta^2 = 1 - \sin^2\!\theta\,\dot\varphi^2. It is not a geodesic, and g(∂φ,γ′)=sin⁡2 ⁣θ φ˙g(\partial_\varphi,\gamma') = \sin^2\!\theta\,\dot\varphi changes as θ\theta does. The symmetric-part argument is what makes the Killing equation enter, so a field satisfying only the weaker conformal Killing equation ∇iKj+∇jKi=λ gij\nabla_iK_j + \nabla_jK_i = \lambda\,g_{ij} gives a conserved quantity only for null geodesics, where g(γ′,γ′)=0g(\gamma',\gamma') = 0 — which is why conformal Killing fields are useful in relativity but not in Riemannian geometry, where no nonzero vector is null.
  • Symmetry of the connection (Γijl=Γjil\Gamma^l_{ij} = \Gamma^l_{ji}) is what let the two Christoffel terms be combined in (c) ⇔\Leftrightarrow (d). For a connection with torsion the covariant and coordinate forms of the Killing equation part company.
  • Flatness is used only in part 4, and twice: it makes the Christoffel symbols vanish so that the Killing equation becomes ∂iKj+∂jKi=0\partial_iK_j + \partial_jK_i = 0, and it makes ∂k∂i\partial_k\partial_i commute on the components. On a curved manifold the same differentiation produces curvature terms instead of zero, the second derivatives of KK are not forced to vanish, and the Killing algebra can be anything from 12n(n+1)\tfrac12n(n+1)-dimensional down to zero. A metric chosen at random has no Killing fields at all: part 4 is a statement about a very special metric. What is general is the mechanism of the counting — in flat space a Killing field is determined by the pair (its value at one point, the antisymmetric matrix ∂iKj\partial_iK_j there), which is n+12n(n−1)n + \tfrac12n(n-1) numbers.
  • Riemannian versus pseudo-Riemannian. Lee states the definition and the classification for Riemannian metrics. Parts 1, 2 and 3 as proved above use only that gg is a smooth symmetric 22-tensor field with a symmetric metric-compatible connection; positive definiteness is never invoked. They therefore apply verbatim to a Lorentz metric, which is how Killing fields are used in general relativity — but that extension is ours, not a claim made by the source.
Method(Finding the Killing fields of a metric, and using them)Original
  1. Read off the obvious ones. If, in some chart, none of the components gijg_{ij} depends on a particular coordinate xax^a, then K=∂/∂xaK = \partial/\partial x^a satisfies (c) at once: the first term is ∂agij=0\partial_a g_{ij} = 0 and the other two vanish because KK has constant components. A coordinate that is absent from the metric is a symmetry, and this is the quickest way to spot one.
  2. Solve the Killing equation for the rest. Write (c) as a linear first-order system for the nn unknown functions KkK^k — there are 12n(n+1)\tfrac12n(n+1) equations, one for each unordered pair (i,j)(i,j) — and integrate it. Differentiating the system, as in part 4, usually reduces it to a finite-dimensional problem.
  3. Check a candidate. Given a field, form (LKg)ij=Kk∂kgij+gkj∂iKk+gik∂jKk(\mathcal{L}_Kg)_{ij} = K^k\partial_kg_{ij} + g_{kj}\partial_iK^k + g_{ik}\partial_jK^k and confirm every component vanishes. This is a finite computation needing no flow.
  4. Harvest the first integrals. For each Killing field KK the function g(K,γ′)=gijKix˙jg(K,\gamma') = g_{ij}K^i\dot x^j is constant on every geodesic. With enough independent Killing fields the geodesic equations can be integrated by quadrature instead of solved as a second-order system.
  5. Close the algebra. Compute the brackets of the fields found; by part 2 they stay inside the set, and the structure constants identify the symmetry group.
Example(The round sphere: rotation, and Clairaut's relation as a conserved quantity)Original

Take the unit sphere S2S^2 with the round metric in spherical coordinates, θ\theta the colatitude and φ\varphi the longitude:

g=dθ2+sin⁡2 ⁣θ  dφ2,(gij)=(100sin⁡2θ).g = d\theta^2 + \sin^2\!\theta\;d\varphi^2, \qquad (g_{ij}) = \begin{pmatrix}1 & 0\\ 0 & \sin^2\theta\end{pmatrix}.

The Killing field. No component of gg depends on φ\varphi, so by step 1 of the method K=∂/∂φK = \partial/\partial\varphi is a Killing field. Checking (c) directly: Kθ=0K^\theta = 0, Kφ=1K^\varphi = 1, so every ∂iKk\partial_iK^k vanishes and the only surviving term is Kk∂kgij=∂φgij=0K^k\partial_kg_{ij} = \partial_\varphi g_{ij} = 0. Its flow is rotation about the polar axis, which is visibly an isometry.

The conserved quantity. For a geodesic γ(s)=(θ(s),φ(s))\gamma(s) = (\theta(s),\varphi(s)) parametrised by arc length,

L=g(K,γ′)=gφφ φ˙=sin⁡2 ⁣θ  dφds,L = g(K,\gamma') = g_{\varphi\varphi}\,\dot\varphi = \sin^2\!\theta\;\frac{d\varphi}{ds} ,

and part 3 says LL is constant. Let ψ∈[0,π/2]\psi \in [0,\pi/2] be the angle at which the geodesic crosses the parallel of colatitude θ\theta, whose radius is r=sin⁡θr = \sin\theta. The unit vector along that parallel is (1/sin⁡θ) ∂/∂φ(1/\sin\theta)\,\partial/\partial\varphi, so for a unit-speed curve cos⁡ψ=∣sin⁡θ φ˙∣=r ∣φ˙∣\cos\psi = |\sin\theta\,\dot\varphi| = r\,|\dot\varphi| and therefore

∣L∣=rcos⁡ψ.|L| = r\cos\psi .

That is do Carmo's (do Carmo (2016), §4-4, p. 260) Clairaut relation rcos⁡ψ=constr\cos\psi = \text{const}, which he obtains for a general surface of revolution from the first integral f2u′=cf^2u' = c of the geodesic equations — with the rotational Killing field here supplying the reason behind it. (do Carmo writes the relation with absolute values, as above; the signed quantity LL is the one that part 3 produces.)

Numbers. The geodesics of the round sphere are its great circles. Take the one through (1,0,0)(1,0,0) inclined at α=30∘\alpha = 30^{\circ} to the equator,

γ(s)=(cos⁡s, sin⁡scos⁡α, sin⁡ssin⁡α)⊂R3,\gamma(s) = (\cos s,\ \sin s\cos\alpha,\ \sin s\sin\alpha) \subset \mathbb{R}^3 ,

a unit-speed curve (its velocity is (−sin⁡s,cos⁡scos⁡α,cos⁡ssin⁡α)(-\sin s, \cos s\cos\alpha, \cos s\sin\alpha), of length 11). In coordinates, cos⁡θ=sin⁡ssin⁡α\cos\theta = \sin s\sin\alpha and tan⁡φ=tan⁡scos⁡α\tan\varphi = \tan s\cos\alpha, whence

sin⁡2 ⁣θ=1−sin⁡2 ⁣s sin⁡2 ⁣α,dφds=cos⁡α1−sin⁡2 ⁣s sin⁡2 ⁣α,\sin^2\!\theta = 1 - \sin^2\!s\,\sin^2\!\alpha, \qquad \frac{d\varphi}{ds} = \frac{\cos\alpha}{1 - \sin^2\!s\,\sin^2\!\alpha},

and the product telescopes to L=cos⁡αL = \cos\alpha, independent of ss as promised. With α=30∘\alpha = 30^\circ, cos⁡α=3/2=0.8660254\cos\alpha = \sqrt3/2 = 0.8660254. Spot checks:

ss sin⁡2θ\sin^2\theta dφ/dsd\varphi/ds LL
00 1.00000001.0000000 0.86602540.8660254 0.86602540.8660254
11 0.82298160.8229816 1.05230221.0523022 0.86602540.8660254
1.41.4 0.75722220.7572222 1.14368731.1436873 0.86602540.8660254

At s=0s = 0 the geodesic sits on the equator (r=1r = 1) and crosses it at the angle α\alpha, so Clairaut gives rcos⁡ψ=1⋅cos⁡30∘r\cos\psi = 1\cdot\cos 30^\circ — the same number. The relation also predicts the turning point: since cos⁡ψ≤1\cos\psi \le 1, the geodesic cannot reach a parallel of radius r<L=0.8660254r < L = 0.8660254, that is, it stays within colatitude 60∘≤θ≤120∘60^\circ \le \theta \le 120^\circ, which is where the great circle inclined at 30∘30^\circ indeed lives.

Example(Euclidean three-space: a rotation field and the angular momentum of a straight line)Original

On R3\mathbb{R}^3 with gˉ=dx2+dy2+dz2\bar g = dx^2 + dy^2 + dz^2, take the rotation field about the zz-axis,

K=x∂∂y−y∂∂x,K = x\frac{\partial}{\partial y} - y\frac{\partial}{\partial x},

one of the three rotations in the basis of part 4. Its components are K1=−yK^1 = -y, K2=xK^2 = x, K3=0K^3 = 0; the metric has constant components, so (c) reduces to ∂iKj+∂jKi=0\partial_iK^j + \partial_jK^i = 0, and the only possibly nonzero entry is ∂1K2+∂2K1=1+(−1)=0\partial_1K^2 + \partial_2K^1 = 1 + (-1) = 0. So KK is Killing.

The conserved quantity. The geodesics of Euclidean space are the straight lines γ(s)=p+sv\gamma(s) = p + sv with ∣v∣=1|v| = 1. Along such a line,

gˉ(K,γ′)=(−(py+svy), px+svx, 0)⋅(vx,vy,vz)=pxvy−pyvx+s (vxvy−vyvx)=pxvy−pyvx,\bar g(K,\gamma') = \bigl(-(p_y + sv_y),\ p_x + sv_x,\ 0\bigr)\cdot(v_x,v_y,v_z) = p_xv_y - p_yv_x + s\,(v_xv_y - v_yv_x) = p_xv_y - p_yv_x ,

the ss-dependence cancelling identically. The constant is the zz-component of p×vp\times v: the Killing field of rotations about an axis yields conservation of angular momentum about that axis.

Numbers. Take p=(2,1,3)p = (2,1,3) and v=13(1,2,2)v = \tfrac13(1,2,2), which has ∣v∣=131+4+4=1|v| = \tfrac13\sqrt{1+4+4} = 1. The predicted constant is

pxvy−pyvx=2⋅23−1⋅13=43−13=1.p_xv_y - p_yv_x = 2\cdot\tfrac23 - 1\cdot\tfrac13 = \tfrac43 - \tfrac13 = 1 .

At s=3s = 3: γ=(3,3,5)\gamma = (3,3,5), Kγ=(−3,3,0)K_\gamma = (-3,3,0), and Kγ⋅v=−3⋅13+3⋅23=−1+2=1K_\gamma\cdot v = -3\cdot\tfrac13 + 3\cdot\tfrac23 = -1 + 2 = 1. At s=−1.5s = -1.5: γ=(1.5, 0, 2)\gamma = (1.5,\,0,\,2), Kγ=(0, 1.5, 0)K_\gamma = (0,\,1.5,\,0), and Kγ⋅v=1.5⋅23=1K_\gamma\cdot v = 1.5\cdot\tfrac23 = 1. The same value, as part 3 requires.

How many are there. By part 4 the Killing algebra of R3\mathbb{R}^3 has dimension 12⋅3⋅4=6\tfrac12\cdot3\cdot4 = 6: three translations and three rotations. Bracketing two of them stays inside, in agreement with part 2 — for instance, with Kz=x∂y−y∂xK_z = x\partial_y - y\partial_x and Kx=y∂z−z∂yK_x = y\partial_z - z\partial_y,

[Kz,Kx]=x∂z−z∂x=Ky,[K_z, K_x] = x\partial_z - z\partial_x = K_y ,

the third rotation of the basis. The six fields close on the Lie algebra of the Euclidean group of rigid motions.

ApplicationOriginal

Killing fields are how symmetry is stated when there are no preferred coordinates, which is why they are the working language of general relativity. A spacetime with a timelike Killing field ∂/∂t\partial/\partial t is stationary, and part 3 converts it into the conserved energy of a freely falling particle; an axial Killing field ∂/∂φ\partial/\partial\varphi gives the conserved angular momentum. In the Schwarzschild metric these two alone reduce the four geodesic equations to a single first-order equation for the radius, which is what makes the perihelion precession and light bending calculable in closed form. The number of independent Killing fields is a coordinate-free measure of how symmetric a spacetime is, and the cosmological models are picked out by demanding a large one.

The same mechanism appears wherever a metric has a symmetry. On a surface of revolution, the rotational Killing field gives Clairaut's relation and with it the qualitative behaviour of geodesics — which parallels they can reach and which they must turn back from, as in do Carmo's (do Carmo (2016), Example 6, pp. 261–262) analysis of the paraboloid, where every non-meridian geodesic is forced to cross itself infinitely often. In optics and acoustics, where ray paths are the geodesics of an effective metric built from the refractive index, a Killing field is a direction in which the medium is uniform and the conserved quantity is Snell's invariant.

Structurally, part 3 is Noether's theorem for the geodesic Lagrangian: the flow of KK is a one-parameter group of transformations leaving 12gijx˙ix˙j\tfrac12g_{ij}\dot x^i\dot x^j invariant, and the Noether charge it produces is g(K,γ′)g(K,\gamma'). Read in the Hamiltonian language of symplectic manifolds, the function p↦p(K)p \mapsto p(K) on T∗MT^{*}M Poisson-commutes with the kinetic-energy Hamiltonian, and the Lie algebra of part 2 maps to a Lie algebra of such functions under the Poisson bracket. Finally, Killing fields are the practical route to separating variables: a coordinate that a Killing field translates is one in which the metric components do not appear, and it is exactly the coordinate that separates out of the Laplace–Beltrami operator.